The Medieval Marine Part two 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

CHAPTER VI

Luke had been off gathering food and firewood while waiting on Cecilia to get her lazy ass out of bed. It was getting to the point where he was going to break his promise and leave her sorry ass. She was lazy, incompetent, and greedy. Basically, all the traits that any American would think of when they heard the word; aristocracy. Marion on the other hand didn’t share any of those traits and she was very intelligent to boot, but she had cracked and ran off when Luke had told her his darkest secret. This had saddened him deeply but then again; he was use to that in his life. Anytime something good happened to him, that good thing would then be ripped away again.

Looking up while he was working on breaking up a branch, he seen a young man on a horse approach the camp carefully. As Luke watched the young man, he carefully looked through the camp as though he knew what he was looking for. Then apparently not finding it, the man retreated and took up a good hiding spot from which he could watch the camp without being seen. Luke was now on full alert. He started working his way around the stranger’s hiding spot until Luke had got behind him. Luke might be a big man but he could still move through the woods like a ghost. As he came up behind the stranger, something about his clothes looked vaguely familiar to Luke, but Luke didn’t have much time left because Cecilia was now starting to stir. Luke got up right behind the stranger and clamped his hand over the stranger’s mouth. The stranger instantly began to fight back hard. It was all Luke could do to keep the stranger under control. During the struggle, the stranger’s hat fell off, revealing long golden blond hair. Whoever this stranger was, they were strong and determined. Eventually the stranger was able to get turned around to where they were facing Luke, then all of the sudden they both stopped struggling. The stranger looked up at Luke’s face revealing a pair of beautiful sapphire blue eyes. The stranger, Luke realized was none other than Marion and he let go. She then smacked him hard across his face. He was surprised that it actually stung pretty bad. What happened next stunned him even more. Marion jumped up, wrapped her legs around his waist, knocked him on his back, and kissed him just as fiercely as she had fought.

Marion felt like her heart was about to burst, she had her lips on her man’s lips again and this time around she wasn’t going to let go. To make it better, she had knocked him over, so she was on top of him. Her hips began to move on their own as she started to grind her pussy against Luke. Between the kissing and the humping, Luke was now getting really fucking horny. After all, why not. Here was the most beautiful woman, that he had ever laid eyes on, on top of him and grinding her tight pussy against his stomach. Luke’s eight-inch cock was now fully and painfully erect. Marion had moved one of her hands down and was starting to fiddle with the strings that held his pants up. Normally Luke would have been able to stop her, but between her delicious kisses and her beautiful body moving around on top of him; not very much blood was getting to his brain. Eventually, Marion got her hand into Luke’s pants, where she got the surprise of her lifetime. LUKE WAS HUGE! Marion felt like she had just grabbed hold of a horse. But of course, the feel of Luke’s huge, hot cock in her hand stopped most of the blood from getting to her brain as well and her body felt like it was on full autopilot. The heat she felt increased drastically when Luke started moving his hands over her breast. When she touched her breast it had been pleasurable, but when Luke did it however, Marion lost all ability to reason. While his hands were big enough to completely cover her entire breast, he was extremely gentle with them. This went against everything she had ever been told by other women; in that when a man got ahold of breast, he almost always got very aggressive and that she should expect bruises afterwards.

Marion now felt hotter than she had ever been before and started to rip her shirt off. Luke carefully helped her pull her shirt over her head. With her breast now exposed, Luke raised his head and started to kiss Marion’s breast. He carefully circled each one with kisses while purposely avoiding her nipples. This was driving Marion mad for she really wanted Luke to suck on her nipples. Finally, she had enough of Luke’s tease and grabbing his head put one of her nipples in his mouth. He got the hint and began to suckle on her. Marion started to feel extremely light headed as Luke continued his sucking. While he was sucking on one nipple, his giant hand was caressing and gently pinching the other one. Marion was now entering a state of ecstasy that she didn’t know existed. When she had first started, she had expected Luke to quickly work at getting her pants off, but that’s not even close to what Luke did. He didn’t even try to push her, he just let her continue forward at her own pace. Luke had never liked to push the women that he slept with. He much preferred to let the woman set the pace. This actually annoyed many of the woman that he had been with, in his old life. Somehow, they all viewed this as weak on his part while never understanding the great amount of restraint that was required of him not to just stove his thick cock deep inside them. Luke had found that being well endowed was as much curse as blessing. Other guys were jealous of him while the gals seemed to fear him. That was always why he let the gal take the lead. He didn’t want to hurt them. Here finally through was a woman that didn’t mind taking the lead. Kind of ironic really that Luke had to travel almost a thousand years into the past to find her.

As Marion started to work her pants off, cursing them the whole time because if she had been wearing her dress, she would have already had Luke inside of her, she heard Cecilia calling for Luke.

“Damn her anyway” scowled Marion “I swear every time things get interesting; she has to show up.” Looking at Luke, she could tell that he felt the same way.

Luke was quietly laughing to himself, “So I’m guessing that I’ve been forgiven?”

“How can a man from the future still be so dense, of course I’ve forgiven you. Now if I can only forgive myself be behaving like a bloody idiot.”

“Nice contraction use, by the way.”

“What can I say? Any time I get around you, your way of speaking speaks to me. On a different thought about being around me, you might want to hide for a minute or two until our friend here calms down a bit.” Luke smiled at her:

“What can I say? There’s something about having a goddess grinding her body against me that gets me all excited.”

Marion lightly swatted him and giggled quietly. She had to be quiet because Cecilia wasn’t more than ten paces away. Fortunately for the lovebirds, there was enough of a breeze to cover up their sounds. The two smiled at each other. Eventually, Cecilia moved back to the campsite. After she had moved away, Marion got up and having a naughty idea, turned her butt toward Luke’s face, bent over at her waist, and reached down to retie his pants. The site of Marion bent over like that was driving Luke nuts, and his friend was showing that he didn’t want to be contained. Marion leaned other over and whispered to Luke’s cock:

“Don’t you worry, friend; I’ll make sure to take very good care of you later.” Marion then retied Luke’s pants and stood back up, making sure to flip her hair as she did. When she looked back at Luke, the look on his face was priceless. Marion knew that she now had Luke and nothing the Cecilia could do, short of killing her, could change that. This thought caused Marion to smile warmly at Luke as she moved to get her shirt that Luke had thrown off. After Marion had made herself presentable, she looked back at Luke and his cock was now behaving for the most part. This was good news for neither Marion or Luke were ready to reveal her return to Cecilia just yet. Finally, Luke stood up, gave Marion a quick kiss, moved back around to where he had left the firewood that he was gathering, picked it up, and returned to camp.

CHAPTER VII

When Luke finally returned to camp, Cecilia gave him an earful about being late. The problem for Cecilia now was that Luke didn’t give a shit about her.

“What the hell are you bitching about this time, Cecilia. I am not the one who sleeps half the morning away. After all it has been light for three hours and you are just now waking up.”

Cecilia was taken back. This was the first time that Luke had forcefully stood up to her. She would now have to take drastic action. She walked up to him and slapped him as hard as she could.

“Don’t you ever talk back to me; peasant!” she snapped. She then moved to slap him again. As her hand started to come up, something stopped her hand. Now very pissed, Cecilia turned to see what had stopped her. She was stunned to see Marion standing there.

“Lay another hand on my man again and I will kill you” Marion stated calmly. “I don’t care that you are my sister or that you have more support among the guards back home.”

“YOUR man? Ha. You must be joking?” However, looking into Marion’s face told Cecilia that she wasn’t joking at all. “Like he would actually want to be with someone as dumb as you.” Marion’s expression still hadn’t changed so Cecilia spun around to look at Luke and caught him smiling. “What are you so happy about.”

“Oh, just enjoying the sight of my girlfriend ripping you a new one.”

“WHAT!!!” Cecilia shrieked “How could you? Why would you? I am the one who you need to be with. After all she ran away.”

“I will make this easy for you to understand, Cecilia. Marion is a delight to be around, while you are a pain in my ass. Marion always asks intelligent questions and provides stimulating conversation; while with you, well let’s just say that I have had better conversations with corpses. She is very willing to learn and equally willing to admit when she made a mistake; you on the other hand seem to have no interest in learning and are not willing to admit that you could make a mistake never mind that you did. And finally, while I do admit that you are a beautiful woman, Marion is a goddess. Also, your beauty is only skin deep while hers goes all the way to her bones. Do not think for an instant that I have no idea of what you were planning to do once I got you home. I have known since you started trying to seduce me that you would do everything possible to force me into telling you everything that you wanted to know even through you are not capable of handling the information that I have access to” Said Luke with a smug grin.

Cecilia just stood there stunned. Nobody had ever talked back to her before and now here were two people that not only talked back to her, but one of them was her younger sister and the other one Cecilia just classified as a large but dumb peasant. Apparently, he wasn’t as dumb as Cecilia thought, but that didn’t matter. What neither Luke or Marion knew was that Cecilia was actually very good with a knife and that she had helped set up the ambush with William. She had wanted her father, John, and especially Marion killed so that she could rule alone over her family’s land. Granted she would have to marry William, but she had planned to arrange for William’s father to die of an accident shortly after the wedding. Then within a year, kill William in some way so that she would control both family’s lands. Now the entire plan had come completely unraveled. William was dead and Marion was alive. Furthermore, Marion had managed to gain the favor of the man that had “rescued” them from the ambush and now she had even won him over completely. Cecilia knew that it was too early to try and kill them for they would be expecting her to try something so she just backed down from the argument that they had been having. Just to rub salt into Cecilia’s wounds, Marion went over and stood next to Luke who then put his arm around Marion. Cecilia would know have to be very careful indeed. Cecilia stomped back to the carriage and sat down. Luke went to tend the fire, and Marion went to get her horse. After Marion got back, she went up to Luke and kissed him. This made Cecilia fume even more, for her life long campaign to keep Marion subdued and meek was also coming undone. Marion was quickly gaining self-confidence and strength and if Cecilia didn’t do something quickly, she wouldn’t have any change at all of getting Luke to cooperate even under torture.

After Marion got done making out with Luke, she whispered to him “We need to talk alone and quickly.” Luke nodded his agreement for he figured what Marion needed to talk about after all a blind idiot could have figured it out just from feeling the tension between Marion and Cecilia. After Luke had finished making breakfast and everyone had eaten, the three of them got back on the road. Cecilia drove the carriage while Luke and Marion rode their own mounts. Luke had also put all his gear on one of the spare horses. He covered it with some cloth to hide it, and while it was weird looking at least nobody would see his modern gear. By late afternoon the group was at the gates of Nottingham. Luke intended to stop here and sell all the extra stuff. Marion fully agreed with this for it would be much easier traveling without the carriage. To their surprise, Cecilia also agreed for she had enough of ridding in that damn thing and the roads would get worse the closer they got to York. She still had to get home before she could make her move. When they first got into town, Luke insisted that before they sell anything that the three of them explore the town to find out what all goods and services were available. Doing that took the rest of the day. Finally, they agreed on an inn that was reasonably priced and had decent food. They had rented two rooms, and after eating, decided to retire for the evening. It had been a very long day. Included in the room price was a small bundle of firewood and a set of blankets.

Luke took all his gear up into his room after all this stuff was irreplaceable and held immeasurable amounts of knowledge. He started a fire and then checked out the room looking for listening holes or false walls before revealing his modern gear. After a bad experience with a high school girlfriend, Luke always thoroughly checked out every new room that he slept in. Looking at the bed, Luke decided that he would more likely be more comfortable on the floor so he set up his mattress pad and sleeping beg. Before he laid down, he stripped. This was the first time that he had been completely naked since before he had left home on his hunting trip and it felt so good to finally be without clothes, especially those itchy medieval things. To wind down, Luke fired up his computer to listen to some music and look at some pictures of his family. He made sure that he had his earbuds secure so that no one else would hear the music. Finally, he started getting tired and put his computer away. Just as he was shutting his eyes, there was a soft knock at the door.

Cecilia and Marion had taken the larger of the two rooms since there were two separate beds in it. The atmosphere in the room was colder than the artic in midwinter. Neither woman wanted anything to do with the other one. Cecilia made sure to try both beds and took the most comfortable one. ‘Let that bitch figure out her proper place in the world’ was Cecilia’s thinking. Marion laid down on the other bed and tried to go to sleep but she was restless. She didn’t trust Cecilia at all and wouldn’t put it past her to take a knife across her throat during the night. Marion finally noticed that Cecilia was asleep. As quietly as she could, she climbed out of bed and left the room, closing the door softly. She quickly went to Luke’s door and after breathing in a deep breath and saying a quick prayer that he was still awake knocked on the door.

CHAPTER VIII

Luke hurried up and threw his pants back on to get the door. Quietly opening the door, he carefully stuck his head out around the door. Standing there was Marion. Luke quickly finished opening the door for her and she came in.

“What’s the matter sweetheart, can’t you sleep?”

“Not in the same room as my sister. She is really starting to make me nervous. I’m actually worried that she would stick me, with a knife, while I slept. I was kind of hoping that there would be some room with you.” With that she gave Luke some of the saddest puppy eyes imaginable.

Luke just smiled and put his arms around her. He gently led her to where he was sleeping.

“Why are you sleeping on the floor, Luke?”

“An old injury that I got years ago makes it hard for me to sleep on soft beds. By having a harder surface to lay on, it takes the pressure off and I can sleep.”

“Oh, I’m sorry.”

“That’s ok. After all you didn’t know.”

“Wow, contractions really do make speaking faster and easier.”

“Yep” With that, Luke dropped his pants again. There was just enough light coming from the dying fire for Marion to see that Luke was now naked. She suddenly wasn’t tired at all but now had a fire burning, in her loins that was hotter than a smithy’s furnace. She quickly stripped off the gown that she had on and got under the covers with Luke. Feeling her skin, Luke figured out that Marion was naked too and what she had in mind. “Are you…” was as far as he got before a pair of plump lips sealed off his mouth. He certainly wasn’t going to argue any further after all; as the saying goes “His mama didn’t raise no fool.” Marion used one of her hands to reach down and grab Luke’s cock. This time at least she wasn’t surprised by its size. Luke broke her kiss and using both of his hands, held her face.

“Sweetheart, is this your first time?”

“Yes” Marion squeaked fearfully.

“Then why are you rushing. Let’s slow down a bit so you can savoir your first time. Plus, I don’t want to hurt you.”

Marion shed a tear and Luke kissed it off her face. At that point she knew that Luke was truly in love with her and that she had nothing to fear from him. What followed was the most intense time of her life. Luke started by kissing her neck. Just his kisses on her neck caused her to have mini orgasms. He then moved slowly down to her breast. He moved in circles around each one smothering them in kisses, but not touching her nipples and when she tried to move a nipple into his mouth, he just pinned her down. Finally, mercifully Luke started moving further south; still without touching her nipples. He kissed his way down her stomach and when he got to her navel she started giggling. She had never been ticklish but Luke’s kissing her belly button really got to her and she couldn’t hold still to save her life. This brought much joy to Luke, who hadn’t been with a woman in years. ‘Yep, I still got it’ he thought. Luke then moved down each of her legs, avoiding her pussy. By the time he had finished her second leg, Marion wasn’t really on Earth anymore. At least not mentally. Luke then spread her legs. ‘Oh god, I’m finally going to become a woman and the man that’s going to make me a woman, I couldn’t love more’ thought Marion. Luke had other plans through. Instead of his cock he started out with his tongue. This completely surprised Marion for she had heard nothing like this ever discussed by the other women in the castle. What Marion then discovered was that there were more layers of pleasure then she ever realized. She could feel Luke’s hot breath on her moist skin and could feel the stubble on his face brushing against her. Most of all she could feel his tongue working its way into her slit. When it hit her clit, she took a deep breath and froze. Luke worked his way up and down her slit causing Marion to start involuntarily thrusting her hips. Luke gently held her down and this really drove Marion wild. “you might want to cover your face, with a pillow or something sweetheart, so you don’t wake up the whole inn.” Luke said giggling. Luke then continued working Marion’s pussy like a fine musical instrument. Up and down her slit he moved. Marion wasn’t just leaking nectar anymore; her pussy was now a flash flood zone. Finally, Luke sucked her clit in between his teeth and Marion would have completely jumped off the floor if Luke hadn’t been holding her down. She screamed at the top of her lungs, into the pillow, for almost thirty seconds before collapsing. Luke had taken pity on her and stopped tonguing her. He waited until her breathing had become more regular before he started kissing his way back up her body. This time he worked both nipples before moving up to her lips.

“What did you do to me? I’ve never felt anything that good in my life.”

“And just think, that wasn’t even the main course.”

Marion’s eyes now shot open as she felt the tip of Luke’s cock on her slit and she started moaning softly. He moved the tip up and down her slit a few times to make sure that it had sufficient lubrication on it. The last thing he wanted was to hurt his lover. Being happy with the amount of lube; Luke put the tip right at her entrance and stopped. Marion looked up at him, nodded and smiled. Luke began to gently push into her most delicate and personal area. She was thankful that Luke was going slow because she felt like she was being split open as Luke pushed up into her. Luke stopped again, when he felt her hymen. He gently kissed Marion as he whispered in her ear: “You sure sweetheart?” Marion just nodded again; her throat wouldn’t let her speak at the moment.

Luke thrust all the rest of the way into her in one stroke and stopped when he had bottomed out. Marion was now crying and Luke was kissing her tears as fast as they formed. Eventually Marion opened her eyes, “I am now all yours to do what you want with.” She would never know why she muttered that line, not for all her years would she ever be able to figure it out. She could have then sworn that she seen Luke’s eyes flash fire red, and he got very angry with her. He grabbed her face roughly and held it so that her eyes were locked onto his. What she seen at that moment absolutely terrified her for she had never seen someone so angry.

“Now, you listen Marion and you listen to me good” started Luke in a deep growl that sounded more like it was made by a wild animal then a person “You are not mine to do with what I want. You are you. Your body is YOUR’S to share as YOU please. If we do proceed with a relationship it will be as equals, as partners. NOT as master and servant. If we ever do anything you don’t like all you have to say is stop and we’ll stop.”

“But why?” Marion was now more confused than she ever had been before. “Why am I not yours’s to do with as you please.”

She seen Luke close his eyes, take a deep breath, and when he opened his eyes again, she seen there was nothing but love in them. “Because Marion of York I love you more the life itself. You are not inferior in my mind. The only way I want this relationship to happen is if it’s between equals.” Marion started sobbing as she wrapped her arms around Luke’s neck. Finally, she was able to mutter the most important words in the world, into his ear.

“I love you too, Luke!”

With this Marion’s pussy took back over, after all Luke’s cock was still inside her. Before long Luke was slowly thrusting in and out of her. The sensations that Luke’s cock caused made Marion lose her mind. Within a minute she had another orgasm. This one blew away the one that Luke had given her with his tongue and the only thing that kept Marion from screaming her head off was Luke’s lips locked onto hers. What followed was one orgasm after another, for Marion. From everything she had ever heard, sex was something that lasted maybe five minutes from start to finish. Of course, everything else that she thought that she knew had already been shattered by this man, why not the amount of time spent engaged in sex as well. Most of the time Luke stayed on top, but he did roll over and swing her on top toward the end. He did this so that he could last longer for Marion. Marion’s body quickly figured out what it liked. It not only went up and down, but it went side to side and even moved about in circles while searching for the perfect spot. By this time Marion’s brain was barely functioning. Luke then rolled back on top and began thrusting faster and faster. Marion was barely keeping her moaning under control as Luke neared the finish. Then Marion felt Luke’s cock swell up even more and she was hit with an earthshattering orgasm that didn’t stop until after Luke had shot what felt like gallons of hot sticky cum deep into her. This last orgasm caused Marion to black out completely. Luke fell over on his back next to her, completely drained. Marion’s body somehow crawled up and her head rested on Luke’s shoulder. Luke managed to get a blanket over them and pass out.

Luke woke up the next morning to someone knocking on the door.

“Yes, what is it?” he managed to get out.

“The cook would like to know what you want for breakfast?” said one of the inn’s staff.

“Umm, can you give me a little bit so I can finish waking up, then I can take to the cook about breakfast?”

“Yes sir.”

“Ok then. I will be down in a bit.” Luke gently shook Marion awake. The look on her face was beyond priceless for Luke. She still looked like she was in orbit from last night and her hair was a mess.

“Good morning, sweetheart” he said cheerfully.

“What a rotten thing to say to someone who doesn’t know where they are at.” Groaned Marion

Now Luke couldn’t resist “Well last time I checked you were, in a room, at an inn in Nottingham, having one mind altering orgasm after another.”

This time Marion gave him the stink eye “Gee thanks for that update…Smartass”

“Hey it’s far better to be a smartass then a dumbass.” Said Luke with a shit eating grin.

Now it was Marion’s turn to smile.

“Come on Marion. It’s time for breakfast and I’m starving. Plus, we have a lot to do today.

“Fine” said Marion trying her best to sound cross but she couldn’t keep the smile off her face. Before long they were both laughing like idiots as they worked towards getting dressed. Luke took a bucket of water and a rag to clean Marion’s pussy up a bit, and then she took the rag and cleaned Luke’s cock off. When they were both happy, they got dressed and went down to eat. On the way out of the room, Luke made sure that it was locked and then he put one of his hairs carefully in the lock to tell him if anyone tried to get into his room while they were gone.

Breakfast was simple, consisting of some bread and veggies. Luke then asked the cook if he could get some eggs made up. The cook looked at him like he was weird but made them anyway after all when the customer is bigger than a horse, it’s not a good idea to argue. Luke shared his eggs with Marion and she shared some of her stew with Luke. They both had an ale to wash everything down with. As they were finishing up, Cecilia came down the stairs. When Cecilia seen them, she went to sit at a table in the corner. If looks could kill then Marion would have been dead with the looks that she was getting from her sister, but by this time Marion didn’t give a shit about her anymore. Luke paid for their meal and he paid for Cecilia’s as well. He wanted to make sure that the innkeeper got the money due them because he knew that Cecilia had a habit of throwing her rank around to get out of paying for things.

Marion and Luke went back upstairs and collected their gear. They both looked around both rooms to make sure that they didn’t miss anything. Then they locked the doors back up and returned downstairs where they paid for the rooms and returned the keys. Marion walked over to Cecilia and gave her the bag with her stuff in it.

“Whenever you finish, Luke and I will be selling the extra stuff. You can come and find us.” With that Marion walked off without giving Cecilia a chance to say anything. The innkeeper of course knew what was going on because Marion had told him. Luke and Marion went outside and got the horses and carriage from the stable. The first stop was an armorer down the street. There after much bargaining, Luke managed to sell all the extra swords and knives they had. He also sold all the armor. None of it fit either of them so why keep it. The next stop was a cloth maker to sell the extra clothing that they had. This time Luke bought a new outfit for himself, one that actually fit somewhat comfortably, and so they went through the town. After they hit a dead end with the carriage, Luke had an idea. They broke the carriage down into its pieces and sold the pieces. They actually made much more money doing this then they would have made by selling it in one piece.

“What made you think of that Luke?” Marion asked him after they had finished.

“Back in my time, a lot of vehicles were sold that way. You would sell all the usable parts off then scrap everything else. Here we didn’t have to scrap anything, lucky for us” Luke whispered back.

The last stop was to sell the extra horses. They only really needed three, but decided to keep an extra two just in case and as pack animals. As Marion and Luke were coming out of the stables, Cecilia finally caught up with them. To say that she was pissed was an understatement. It was now late afternoon and she had been going all over town looking for Luke and Marion. She couldn’t wait until she could get rid of Marion and get revenge on Luke. One plus side of her wondering the town was that she had met some old friends. After some short negotiations, Cecilia had another ambush set up. This time she made sure to warn them about Luke. The ambush would take place outside of town so that it looked random.

As Cecilia came up to them, Marion told her that they would be leaving immediately since they had gotten everything sold. This threw a wrench into Cecilia’s plans however. She had figured that they wouldn’t leave until tomorrow. She had to delay them.

“Are you sure, I mean there are reports of bandits out there?”

“What, you scared sis?” teased Marion. Cecilia noticed that Marion was now carrying herself taller and she now wore a short sword and knife at her waist.

“Where did you get those?” asked Cecilia pointing at Marion’s sword and knife.

“Luke got them for me, from the armorer. He actually knows a lot about swords and knives.” Cecilia just looked at Luke.

“Yep, guilty as charged. I use to make swords and knives when I was younger and I still make an occasional knife when I can get the chance.”

From the looks that Marion was giving Luke, Cecilia was sure that they had sex the night before. “So, I guess that you finally started whoring yourself out, Marion. It was only a matter…” SMACK That was as far as Cecilia got before Marion knocked her to the ground.

“You call Marion a whore again and you will be eating all your teeth” growled Luke with fire in his eyes. Cecilia sat on the ground more afraid than she had ever been because at the moment Luke didn’t look like a human, no, he looked like one of the Titans from Greek mythology that had come to life. Luke hunched back on his heals slightly and Cecilia actually peed herself because she was so scared. Many predators hunched back slightly before attacking and Cecilia was truly terrified of Luke attacking her with the anger that was still in his eyes. Marion patted Luke on his arm and the fire disappeared, from his eyes, and he relaxed.

“Come on Luke, we need to get going.”

CHAPTER IX

The three of them left town that afternoon. Marion was no longer afraid of bandits. Not with her new sidearms and boyfriend. Now it was Cecilia who was terrified. She was still unarmed and worse still she had managed to thoroughly piss off Luke. After all this was a man that she had seen snap another man’s neck and elbow without breaking a sweat. To make matters worse for Cecilia, she had to watch as Luke picked Marion up and gently put her on her horse. He did this without struggling a bit. This was something that Cecilia had never seen before. She had never seen someone so strong and yet so caring and she was extremely jealous of Marion’s relationship with Luke. The whole way Cecilia was hanging behind, trying to slow Luke and Marion down, but they barely slowed down at all. Cecilia could see them talking and laughing, but she couldn’t hear from where she was at, and if she caught up so that she could hear then she wouldn’t be able to slow them down.

After almost five miles, the trio came across a stream with a meadow next to it and with the sun setting Luke decided that this was a good spot to stop for the night. Cecilia was glad for she was exhausted. It really irritated her to see Marion still full of energy. Luke of course never seemed to run out. Marion started on the camp site while Luke caught some fish for supper after gathering firewood. Cecilia managed to take care of the horses. She didn’t tie the knots as good as they should have been, for she hoped that the horses would bolt during the night. She sat near the fire as Luke and Marion prepared dinner. Along with dinner, Marion was boiling the water for their canteens. After dinner, which was actually really good Cecilia had to admit to herself; she would never admit it publicly. Marion walked over to the horses. She had seen Cecilia tie the bad knots while she was setting up camp and wanted to fix them before bed. When she got back, she and Luke gave Cecilia an evil look which sent chills up and down Cecilia’s spine. She now knew that she wouldn’t be able to do anything else to slow them down. She got another surprise at bedtime; they were not going to be sleeping in the tent. Instead, all the gear went into the tent and Marion had the bedrolls set up outside. The final surprise came when Marion and Luke settled down under the same blanket. Luke was behind her with his arms around her. She was using one of his arms as a pillow and Marion passed out quickly. Cecilia watched for a chance to kill Marion, but Luke stayed alert all night. All he ever did was doze off and the slightest sound would cause him to wake up. To make matters worse for Cecilia, Luke had his handgun under one of his hands ready for him to grab at all times. Cecilia didn’t know what that devil device was but she did know what it could do. Eventually she gave up and fell asleep.

The next morning, Luke was up with the sunrise as usual and Marion got up with him. They got the fire going and tore the tent down and hide it away. By now they had the routine down pat. This morning through was already a warm one and both of them had been sweating all night. Luke took Marion down to a pool in the stream and they stripped down. At first Marion thought that she was going to get laid again. Then when they were both naked, Luke picked her up and threw her in the stream.

“Damn it, you bastard! It’s fucking cold in here” Marion cried out standing up. The water was up to the bottom of her breast. Luke just laughed as he jumped in and further drenched Marion with water. The two of them cleaned each other making sure that every nook and cranny was clean. They splashed each other and had a lot of fun. Luke made sure that Marion’s hair was washed out and that her pussy was thoroughly cleaned. Marion made sure that Luke’s cock and balls were clean enough to eat off of. Eventually they got out of the water and dried themselves off on a blanket that Luke had brought along, just for that purpose. They then put clean clothes on and went back to camp.

There Cecilia was still sleeping so Marion walked over to her and woke her up with water to the face.

“Hey time to get up!” barked Marion. Luke just stood back and laughed. Marion was starting to sound like some of his drill instructors. This time Luke fixed breakfast for everyone. Cecilia had bags under her eyes; she really hated mornings. By the time breakfast had been eaten, Cecilia was beginning to function and she had some questions for Marion as they were finishing packing.

“Hey Marion, I got a question for you. When you woke me up, why were all wet?”

“Oh, Luke and I took a bath in the stream.”

“Why people will think that you’re a Jew or something?”

“Luke said that he felt really grimy and that he couldn’t stand his smell anymore. I thought that we were going down by the stream for of loving but when I was naked, he picked me up and threw me in. He jumped in after me and we made sure that each other was really clean.”

“If Luke said that he needed a bath then why were you surprised to be thrown in the water?”

“Because he didn’t tell me that until after he had thrown me in.”

Cecilia actually had to laugh. She couldn’t help it for it was too damn funny. It served Marion right for stealing Luke from her. Marion was beat red from embarrassment. This wasn’t helped when Luke came up behind her and gave her a big sloppy kiss. Marion started to laugh as she leaned back into Luke and wrapped his arms around her. She had never been this happy before. This display of affection wiped the smile right of Cecilia’s face. Finally, Luke announced that it was time to go. The three mounted up and resumed their travels.

As they went along, Cecilia kept her eyes peeled. She was looking for the prearranged signs that the ambush was ahead. To her dismay she didn’t see one, however about noon, Luke stiffened up, suddenly stopped, and pulled his horse off to the side of the road. He just made it look like he had to take a leak. After he was done, he motioned for Marion and Cecilia to join him.

“There’s an ambush about fifty paces ahead.”

“How could you possibly know that?” asked Cecilia. This probably wasn’t her ambush but one ambush was as good as another as far as she was concerned.

“Because I seen a glint in the brush near the road. The same place that I would set an ambush.”

“You sound like you have experience with ambushes” Marion said.

“I do” stated Luke in a hard flat tone that said the discussion was over.

“So, what are we going to do?” asked Marion.

“Simple, I’m going to ambush the ambushers.”

“How?” Marion was almost crying now.

“Just stay here and watch.” And with that, Luke pulled his handgun and knife out and disappeared into the forest. Within minutes, shots rang out up ahead and the ladies heard several screams. Marion looked like a ghost and even Cecilia had lost some color. Then everything was quiet. Both ladies were nervous; Marion for her lover and Cecilia because she wanted his knowledge.

“Miss me?” Luke said causing both ladies to almost jump out of their clothes.

“Damn it Luke” screamed Marion “Don’t do that to me ever again!”

“What’s that?” now Luke was feeling mischievous.

“I was so scared that you would be killed.” Said Marion so quietly that Cecilia could barely hear her. Luke just snorted.

“Me killed by those idiots.” Snorted Luke “Not likely. Come on ladies, we got some bodies to loot.”

Luke and Marion grabbed the horses and lead them to where the ambush had been. There was fifteen men laying on the ground.

“We’re not going to worry about burying them. There’s a nice dip in the ground back there” Luke pointed behind him “That we can dump the bodies into.” The three of them quicky gathered all the gear that they could use. Luke of course policed his brass. They even found some more horses to carry the loot. Part of the loot was a large bag of money and some really nice swords. Marion recognized the crest on one of the swords as one that belonged to a very wealthy family that lived a couple of days ride from her own home.

It was only the work of an hour or so to get all the new loot and get it stored for travel. As they were getting to leave, Marion heard more horses coming, and the three of them hide in the brush. Cecilia immediately recognized the men that went by, for they were the ones that she had hired. After they had went by Luke stood up.

“Come on ladies, let’s get the fuck out of here.” The three of them mounted back up and continued on their journey. It was obvious that Luke was now on high alert for anymore ambushes. Fortunately, they didn’t see anything the rest of the day. Problem was that they hadn’t come across any good places to stay for the night. To Luke this wasn’t a problem; they would push on through the night. They had light cloud cover and a particle moon.

“Hey Marion, how close are we, do you figure?”

Marion purged her lips as she figured, “probably four or five days. Why?”

“Ok, here is what we are going to do. I didn’t like the look of those guys that past by us earlier, and it’s too easy to ambush people in the forest so we are going to push on through the night.”

“But how about our sleep?” whined Cecilia

“Tired is just temporary, dead is permanent. We push on through the night, but if you want to stop for the night go ahead but I’m going to keep going.”

“Marion are you going to stop?” asked Cecilia

“Nope. I’m staying with Luke. I almost lost him once and I’m not going to make the same mistake twice.”

Now Cecilia was worried. They would probably go right past her ambush during the night and her guys wouldn’t see them because no one ever traveled at night.

The Medieval Marine Part One 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

CHAPTER I

Luke MacDougall was stretching out in his tent during his last night hunting the Brooks Range in Alaska. He had been hunting moose all week, and while he seen a couple, none had presented a decent shot so he hadn’t taken any. This didn’t bother him any, because in addition to hunting, he had also done some fishing and he had done good here. Plus, being that he had been away from the office, he had gotten a number of projects done and had sent the drafts to his secretary and second in command via his satellite link. Luke owned his own engineering firm that worked all over the world, mainly for the chemical industry. Luke had master’s degrees in chemical and mechanical engineering plus a bachelors in metallurgy. He had been in the Marine corps, but a combat injury had forced him out. While in the corps he had been a combat engineer and he still did engineer consulting work for the Marines. He stood six foot eight and weighed two hundred and sixty pounds, and even though he did mostly desk work he was by no means out of shape. Not only was he very strong, but he was a hand-to-hand combat expert while in the corps, was one hell of a shot, and had gotten his black belt in martial arts after he had gotten out. He had thought about trying out to be a sniper, but figured that his size would give him away and therefore be a threat to his team mate, this he couldn’t live with. He had light brown hair that was kept in a crew cut and piercing blue eyes. Although he looked to be very definition of a hard ass, he was actually extremely considerate to those around him and always took the extra second to consider how his actions would affect the people around him. While he didn’t have a family, his older sister Mackenzie, did. Her husband, Dan, was one of Luke’s oldest childhood friends and they had two kids. Luke always made sure to spoil them rotten. Since he didn’t have anyone to spent money on, he had set up trust funds for both kids over his sister’s objections. His sister still lived on the same ranch that they had grown up on in Wyoming. Their parents had been killed when Luke was sixteen and Mackenzie was eighteen. Mackenzie, without thinking about cancelled going to college and stayed on the ranch to take care of Luke so that he wasn’t taken by the state. Luke’s mom had been a geologist and his dad had been a part time jeweler and worked the ranch in his spare time. Tonight, Luke had another reason to be happy. He had gotten the jewelry done for his niece’s birthday and had sent it to her the day before he left for his trip. Since he lived in Anchorage, Alaska it took some time to get there. He had made her a handmade necklace out of gold that he found in some of Alaska’s streams. In the pendant he had a large sapphire set in it, her birth stone. He had gotten that while working on one of his overseas jobs and upon smuggling it into the US, had cut it to maximize its beauty. It had been in rough form when he smuggled it in. Luke’s jewelry making was a hobby of his to relax after a hard day in the office and actually knew how to cut and grind gemstones thanks to not only his dad but his mom as well. Going to sleep that night, he never in a million years would guess that his life was about to change completely.

During the night, while Luke slept in blissful ignorance, a cosmic disaster struck. This was a weird one, for the only person immediately affected was Luke. This disaster transported Luke across space and time. When Luke woke up, the first time he noticed was that it was a lot more humid and warmer than it had been when he had gone to bed. He then noticed that the bird sounds were different as well. ‘Ok this is weird’ he thought. He stuck his head out of his tent and his confusion deepened for around him was a wild forest of deciduous trees. When he went to bed, he had been surrounded by scrub land with stunted aspen trees. ‘I must be dreaming, and if this is a dream, damn.’

“Well, I guess I better had a look around” he said to himself. He spent the rest of the morning looking around his “dream world” wondering when he was going to wake up. He noticed that the sun was almost straight overhead and he had an idea. He would check the time on his phone and use that to figure out about where he was at. When he did it, he got an even bigger shock, his phone was nine hours behind. That combined with the tree species around him, put him in England. The weather plus the state of the leaves on the trees likely put in in late spring.

“Well fuck me!” exclaimed Luke.

For the rest of the day, he stayed near his tent. He found a stream nearby to get water and fish from. Hopefully he would wake up from this nightmare soon. When he woke up the next morning, he was starting to realize that something was truly fucked up with his world. He was still in the same spot. Figuring out that he was fucked, he did an inventory of his gear. He had his tent, sleeping bag, backpack, and camo clothes. He had his 9mm sig and his .338 rifle that his had picked up while in the Marines, and he had plenty of ammo for both. In his backpack he had is laptop and solar powered charger, one MRE, plenty of survival straws, matches, his extra canteen, and extra fire starters. Of course, he had is travel rod, a ***********ion of terminal tackle, and some lures. He had respooled the reel right before going to the Brooks Range. All in all, he was in good shape. What really bothered him was that he couldn’t get any satellite lock or cell signal at all. After his inventory, he figured that he probably should get moving, so he packed everything up. While he was packing, he had water boiling over the fire to fill his canteens up. Checking is compass he decided to start moving East. He walked carefully through the woods for the rest of the day, stopping with about an hour of daylight left at another stream, to make camp. First thing he did was get a fire going and got himself more water. He had managed to catch some fish and frogs for supper. Early the next morning he again topped off his canteens and started moving again, still heading East.

The way he figured it one of three things could be going on: one this was all some weird dream; two somehow, he had traveled through space and time; or three he was in an alternate universe. He was hoping that this was a dream.

About midday he paused and rested for a bit for it was a warm, humid day. As he was getting up from a short nap, he heard shouting nearby. It sounded like English, well sort of. Now Luke was curious, for he had also heard metal on metal contact, so he headed toward it. Within a minute he came up to a dirt road. Looking North, Luke’s seen six men on horseback riding around a stopped carriage. On the ground was several dead men, all wearing armor. As Luke watched, two men burst out of the carriage and were quickly cut down there was nothing that Luke could do for them because he was too far away. The men on horseback now dismounted and approached the carriage. The next sound made Luke’s blood chill for it was a female scream. Not one but two. Two young women were yanked from the carriage. One had golden blond and wore a blue dress, while the other one wore a green dress and had brown hair. The younger one looked to be about eighteen or nineteen while the other looked to be slightly older. Two men grabbed each woman and pulled them in front of what Luke assumed to be the commander. While the men were occupied, Luke quickly closed the distance. As he got to within thirty yards, he heard something about the men having some fun with the woman. That was enough for Luke, he slipped off his backpack. He was still in his camo and had carefully modified it into a ghillie suit. He stepped out into the road, mad sure to have his handgun ready and yelled;

“HALT, DROP YOUR WEAPONS!”

CHAPTER II

Marion of York was pissed to put it mildly. She hadn’t wanted to come along, with her older sister, Cecilia, and father, Charles, to London. Normally she loved traveling to London, but this time it was for Cecilia’s engagement and her fiancé, John of Sussex, gave Marion the creeps. They had spent almost a week in London getting the wedding contract ready. When they were married, John would become the lord of Charles’s land and the land would then stay in the family. Marion would continue to live in the castle until she was married. Charles was making these arrangements to avoid a situation with his greedy neighbor who had been eyeing his land and daughters for years, and Charles knew that his health was failing and that he wouldn’t be long for this world. After the contract had been signed, John decided to travel back with them, as much to check out his new land as to check out Marion and the other woman of his soon to be castle.

They had been traveling for three days when they were ambushed. Their guards were cut down within minutes, because although these men were very experienced, loyal, and brave; they had been caught by surprise. Soon all six men were dead. Three were John’s and three had been Charles’s. They had managed to cut down four of their attackers though. Soon the remaining six attackers were circling the carriage. Marion recognized the colors that the men wore. They belonged to their greedy neighbor, Richard. One of them, Marion personally recognized as Richard’s son, William. The same man that her father had kicked out of their castle when he had persuaded relations with Cecilia. This wasn’t good. Soon her father and John decided that their only chance was to try and kill the men attacking them. They both knew that if they surrendered, they would be killed anyway. They burst out of the carriage and were quickly cut down without achieving anything. This left the ladies defenseless. William ordered them to be pulled from the carriage. They were brought before him where he then told them;

“Well bitches, we’re going to have some serious fun then you’ll both have to die. However, I will give you a choice. If you cooperate your death will be quick and painless, if you don’t well…”

Both ladies started turning white for this was their worst nightmare come true. Both despised William, his father, and all the people loyal to them. As William was cutting the dress from Cecilia, they heard a booming male voice:

“HALT, DROP YOUR WEAPONS!”

The voice echoed through the forest and the trees even seemed to move at the sound of it. Although the words themselves were weird, the point was clear. The ladies looked up hopefully and the men spun around. There thirty paces in front of them was a massive humanoid creature. It was dressed with leaves and small branches and not a single patch of skin was visible. In one hand was a small black object, but it didn’t have any armor or any weapons for that matter. Then William spoke up;

“Says who? A stupid, unarmed swamp thing?” His men snickered. Apparently, the humanoid had understood him.

“’Says who? I’ll tell you; I am your worst nightmare come to life. A man that can kill you were you stand and you won’t be able to do a thing about it. Now this is how things are going to be. I am going to count to five. If you fuckers are not out of here by then I will kill you all.” The humanoid made this threat in a way that seemed like it might have ordered food, not facing six heavily armed men.

William snorted; this was going to be too easy. Looking at his men:

“Lads, time for some more entertainment. Kill that thing.” The ladies knew the stranger was dead. Suddenly the humanoid couched slightly and brought the small black object up to a horizontal position. The next thing the ladies knew there was a sound like thunder, the small black object jumped around in the humanoid’s hand, and a quick jet of flame shot out the end of the object. The men around them started falling with blood and meat exploding from their necks. Within seconds, only William was left and he was using a now nearly nude Cecilia as a shield. Cecilia was nearly nude because William had just finished cutting her dress when the humanoid interrupted.

“So, I see mister tough guy in armor is actually just another coward that uses an innocent woman as a shield, how pathetic.” The humanoid stood very still for a short time as through he was debating something.

“Get out of here, beast. Nothing here concerns you” commanded William. Marion thought this was a stupid move on William’s part but then again, he wasn’t known to be the sharpest tool in the shed. Her thoughts were confirmed within a second.

“Beast is it now? Well tell you what is going to happen. You let that lady go and I’ll put my weapon away. Then we can see who is the better in a real man’s fight.” Luke knew this course was a bit dumb but one he didn’t want to risk hurting the lady even though the chances of that were slim. The other reason that he did this was that he wanted a bit more fun from this engagement.

“Deal” said William and he released Cecilia and Luke put away his gun. As he released her, her dress fell away but this was the least of her concerns at the moment. She ran to Marion and embraced her. Then Marion asked the stranger:

“Where is your sword, kind stranger?”

“Sword?” snorted the stranger “Never used one and won’t be needing one.”

‘This man was more arrogant than most nobles. What kind of word is “won’t”? He is doomed.’ thought Marion. She had good reason to doubt the stranger would live for although William was an idiot, he was very noted swordsman.

William made the first move toward the stranger. The stranger didn’t move until William was almost upon him, then with absolutely amazing speed the stranger side-stepped William’s attack and grabbed his right wrist. The stranger then took his other hand and struck William in the elbow snapping it and bending it completely the other way. William through didn’t have time to register the pain for the stranger then grabbed William’s head and with a quick motion of his hands, snapped William’s neck with a load crack; snapping it just as easily as someone would snap kindling for a fire.

The stranger then moved quickly to check on the other men. For those attacking, to make sure that they were dead and for the attacked to see if he could give any of them aid. All of them were dead. The entire time the ladies cautiously watched his, Cecilia not even realizing that she was naked. When the man finished, he walked up to the ladies with his hands stretched out and with his palms faced the ladies so they could see that he wasn’t armed. As he passed the wagon, the man looked in a trunk and found another dress for Cecilia. He also removed the strange outer clothes that he was wearing. Luke was now dressing in a t-shirt and camo jeans. Finally arriving in front of the ladies, Luke handed the dress to Cecilia who quickly put it on. Marion was stuck by this act of kindness on the man’s part, for he at first seemed to be utterly ruthless. Something else Marion noticed was just how damn handsome the stranger was. He was clean shaven, with a strong chin. His blue eyes were lit with the look of not only intelligence but also concern. His shoulders were broad and his bare arms had well defined muscles on them. Marion could almost imagine those arms wrapped around her and this thought caused her heart to flutter and for moisture to form in between her thighs. No other man she had ever met had caused her to have thoughts like this and she had even met the current king of England, Edward the Confessor.

Walking up to the ladies, Luke was having a hard time deciding on which one was better looking. Cecilia, the older of the two, had long and almost Chestnut colored hair, her skin had a very light tan, few freckles on her face, and warm brown eyes. Of course, the rest of her body was really good too with about C cup breast with large pink nipples. Her stomach had a little bit of fat on it but not bad, Luke liked his ladies with a little meat on them. He hated when women were so skinny that their bones showed. The worst thing from his perspective about her was that her pussy was a jungle, in fact he had never seen a bush that thick. He had been to some of the world’s most remote jungles and her pussy hair was thicker. The younger one though was stunning as well, although she wasn’t naked so Luke couldn’t make a direct comparison. She was slightly taller than the older one, probably about five foot ten or so. Her hair looked to be the color of twenty-four caret gold, and her eyes looked to be sapphires. Her skin, at least what Luke could see, was a pure white. To top things off she had nice full lips, a very cute nose and a perfectly oval face.

“Good afternoon, ladies.” Seeing the fearful look on their faces Luke continued: “You have nothing more to fear, for I will not harm you.” Cecilia was still in a state of shock, but Marion had recovered for the most part.

“We thank you kind sir. I do not want to think what would have happened to us if you had not stepped in.” Luke gave her a slight nod “What be your name kind stranger?”

“Luke. What be your name and the name of your companion here?”

“I am Marion of York and this is my older sister Cecilia.” Marion was starting to relax a bit; however, Cecilia wasn’t, but this was normal for them. Marion had always been faster to react to changes.

“So, tell me, Marion, what happened here? Why were you attacked?”

“The men that attacked us belonged to a neighboring earl, Richard. He was been lusting after my father’s lands for years now.” Marion broke down a little, thinking about her father. “Sorry, Richard was furious when he heard that Cecilia here was to be married to John of Sussex. This would have kept our lands out of Richard’s hands. His men were waiting in ambush for us, and they caught our guards by surprise. Our father and John were in the carriage with us. They decided to rush out and attack the remaining men, once the guards were slain. They were killed without achieving anything. William was Richard’s son and the man you killed with your bare hands. He told us, once we had been pulled from the carriage that they were going to have fun with us and that we would be killed. How we died would have our choice, if we cooperated then death would have been quick and if we did not cooperate then we would have faced a long and painful death. William has killed many people before and he was addicted to killing so I have no doubt that you saved us from a horrible death at William’s hands.” Marion finished, and broke down in tears.

Luke kneeled in front of her and put one his large hands on her check. He then pulled Marion in and held her tight. As he did, he whispered to her,

“You have no need to worry further for I will now be protecting you, that is if you want me to.” She pulled away slightly and looked into his eyes with a hopeful look on her face. She then launched herself back into his arms:

“Thank you, Luke. But are you sure, we have nothing of value for I am sure that Richard has taken over our home?”

“If I was not sure of it, Marion, I would not have made the offer. You two will have to do something for me through.” Both ladies instantly stiffened and gained hard looks on their faces. “You two will have to learn how to defend yourselves I case I am not nearby when you are attacked next. Because, I am sure of this when Richard does not hear back from his men, he will send more men to look for them and by extension you two.”

Both ladies relaxed a bit, but were a bit confused for this was the last thing they had expected. “But we are ladies, we cannot fight” stated Cecilia. She had finally gotten over her paralysis. Hearing this, Luke’s face went from a concerned caring to one of extreme anger. The ladies were completely taken back by this and instantly became fearful again. They didn’t even realize what they had done to change his mood so suddenly. But they quickly learned.

“LET ME GET SOMETHING STRAIGHT WITH YOU TWO RIGHT NOW!!” growled Luke as the ladies shrank from his fury. “You both WILL learn how to defend yourself for I will teach both of you how. This is the price for me staying with you. If you are not willing to at least try to learn then I shall take my leave of you.” At this Luke spun around on his heel and started walking away. He was a firm believer in men and woman being equal despite their physical differences. He wasn’t however going to fight for his life to defend these ladies if they were not at least willing to learn how to defend themselves. Sure, he would feel a bit guilty about leaving them but that was life. Luke figured that with the loot from the dead men around plus a couple of their horses, he could go anywhere. Luke hadn’t taken more than three steps when Marion cried out:

“WAIT! God, please wait?” Luke stopped but didn’t turn around. “If you are willing to teach us how we can defend ourselves then we would be deeply in your debt kind sir.”

“Never call me sir again and you will not be in my debt. You’re learning how to defend yourselves will be enough payment for not only rescuing you but also further defending you” stated Luke. “Do we have a deal?” he asked still with his back to the ladies.

The ladies looked at each other and then back to Luke, “We have a deal, Luke” They said together.

Luke turned back around, wearing a soft, warm smile. “First thing we need to do is to collect all the weapons, armor, and anything else useful from the dead. Then they will need to be buried for the last thing we need is obvious evidence of what happened here. After all that is done, it will probably be about time to set up camp for the night. Tomorrow morning your lessons start.” The ladies looked at him with confused looks “What ladies, I don’t want any arguments, get moving now” Luke snapped at them.

CHAPTER III

This got the ladies moving. Over the next few hours, they worked harder than they ever had in their lives, the dead were stripped of anything useful, even their clothes. All the loot was put in the carriage for transport. While the ladies were busy with the dead, Luke rounded up some of the horses. They had enough for each of them to rid their own horse and to have a spare apiece. On William they found a number of gold coins and some silver ones as well. This was added to the money that was being carried in the carriage. After Luke rounded up the horses, he began to dig a mass grave for the dead and place them in it. He had also policed his brass. He thought that with his knowledge that he might be able to make reloads, plus he wanted to leave as little evidence as possible. Finally, everything was finished and they still had about two hours before nightfall, so Luke set up camp away from the road, in a clearing next to a clear stream.

As he began to set up, Cecilia and especially Marion were immensely curious. They had never seen gear like this before. Sure, they had seen satchels and tents before, but never made of this strange material. Luke got a fire going, and then started boiling water that he collected from the stream. Now the lady’s curiosity overrode their lingering fear.

“Why are you boiling the water, Luke?” asked Marion.

“Just making it safe to drink. By boiling the water you kill off the microorganisms, in the water, that can make you sick.”

“Microorganisms?” asked Cecilia

“Yep, microorganisms are organisms that are too small to be seen by the naked eye, but make no mistake they are there and the wrong ones can kill you” explained Luke.

“Sounds like you speak witchcraft or heresy” stated Cecilia. She was devotedly religious. “God alone decided who dies and who lives.” Through this Marion wasn’t sure who to believe. Although the things that Luke said made absolutely no sense to her; what reason would he have of lying to them over something like this. Luke must have been in a good mood however for he wasn’t offended by Cecilia’s rebuttal. He actually looked amused.

“Well, Cecilia go ahead and drink the water straight from that stream then, and when you do eventually get dysentery don’t complain to me about it. As far as witchcraft is concerned, stop being insulting for there is nothing magical about anything I do for I am an engineer.”

“You’re that confident that we would get sick from that water?”

“Maybe not the water from that stream but why take the risk.”

“I have a couple of questions for you Luke.” Marion continued when Luke nodded toward her “what does “don’t” mean, and what is an engineer?”

“Oh, sorry about that. It is a speech difference from my homeland. Sometimes we would take two words and make them one. Doing this makes specking more efficient. Don’t is actually do not. When this is done it’s called a contraction. It’s, is actually it is.”

“Wow that is more efficient.”

“And an engineer is someone who designed things to be made, or figures out why something failed, or figured out how to make things easier.”

“Interesting, I have never heard of an engineer. So, another question for you, where is your homeland?” Marion was determined to learn everything that she could about Luke.

“Well, originally I came from an area called Wyoming, but now I live, well lived in an area called Alaska.”

“I have never heard of either of those places.”

“That doesn’t surprise me for they are very far away. Across the western sea.”

Marion wasn’t sure of what to ask next. She wanted to know everything about this man but she could sense that he was hesitant to talk about himself. She sat next to him by the fire and like him just stared into the flames. Cecilia had started her evening prayers by now.

“Are you going to say your evening prayers, Luke?” asked Marion.

Luke gave her a weak smile. “Sorry, I don’t pray.”

“You don’t believe in God?”

“Nice use of a contraction, Marion, and to tell you the truth, no I don’t. I never have for I have seen more destruction and suffering caused be differing religious beliefs then you could ever imagine. I do believe that you have the right to believe what you want and you have the right to peacefully practice your beliefs without interference, but I could never follow something that allows innocent children to be tortured and killed of no reason at all, or that preaches that half the human population are inferior because they were born as a woman.”

“Maybe their torture was all God’s plan for them; and woman are inferior to man after, all Eve was created from Adam and it was Eve that got them kicked out of the garden.”

“Ya sure, “God’s plan”. I’ve been hearing that all my life and every time someone says that, it is usually to cover up for either them not caring or they were the guilty party. Problem with the Adam and Eve theory is that there is absolutely no proof that it happened and I find it ironic that the “first people” had European names. Plus, this sounds just what it is, a story that men use to keep woman subservient to them, makes me sick.”

By now Luke had a faraway look in his eye. Marion realized that is his mind, he was somewhere else entirely and he was. Luke had traveled back to his time spend in Iraq and the death he had seen firsthand that was caused by people’s differing beliefs, and these weren’t even beliefs in different gods, just different ways of worship. In his mind’s eye he also seen women that had been burned with acid or hot oil because they did something to “offend” their family. He seen what happened when men used their position to “marry” young girls and the horror inflicted on the girls. Eventually Cecilia got done with her prayers and came back over. Luke shared some of his food with her. He had lost his appetite. Anything he thought about his time in Iraq he lost his appetite.

“Something bothering you?” asked Cecilia “You barely ate anything.”

“Just some very bad memories of a place that I was in for a time. Nothing for you two to be worried about.”

Eventually Luke stood up and stretched, Marion and Cecilia were almost asleep sitting by the fire. “Well ladies, you two should get some sleep. You two can sleep in my tent and I will sleep against that tree so I can keep watch.”

“But we cannot sleep were you sleep. You need the sleep as well” protested Marion.

Luke just gave a look and told her “Shut up and get in the tent, both of you. Make sure to take your dresses off before you lay down so that you don’t damage the bedding.” Both Marion and Cecilia knew that they wouldn’t win this argument so they did as Luke told them. They were amazed by how soft and comfortable Luke’s bedding was. It was simply the most luxurious thing that they had ever laid on. Within minutes both had passed out. Luke sat outside and kept watch all night. He would doze off of ten or fifteen minutes at a time. He would then wake up, look around and then doze off again.

CHAPTER IV

Marion was the first of the ladies to wake up the next morning, Cecilia was really not a morning person. So, she carefully got up as to not wake Cecilia, she grabbed her dress, and stepped out of the tent. Luke was up and had the fire going. He had some fresh fish cooking, but he hadn’t realized that Marion was up yet. So, she stood quietly and watched him still holding her dress in her hand. The sun was just about to rise as Marion watched Luke cook the fish and boil water for drinking. Finally, she got the courage to walk over to him. As she did, she carefully laid her dress down. Now naked with nothing to hide her body she walked up behind Luke.

“Good morning, Luke. I trust that you slept well last night.”

“Good morning, Marion. I slept decent actually. How about you?”

“That was the best that I have ever slept. Your bedding is by far the best I have ever felt.”

“Thank you, Marion. Breakfast will be ready in a bit. Can you wake Cecilia up?”

“Can we talk for a bit first, please. Cecilia actually hates mornings.”

“Very well then.” Luke turned around and his jaw almost fell off. Marion was the very definition of a goddess. Her skin was pure white. She had about the same size breast as Cecilia, but Marion’s breast were a bit firmer with smaller pink nipples. The flip side was that her nipples were much harder than Cecilia’s. Luke’s eyes traveled down to her stomach. It was flat, firm, and toned but not thin enough to show any bones. Traveling further south, Luke noticed that Marion’s pussy was covered in sparse light blond hair. He could see her pussy lips sticking out slightly and the there was a small gap between her legs, caused by Marion’s hips flaring out nicely. Her legs were long and strong, and her feet were even beautiful and Luke wasn’t a foot guy. Traveling back up north, Luke also noticed that Marion had a graceful neck that seemed to be screaming for him to nibble on.

“Well how do I look?”

“Are you sure you name isn’t Aphrodite? You are by far the most beautiful woman that I have ever met, and I have met some very beautiful woman before.”

Marion smiled. From the sudden heat in her cheeks, she was sure that she was blushing crimson and she felt a sticky wetness forming between her legs again. Suddenly she was moving like another person. She walked straight up to Luke, reached up to hold his cheek and pull him down so she could kiss him. Kissing him was by far the best thing that Marion had ever felt. Her whole body felt tingly and she actually wondered if she might pass out from the pleasure. This increased when Luke carefully picked her up. Marion then wrapped her strong legs around Luke’s body. She could feel his penis getting hard and this only further drove Marion’s lust. She might have gone even further, but through her lust induced trance she heard the unmistakable sounds of Cecilia starting to get up. Marion and Luke let go of each other and Marion ran over to put her dress on. She got it on in record time and by the time Cecilia came out of the tent Marion was starting to eat on one of the fish that Luke had been preparing. Cecilia was clueless as to what Marion and Luke had been doing, for she just assumed that Luke would want to be with her because she was the oldest and she though the smartest. What she didn’t know was that Luke was deeply attracted to intelligence and Marion had her beat badly in this department.

As the three of them ate their breakfast, Marion asked about the plans for today.

“Well first we need to check out those clothes we got yesterday to see if you two can wear any of it. One; having pants on makes it easier to fight, and two; when we start traveling it will be much easier for you two to hide the fact that you are women.”

Marion immediately could see the wisdom in Luke’s thinking; by hiding the fact that Marion and Cecilia were in fact women even if it was only from a distance then they wouldn’t attract as much attention to themselves. It was like Luke’s hunting clothes, in the woods, that she learned were colored in a pattern called camouflage. It would make them harder to spot. Cecilia of course was against the idea. She was a lady not some cross dresser, thank you very much, but when it was clear that even her sister supported Luke, Cecilia didn’t have much choice. They both found men’s clothes that fit them and Luke found some clothes that even fit him. He wanted to be dressed in the same clothes as everyone else so he didn’t stand out as much. Plus, by not wearing his modern clothes, he could save them for special occasions. After the three got changed, Luke started going over the ultra-basics of self-defense. Marion threw herself into learning and she learnt fast. She had been almost raped once and she wasn’t going to let that happen again if she could help it. Cecilia wasn’t really that interested. The way she looked at it, it was Luke’s job to protect her not for her to protect herself. After a couple of hours all three were hungry and tired. Luke got the fire going again and started fixing the last of the food that had been in the carriage. As they ate, Marion sat as close as she could to Luke while not crowding him. Eventually Cecilia excused herself to relieve herself.

“Marion, I have a question for you. Now before I ask know this, know that the question will at first sound very stupid but once I explain I promise that it will make sense and furthermore I must insist that you never, ever tell anyone what we are about to talk about. If my secret falls into the wrong hands and used incorrectly the destruction that will fall on the world will cast the Battle of Armageddon in the shade.” Marion nodded nervously, “Ok, what year is this?”

“Why this is the year of our lord 1065. Why, and why must it remain a secret”

Luke closed his eyes, took a deep breath, held it for a second and slowly let it out. Marion was growing more concerned, she knew that Luke didn’t lack anything in the bravery department and yet here he was more nervous than she had ever seen him, and she had seen him take out half a dozen thugs without breaking a sweat. Slowly opening his eyes, Luke looked directly into Marion’s eyes and said flatly:

“Where I came from it was the year 2021 AD.”

“What?!?!”

“That’s right Marion, I not only come from a different place but also from a different time and since I have a decent understanding of my history, I know what the major events that are going to happen for the next almost thousand years and if the wrong people get hold of this then they might try to make short sighted decisions that would spell disaster for them and their people.”

Marion was speechless and absolutely stunned after all she had been falling in love with this man and know she felt that she didn’t know him at all. Suddenly she stood up.

“Marion!”

“GET AWAY FROM ME YOU BLOODY DEVIL!! I never want to be near you again!” Luke bowed his head, accepting his fate. As Marion ran away, she didn’t see that Luke was starting to cry. He had just lost the only woman that he had ever truly loved romantically and this came on top of him losing his entire family and all of his friends. He hadn’t cried since he was five, but now he was crying now. Slowly he stood up and started to gather his gear up. Looking up he seen Cecilia coming back. ‘Just fucking great’ he thought.

“Where’s Marion?” Cecilia asked. Knowing that not telling her would turn out badly, Luke decided on telling Cecilia a half-truth; he didn’t trust Cecilia.

“I told her something about myself that upset her deeply.”

“What, are you actually married?”

Luke smiled slightly “If it was only that small of a secret, but no, my secret can change the world forever and if it gets used wrong then the horror that would be unleashed is far beyond anything you could ever imagine.”

“Then why did you tell Marion, but not me?” Now Cecilia was getting pissed for she didn’t like the fact that that Luke trusted her bratty little sister and not her.

“Why, because I am finding myself falling in love with her and the last thing, I wanted was to keep my biggest secret from her.

Marion, in the meantime was stomping off. She didn’t even know where she was going, for she was furious. Eventually she found herself standing in front of her father’s grave. Luke had given her father his own grave and had even took the time to make a marker for him. She collapsed in front of the grave and began to weep. She was crying harder than she had ever cried before, the man that she had fallen in love with wasn’t even close to the man that she had thought that he was. Finally, she stopped crying and just stared at the marker that Luke had made for her father. Luke had taken her father’s sword and broke it in half. He then carved Charles’s name on it and had written something else. Then he drove the handle part into the soil at her father’s head. It took Marion a while to read the in***********ion. For one, it was written in an unfamiliar *********** and two her reading was just good enough to be able to slowly make her way through the bible. But eventually she was able to make sense of the writing and once again began to cry for Luke had written:

“Here lies a proud, brave man that gave his life so that his family might live. If I, the man who buried his earthly remains, could be even a quarter of the man that this man was then I would be able to die a happy man. Go in peace now Charles of York. I promise that I will do everything in my power to continue to protect your family.”

Marion knew what she had to do and she knew what she had done. She was so pissed with herself, for turning her back on Luke, that she could barely stand herself. After all, here was a man that had saved her from being raped and murdered, that had started to train her in self-defense so that if something like that ever happened again, she would be able to defend herself, and most of all here was a man that believed that women are at the very least equal to men. Sure, men are usually stronger and faster, but in mental abilities, where Luke seemed to be most interested in her, he had already stated multiple times that men and women are at least equals and, in some areas, women are for the most part far superior to men. She also knew that Luke would never hurt her and would die to protect her. Finally, she was able to stand up, she wiped her face off, turned around, and ran off to find Luke before he took off. She could only hope and pray that she wasn’t too late. Of course, he might turn his back on her and she wouldn’t blame him if he did, after all she had already turned her back on him once.

CHAPTER V

As fast as Marion ran through the woods, her mind was running faster. Would she be able to find Luke and Cecilia again? Would Luke even talk to her if she could find them? And perhaps the most disturbing thought, would Cecilia try to ensnare Luke? This last one was the worst for Marion because Cecilia could never stand to see Marion happy and always went out of her way to make Marion’s life as miserable as possible. Now that Marion had for all appearances rejected Luke, would Cecilia try and take Luke before Marion could come to her senses. Is water wet? With this in the front of her mind, Marion pushed herself to run even faster. The brush and branches that slapped her in the face and the thorns that caught her clothes couldn’t slow her down for her just had to find Luke before it was too late.

Finally, she got to the clearing that they had camped in. Luke and Cecilia were gone. Looking around desperately, Marion found the tracks leading out toward the road. She also found a note written on some strange material. The fact that it was written was enough to prove that it was from Luke, Cecilia couldn’t read or write, but Marion would have known it was from him anyway because she recognized his writing style:

Marion,

“I am deeply sorry that I have angered you. I truly wish that the circumstances were different for I have truly fallen in love with you. I would not blame you if you never talk to me again for, I have realized that I completely overwhelmed you. I am sorry that I have hurt you. I have left, with Cecilia, to get her back home. After that I will be leaving England. I truly hope that you find the happiness and love, in life, that an outstanding woman like yourself deserves.

Goodbye, Luke

Marion was cursing herself too much to bother crying at the moment. She had turned her back on Luke when he tried to tell her the most important thing about himself. It should have been obvious to Marion, at the time, that Luke didn’t like to keep secrets from her, but then again, she had never known anyone that would tell her the simple truth without wanting something in return. Just to make herself feel even better, the one and only time that someone told her the truth without wanting anything in return, she ran away. Now Luke had taken reasonability for angering her, admitted to her that he had fallen in love with her, and told her where he was going. She had to catch him before he left England, at all cost. She knew that with the carriage that Luke would be slowed down a bit. Problem is that she didn’t have a horse or any other gear with her, but she didn’t care. As Marion began to follow the tracks, she heard a familiar sound coming from the brush. When she looked, she found a horse there with all the gear she would need. In the saddlebags, she found money and food. All this stuff she had seen very recently. It was gear that the three of them had collected from the dead after Luke had saved them. This could only mean one thing; Luke hade left it without Cecilia’s knowledge, for if she had known then she would have done everything she could have to prevent Luke from leaving anything for Marion. With the horse and the knowledge of where Luke and her sister were headed, and that Luke wanted her to rejoin him, Marion took off to find them.

Once Luke had explained to Cecilia what had happened, leaving out the part about him being from the future, Cecilia pretty much demanded that Luke finish escorting her home. Luke was too broken hearted to care so he finished packing the gear and set off with Cecilia. As they left, Cecilia started pouring on her charm. Despite her many flaws from his point of view, Luke had to at least admit that Cecilia was beautiful and charming. With him being hurt so bad by Marion, Cecilia figured that it would be easy to get her hands on Luke. Still Luke maintained at least some of his wits about him. He wouldn’t show Cecilia his computer or rifle, and she wouldn’t be able to secretly look at them for Luke had them both locked in their cases, and the locks were highly advanced combination locks. Luke guarding his secrets so closely pissed Cecilia off to no end, but she couldn’t let it show, yet. She figured that it would take a few days but she would wear down Luke’s resistance to her. After all, she wanted the knowledge that Luke surely possessed for herself.

Cecilia and Luke made pretty good time, after they broke camp, traveling until they had to stop and set up camp. Luke still wouldn’t take the chance on getting a room at an inn. Cecilia of course wasn’t happy about this, but since she had set herself a mission, she wasn’t about to complain about it. After Luke got the campsite set up, Cecilia was too much of a lady to help, he went to get some food. While he was gone Cecilia went through his gear and found many clues as to who Luke really was. At least she would have if she could read that is. She decided that when they got home, she would have Luke arrested for something and then take his gear to a monk that she trusted and knew loved to read.

Seeing Luke coming back with food, Cecilia continued to pure on the charm.

“See unlike my stupid sister, I would never leave you, Luke. She never did care about anyone but herself and you deserve a woman who knows how to pleasure and care for a man. That woman is me.” Cecilia curled up to Luke and began to caress him softly. Luke barely reacted to her, but she had expected that. He had been badly damaged, by her sister, and Cecilia knew from long experience with men that it might take her a little bit longer to get what she wanted from Luke.

That evening, Luke again set up the tent. This time, Cecilia insisted that she was terrified of nightmares and was afraid to sleep alone.

“It was fine before Marion ran off because there was someone there with me. With her now gone I am terribly afraid that I will start having nightmares.”

“Sorry, Cecilia but someone needs to keep watch during the night. If you get nightmares, I will be right out here for you.”

Finally, wondering at how Luke could still have the ability to reject her, Cecilia went to bed. Luke sat around for a while and just thought about everything. Him losing his parents, getting a medical discharge from the Marines because of a roadside bomb, losing the rest of everyone he had every known because of some fucking cosmic freak job, killing those men to protect two women who he didn’t know, then losing Marion because he had told her the truth, and finally Cecilia’s rather obvious and frankly annoying attempts to seduce him. Thing was that the harder Cecilia tried, the more she drove Luke away. She didn’t know this of course and Luke wasn’t about to tell her. He had promised to get her home and he would. As soon as he did, he would get to a port as fast as possible and get a boat to the continent. Finally, he fell into a fitful slumber.

Marion drove her mount as hard as she could to make up some time. As she went, she would ask people coming from the other direction if they had seen a carriage with more horses then would normally be around and was headed in the same direction she was. A few people had and she had learned that she was about a half day behind. If she got what she thought was truthful information, she would pay the person who had given her the info. As it got dark, Marion continued to travel until she couldn’t see anything anymore. When at last she had to stop, she took care of her horse for without it she wouldn’t have a chance to catch Luke, then she ate some of the food that Luke had left her, and finally dozed off to sleep. Before she went to sleep through, her mind drifted back to when she had been naked and had been picked up by Luke. This memory made her wet between her legs and it felt like she was on fire with the fire being centered in her vagina. It didn’t take long for her to start rubbing herself with one hand rubbing across her breast and sensitive nipples and the other rubbing between her legs. Since she had never done this before, it took her a few minutes to figure out what felt good. Eventually she found a small bump that when rubbed sent shock waves through her body. The more she rubbed that spot the better it felt, until she started to thrash around and nearly blacked out. As she recovered, she felt several emotions running through her. One was guilt, what she had just done had been preached against as a mortal sin for as long as she could remember and, now she figured that she was going to hell because of it. The second emotion through took some of the guilty edge off for she felt an amazing calm descend on her. She just didn’t give a fuck what those priest and nuns said. This feeling was new to her but didn’t take her long to figure out that Luke had led her to this feeling and the more she thought about it the more that she realized that Luke had been right. This was after all HER body and what she did with it was HER business. One side effect that she didn’t expect was that making herself feel good like that helped her good to sleep easily.

The next morning, Marion was up before the sun and felt more rested than she had in years. One other affect that Luke had on her was that she just didn’t feel any need to pray and definitely didn’t feel any need to visit a priest to ask for forgiveness. Quickly she ate a bit and got the horse ready. She knew that Cecilia wasn’t a morning person so she figured that she could make some serious ground up. Marion had her dress packed away in a saddlebag and was wearing some of the clothes that they had gotten off the dead guys. At first, she felt bad about this, but seeing the reactions of the people that she met on the road, made her fully realize Luke’s wisdom for nobody realized that she was in fact a woman.

She had been traveling for a couple of hours when she came upon a campsite that had been recently abandoned. Checking it out, she found a small pouch with some money, a short note, and some food. Again, she recognized the pouch and the writing. This time the note informed Marion that her sister was up to no good. She estimated that she had only missed them by about an hour or so, judging by how much heat was in the embers. She easily got the fire going again and boiled some water. She remembered the warning that Luke had given her about contaminated water. After boiling enough water to refill her canteen and making sure that her horse had gotten enough water and grass to eat, she set out again. Again, she traveled to nightfall, but this time when she stopped, she could see a small campfire in the distance. Now she began to plan what she was going to do when she caught up with Luke and Cecilia. With her sister’s two-faced nature, Marion would have a hard time of it just showing back up in camp, but she also really wanted to meet up with Luke and apologize for turning her back on him and running off. Finally, Marion had a plan and she started to rub herself again. This time, she was able to start with what felt the best and within minutes had cum so hard that she seen stars and passed out.

The next morning, Marion got up as the sun was coming up and got underway extra quick. Sure, enough the fire that she had seen the night before was from Luke and Cecilia. When Marion came to the edge of the camp, she dismounted and quietly began to investigate. Luke wasn’t there, but Cecilia was and was still sleeping. Marion then retreated to a good hiding spot near her horse to watch for Luke. After an hour, Marion began to get worried. There was evidence in the camp to say that Luke was still with Cecilia but Marion hadn’t seen Luke anywhere. She was watching so intensely that she didn’t hear someone come up behind her. Suddenly a strong hand was across her mouth, and Marion reacted in the way that Luke had taught her, but whoever was behind her was very strong. Marion was now fighting for her life and felt like she was stronger now then she had ever been. Finally, she was able to face who had attacked her and was surprised to be looking into a giant’s chest. She glanced up and was astonished to see the person, who had attacked her, was none other than Luke. Without thinking about it, she slapped him hard across his face and then jumped up and grabbed hold of him, started kissing him fiercely.

Come on Over . . . and My Mom Will Teach Us 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

Amanda begins our tale with the most erotic dream sequence that takes place at school. Things increase in intensity, as Mike arrives at their home, having been drenched by a quick rain storm, and then Amanda’s Mom begins to give them lessons.

The Night before His Visit

Amanda jumped into bed . . . the pink hair brush on her nightstand dropped to the carpet. She had heard of girls using a brush handle to excite themselves and maybe that would be how she could fall asleep tonight . . . while thinking of Mike who was coming over after school the next day. A half-hour later, her pink brush still glistened with her juices as she began to dream. She was suddenly in the boy’s high school bathroom at her school . . .and there were ten boys standing around her. Instead of being afraid, she was curious why their pants were all lumpy and sticking out in the front. And then she heard herself saying to them:

“Would you boys show me what’s inside your pants . . . if I take off my blouse?” The boys in her class began to smile at her offer, but then Mike (who was older and should not even be in the dream) . . . and the boy she secretly liked said:



“Ok . . .but take off EVERYTHING but your underpants and show us your cute titties Amanda, and we’ll show you our cocks.”

“Alright . . . but I call them panties Mike,” and as she corrected him, she began to unbutton her white blouse. The boys moved into a circle around the young girl, as they saw her pull the white blouse out from her skirt. She loved the attention she was getting at that moment. As the blouse hit the floor, the boys were already enjoying the sight of her white cotton bra that covered her breasts. She unzipped her skirt and pulled it down her legs, and stepped out of it. At that point, almost simultaneously she heard each boy’s zipper being pulled down.

She slowly turned and watched as their hands unsnapped the buttons at the top of their school dress pants and soon white and other colored underwear suddenly came into view. She stopped turning when she faced Mike, whose cock she desperately wanted to see the most. His pants fell to the floor and his white briefs were sticking out in the front. She knew his naked cock was hidden underneath, and she stopped undressing herself in hopes of seeing it. He looked up and saw her watching.

“Hey Amanda, let’s be fair about this. If all of us are going to show you our COCKS, we need to look at your titties too . . .so take off your bra for us,” he said rubbing his hand over the long extension poking out the front of his briefs. Amanda daringly reached behind her back and unsnapped the clasp of her bra. As she watched . . . Mike begin to move his hand up and down his still covered cock, she leaned forward slightly and allowed the tiny garment to fall forward, catching it before it fell to the floor.

Her long erect nipples had now puckered up and were stiff to the young boy’s stares. She pulled her shoulders back and proudly showed off her breasts. She placed her hands on her hips and began to get excited as two, three . . .and eventually ten different varying sized pink to purple colored cocks were displayed to her as she turned around, as a circle was forming around her.

“Go ahead and show us what girls do to get themselves off, Amanda,” said Mike, “and we’ll do the same . . .but when we began to shoot cum out of our COCKS, I want you to bring your bra over to each of us . . . and turn it so that we can shoot our cum into each those cups . . .and then you get to do one more thing for us . . .” Despite being asleep, Amanda had her hand inside her pussy as she was witnessing this naughty event.



Each of the boys were now jacking off their stiff cocks as fast as they could as they looked at her near naked body. Their faces had turned red with excitement. In her dream, she had slipped her fingers into her panties and was rubbing her damp pussy as the boys got closer to ejaculating. Amanda wasn’t sure where these thoughts were coming from . . . but suddenly she heard one of the boys’ scream . . . “I’m gonna cum . . . bring it over here . . .” This caused her to hold her bra in such a way that the pulsating cock could shoot its load into her bra cups.

Not believing what was happening, the boy came up close and began to empty a series of cumshots into the shiny pink bra cups. And then another began to shoot and she rushed over to him and then suddenly . . . all ten of the boys were shooting at the same time.

Almost like magic, in every direction strong streams of sticky cum were intersecting from each of the boy’s cocks and landing in her bra cups and on her hand. Quickly both of the bra cups were filling to capacity. But not all the cum was headed in that direction. She felt hot splashes hitting her sides and back and once or twice on her face, as she attempted to collect their juices. She looked down and suddenly a stream of hot cum saturated both of her breasts, arms, shoulders and legs. Her bra was completely full and she looked up for some direction. She caught Mike’s glance and he understood what she wanted.



“Ohhhhhhhhhhhh shit Amanda . . . this is so awesome . . . cumming all over you like this, but now . . . it’s time to put back on your bra and feel our hot cum all over your titties.” The girl couldn’t believe what he wanted her to do . . .but since she liked him, she carefully bent over, positioned her firm tits over the cups, laid her bare nipples inside the gooey hot slime, and reached behind and snapped her bra back on.



Instantly their cum began to heat up her young breasts and the feel was the most erotic sensation she had ever felt. She stood up to find that all of the boys . . . now NAKED were very close to her, watching their cum ooze out of her bra. She squared her shoulders, waiting for their approval but suddenly she felt several hands quickly yanking her panties down her legs.

Her bare hairless virgin pussy was now on display and each of the boys were preparing for round two. Her breasts were so wet and saucy. She loved the sensation as she squeezed their cum in between her fingers and over her still pink buds. She felt someone pushing her down onto her knees as she watched the floor getting closer. She looked around to see who it was and Mike was smiling as he continued to fondle and manipulate his growing cock with one hand as he continued to pull her down with his other.

She should have been scared, but she loved the predicament she was in . . . as ten growing cocks began to move closer and closer to her naked body. Amanda was now laying on her back onto the floor as the other boys stood around her . . . pulling on their cocks. She looked down on her chest and realized her bra was now GONE and her breasts were covered with a thick layer of grey slimy cum. Mike stood over her with a grin on his face.

“It’s time to learn how to SUCK COCK Amanda. I want to be the first to stick my cock in your mouth, so open up those pretty pink lips.” He straddled her sticky chest with his knees and legs open and soon she was facing his 5″ long pink cock up close. Not knowing exactly what to do, she grasped the base of Mike’s rod and began to feed herself his pulsating cock. The second her lips surrounded his organ, she felt him erupt and she began to suck in rope after rope of his hot cum.

At the same time her entire body was being sprayed by each of the boys as they laughed in merriment. She suddenly woke up from her dream and realized her nightgown was soaking wet with perspiration and her young body was panting with heat and anticipation. She began to giggle wondering if tomorrow after school might bring to her similar activities.

Mike Arrives, and the fun begins . . .

Debbie was Amanda’s mother and knew her high school aged daughter had begun to notice boys. Being single she thought it might be fun to get one into their apartment and manipulate the situation so Amanda could learn exactly how to excite boys and for her to quite frankly . . . get off during their foreplay. Selfish . . . yes. Exciting . . . absolutely! To fantasize about this taking place is one thing but to see it unfold almost to perfection would be almost amazing. She had made Amanda’s lunch for school and would just have to be patient until she arrived home.

As soon as her daughter got home from school, Debbie peppered her daughter with questions regarding inviting him over.

“So is Mike going to come over? Can he stay for dinner? Shouldn’t you take a shower before he gets here?” She rapidly shot questions to her daughter.

“He said yes and he thinks he can stay for dinner and yup, I am going to take a nice hot shower. Were you able to find those tight jeans I was looking for?”

“Sure did . . . and I got you a pretty top to wear. . . and one of the shoulders is bare . . . so a bra is out of the question this time. Don’t worry . . . I think he will love it that way.”

“It’s supposed to rain big time in a few minutes. I hope he can get a ride,” she said her voice trailing off as she scampered into her bedroom. For the next half hour or so, Debbie lit candles, put out some candy and got things set. She also changed into a sexy top and a short skirt. She was only 32 years old, and her daughter was the surprising result . . . of a weeklong sex-fest she had with a boy in high school, where at 15-years-old, she perfected her cock sucking skills to where every boy in the building wanted to yank out his cock and have her fully satisfy him.

While her daughter was in the shower, Debbie found a few sex toys that she thought might be useful, depending upon where things might go. Almost a half hour later, the front door bell rang and Debbie went to answer it. There was a boy standing outside that was literally drenched beyond belief.

“Hi. This is Amanda’s house isn’t it?” he asked.

“It sure is and you look like a drowned rat! Take off your shoes and I insist on you taking a quick shower, or you will catch a cold.” She heard her daughter behind her and when she turned around she watched her face light up.

“I am sooooo sorry you had to walk through this storm. I just got out of the shower and mom is right . . . go ahead and take yours. I’ll wait for you. Mom can you do something with his clothes and get them dry?”

“Absolutely honey. I will drop off a robe for him to wear and when his clothes are dry . . . he can put them back on.” Mike did not argue as water literally came out of his shoes when he took them off. Amanda probably didn’t notice but the boys’ jeans did little to hide the obvious indication that he was VERY happy to see her daughter. The hidden image of a pretty decent size COCK was poking up the front of his pants, much to Debbie’s delight. She followed the boy into the bathroom, asking Amanda to get out more of the snacks she had purchased.

“I have a pretty good sized robe Mike. While you are in the shower, I will leave it here on the sink for you to wear for a while. Why don’t you take off all of your clothes and give them to me so that I can put them in the dryer.” The boy looked at her dumbfounded . . . for almost a full minute.



“Uhhhhhhh, with you standing right here?” he asked shyly.

“Don’t worry Mike. I have seen many NAKED boys in my day. Let’s just get those wet clothes off you. Here I can help. Let me sit here on the toilet.” The boy was so surprised at what she was suggesting . . . that without thinking he moved over in front of her.

“You will feel a lot better when we get these things off. Go ahead and get your shirt and I will take off these wet pants.” Debbie was very aroused realizing that she had placed the boy into a no win situation. She immediately undid his belt and then found the brass snap at the top of his jeans. She watched Mike begin to pull his shirt up over his shoulder and knew there would be a short time when he would be somewhat blindfolded.

Next she found the top of the zipper and pulled it down. As Mike was navigating his shirt over his head, she slipped her fingers into the sides of his jeans AND boxers and literally yanked them all the way to his feet. A smile broadened across her face. Even though it was no longer stiff . . . the boys’ penis flopped in front of her face and she began to quiver with excitement. How she wanted to move forward and slurp up that shaft into her mouth and suck the boy for all he was worth.



“There, that MUST feel MUCH better. Just step out of your jeans Mike, and hop into the shower.” The boy was now almost beat red as he realized the very attractive young woman was closely inspecting his cock and balls that were right in front of her. As he stepped from side to side ridding his legs of the pants, his shaft waved back and forth. Debbie had neglected to wear any underwear so she knew at this angle, the boy was looking straight down her V-necked top at most of her bare breasts. She waited a few seconds and then looked up and was not disappointed, as Mike’s eyes grew wide as he did his own inspection of her tits.


Rather than saying anything, she elected to just watch the boy soon become a horny voyeur while looking at her body. Her reward was the measured growth of an erection that was rising right in front of her eyes. The more he was mesmerized by her bare tits, (hoping to catch a glimpse of a bare nipple like all guys), the greater the angle his cock continued to rise.



Almost without thinking, Debbie said:

“Amanda is going to LOVE getting to know this BIG COCK of yours Mike,” as she wrapped her fingers around the shaft. “Hurry up with your shower so that we can get started,” and with that, she leaned forward, slipped the mushroom tipped pink shaft into her lips for a few seconds, wiggling her tongue all around the purple crown and then left the bathroom.

As she was working her way down the hallway, her hand immediately went to her damp pussy and she soon rubbed her clit as she entered her room. She opened up her closet and took out her summer white chiffon robe and knew this was what she was going to leave for the innocent boy to wear. Debbie heard the shower start and carrying the robe with her; she carefully opened the door, placed the robe on the sink and scooped up all of the boys’ wet clothes. She could not wait to see him in it!

“Don’t take too long Mike; I have left the robe here on the sink. Amanda and I will be waiting for you in the kitchen when you are all squeaky clean for us.” She was tempted to pull the shower curtain back to catch another glimpse of his naked body, hopefully catching him jacking off . . . but did not want to freak the boy out any more than she already had. She went downstairs to the basement and put the wet clothes into the dryer . . .and then thought for a moment. Why hurry? So instead of starting the dryer, she went back upstairs to join her daughter.

Amanda was anxious and horny to see the boy and after about 15 minutes he did not disappoint her. Interrupting a brief conversation, she was having with her mom, Mike leaned his head across the doorway hoping to see someone.

“Do either of you have anything else I could wear? This robe is like . . . almost see-through.” Debbie had to place her hand over her mouth to keep from laughing as her daughter said:

“It can’t be that bad, come on in and join us!” Placing his hands over the crotch of the robe, he timidly came over to the table and slipped into a chair across from Amanda.

“Mom . . . what about your dark blue robe?” she asked . . . but did not pursue things any further, as she caught her mom quickly shake her head.

“It will only be for a short time while your clothes get dried. How about some chips and salsa?” For the next several minutes the three of them visited back and forth and munched on chips. Getting somewhat impatient, Debbie decided to take the lead and move things in a more intimate direction.

“So Mike . . . Amanda said maybe you guys would like to learn more about each other and kissing and touching and fun stuff like that.”

“Mom . . . I did not!” said Amanda surprised. Mike smiled at the interplay between Amanda and her mother as he continued to feed his face. Ignoring her daughter, Debbie continued to move things along in a very suggestive way.

“Have you had much experience with girls, Mike?”

“Not a whole lot, and I wouldn’t mind knowing more. Are you gonna like give us lessons or something?” he asked humorously. Amanda was now beet red with embarrassment . . . not believing her mother’s approach.

“Sure, if you are UP (pause) . . . for it,” she said suggestively.

“I’m game . . . (and then looking at Amanda) if you are?” Amanda was surprised at his question . . . but nodded her head a couple of times.

“Then let’s get started. We are going to start off with some kissing lessons. Mike . . . pull out your chair a bit more, but remain seated.” Mike bashfully followed her instructions, but tried to keep his hands over his crotch.



“Amanda, I want you to sit on his lap and face him,” she said, getting secretly aroused at her suggestion, knowing that the boy’s rigid cock would probably be up against her daughters . . . tight little ass or better yet right under her young pussy. Shaking her head, Amanda got up and went over but stopped in front of him.

“Like I am going to straddle his legs or something?” she asked, looking at her mom.

“That’s right. Let me demonstrate,” she said gently moving her daughter aside and spreading her legs and then sitting on his lap. She immediately felt the boy’s stiff cock snuggled against her warm crotch.

“Just sit just like this and face him.” She began to gently rock over his cock, knowing he was getting more and more aroused. “Go ahead . . . now you try.” She got up and pushed her daughter in front of him. Her daughter looked down and immediately saw the boys cock . . . somewhat transparently hidden by the chiffon, but not by much.

She knew he was aroused, and that actually reminded her of the dream she had the night before. Without any further waiting, she placed all of her weight on her right foot, lifted her left leg over the boy and gently placed her tight little ass on his lap. She was wearing very tight jeans so she immediately felt the touch of his stiff erection on her young crotch.

Amanda looked straight down and was instantly aroused because although slightly covered by the transparent robe, the tip of his cock was still quite visible. This could be awesome fun she thought. Debbie looked over her shoulder at the same sight and winked at the boy, indicating things were about to start.

“Place one hand behind her head Mike . . . and the other down here by her cute little ass.”

“MOM!”

“Sorry but it’s true because I have seen it . . . now go ahead.” She watched the two get into the position she had described. “Perfect! Now lean across and look into her eyes and move forward and press those lips of your against hers.” Debbie was getting aroused watching the two begin to kiss. Mike placed his hands as she suggested . . . but his right hand just kind of hung by her ass. He obviously needed some extra help she thought.

“OK you two . . . I know we just started, but let’s break for a second for a few more instructions. Mike take your free hand and place it in the middle of her ass and kind of pull her towards you. Girls like to feel the hand of boys . . . being in control and not all droopy.” Mike did as she suggested . . . and realized he could pull Amanda forward towards his stiff cock and drive her pussy right into it. If Amanda didn’t feel his shaft before, when he pulled forward . . . the thickness of his cock would move up against her damp pussy . . . and oh so close to her clit, that she needed to have touched. They practiced for a few minutes, causing both of their loins to reach a near nirvana pitch.



“Kissing always feels great, but the next step is to open your mouth and let the other person wiggle their tongue against yours. Go ahead and try that for a few minutes.”

Debbie pulled up a chair and watched the two embrace, noticing that both of their faces were turning bright red with excitement. At the same time, his hand was all over her ass as he kept pulling her towards him and she began to buck her hips to generate the most amount of arousal for both of them. Debbie also noticed that her daughter’s breasts were perking up and her nipples were stiff buds up against her top. She knew Mike was probably fantasizing about seeing her breasts . . . so it was time to move in that direction.

“Let’s take a little break you two. Honey . . . I want you to change into your cute little red skirt upstairs and then come back down so that we can continue.” Amanda stared at her mother’s suggestion, knowing her skirt was super short, and angry she had to stop feeling his big cock . . . up against her wet pussy.



“Fine,” she said and ran off to her bedroom to change. Once she got there as she slipped off her jeans, she noticed that her panties were now literally soaked with excitement. She decided to slip them off and change them . . . but was interrupted by her mom.

“No panties honey. I want you to feel him right up close to your little cunny.” As aroused as she was, she just smiled back at her mom. Amanda placed the panties she had picked out . . . back in the drawer and quickly zipped up her skirt and came back downstairs . . . again fantasizing about what might happen next.



“How about THAT outfit Mike? Almost like a little cheerleader, isn’t she? Maybe we should have her do some cartwheels for you. (pause) On second thought, let’s get back to where we were. Let’s mount this BIG horsey Amanda . . . and continue our lessons.

Here I can help you honey,” she said. Amanda was a bit bashful now about raising her leg up and over . . . especially since her hairless pussy was now all uncovered underneath. Her mom sensed that and actually placed her hands under her arm pits and lifted the girl back up onto Mike’s lap.



“Let’s get a bit closer honey, let me lift up the front of your skirt here . . . so that it doesn’t get all bunched up underneath you.” On purpose she held up the pleated material, but not at an angle to spoil the surprise and moved her daughter’s crotch right next to his still stiff cock that was sticking up. “Pull her close like before,” she said, and as instructed, his hand pulled her right next to her wet crotch. He immediately realized that the girl was not wearing ANY panties and that his fully aroused cock was literally right next to her moist slit.

“Kissing and touching are two great things. But this time while you kiss, I want you to begin to let your hands explore each other’s bodies. I know you were thinking about Amanda’s titties Mike . . . and honey I am certain you are anxious to get your hand wrapped around Mike’s BIG COCK sweetie so let’s give it a try.” The two lovebirds could not believe what just came out of Debbie’s mouth, but they also could not believe what she had just said . . . WAS what they had been thinking.

Mike was not bashful . . . as he slowly slipped his hand under Amanda’s top and began to make the short journey upwards . . . towards her naked titties. Amanda shivered as she felt his hot moist hands move closer and closer to her nipples, that she fantasized about him touching. She was embarrassed that her breasts weren’t bigger, but at the same time loved how her nipples were probably longer and more sensitive than most girls.

As his hand touched the base of her breast, she began to moan in anticipation. Hearing her passion, Mike captured both of her apple sized titties in his hands and felt her stiff nipples on his palms. He had never gone this far with any girl before, and his heart was pounding. At the same time, Amanda bashfully moved her hands down the front of her skirt, lifted it up so that she could get to his cock and moved further to between her legs where his shaft was up and standing at attention . . . still covered with the chiffon of her mom’s robe.

A devilish grin came across her face, as she found the gap between the two sides of the chiffon robe and slowly began to pull it apart. More and more of the silky fabric was pulled aside, baring his chest, and then his stomach. She continued to work her way down towards his stiff cock . . . wanting to touch it without anything being in the way. Meanwhile Debbie was watching both of them manipulate each other’s body, but was frustrated at not being able to see what their fingers were actually doing.

“Hey Mike, I’ll bet your having some real fun rubbing and touching her titties aren’t you? . . . but it’s always much better to see a girl’s breasts while you are excited. Honey let me help you with this top,” and without any notice, she found the sides of the top that were tucked into her short skirt, pulled them out and then instantly yanked the new top over her head . . . making her daughter suddenly topless. But that was not all she uncovered. There in clear sight was her daughter’s fingers . . . wrapped around Mike’s fully erect COCK.



“Good Girl! He has a BIG ONE doesn’t he? Let’s go back and continue where we were, with one last change. Mike, let’s pull up the bottom of Amanda’s skirt and tuck it up here against her tummy.” (She demonstrated).

“She has something she wants to show you!”

“MOM!” screamed Amanda. Mike was hesitant after her quick outburst, but looking into her eyes, he took his hands off her bare titties, and moved them down to her stomach. Amanda turned even more red with embarrassment, as Mike slowly pulled up the fabric and was rewarded by the sight of the girl’s bare pussy . . . the first he had ever seen.

“You guys are doing great!” said Debbie. “When you are learning how to turn on the other person, it’s so much easier if you don’t have clothes in the way. In fact, let’s have you both stand up, for the next lesson, and just start by each of you taking off the rest of each other’s clothes.” Mike and Amanda just looked at each other for a few seconds, rather than immediately following her Mom’s instructions.

“This is going so fast,” said Mike, “but I am sure having fun being with you.” Stepping over his waist, and for the moment having her skirt cover her pussy, she looked at him with a grin on her face and stood up. Her tits were fully aroused with both nipples as stiff as they had ever been.

“Me too. But . . . I’m looking forward to some private time with you.” Mike got off the chair he was sitting on and stood up next to Amanda.

“Honey . . . reach over and take off my silly robe from his shoulders,” said Debbie. Amanda turned sideways, looked down and noticed the fully erect cock, pushing against the thin fabric of the chiffon robe.

“Let’s get rid of this,” she said with a smile on her face, as she pulled the garment open, and then slipped her fingers into the upper sides of the robe. With his help, she glided the housecoat off his shoulders and then let it fall to the floor. As turned on as Mike was, being totally naked in front of the two women was even more arousing.

“My turn,” he said, as he knelt down in front of the topless girl, located the latch and the short zipper, and within seconds, was pulling the skirt down to her feet. Not wearing anything else, the girl was now just as naked as he was. Part 2 is being written and will be published shortly.

Bad Professor. BDSM story 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

A Professor rejects a young student’s affections, and deals with the consequences.

I reached into my pocket, pulled out a handkerchief, and offered it to the quietly sobbing girl. She took it gingerly and dabbed the tears at the corners of her sky blue eyes. She made to return it to me, but I declined. Without protest, she balled up the damp cloth and held it in her palm on her lap. After peaking at her cleavage for just a moment, I forced myself to look in her eyes.

“I’m really sorry, Hunter. You’re a beautiful girl, you really are. And you’ll find someone much better – and younger – than me. You shouldn’t be with a man in his mid-forties; you should be hanging out with the other young 20-somethings.”

“What if I don’t want to?”

I looked at her for a moment. It was difficult to deny this girl.

“Well. In any case, I can’t risk my job.”

She used the handkerchief again and stood up to leave. Her bared, flat white tummy – and a delicate belly button – caught my eyes.

“See you in class”, she said, wiping her eyes, “Professor.”

And with that, she walked away. Despite the guilt of turning her down, I couldn’t help but stare at her pert bottom, wrapped in a tight pair of jeans.

A FEW WEEKS LATER

“Everything will be… discrete, won’t it?”, I asked, nervously.

“You have nothing to worry about, sir”, came the practised reply from a young female voice, “we’ve been in this business for a long time. Our clients choose us for our discretion, and of course the quality of our cars.”

I sighed with some relief.

“That’s nice.. so, I wasn’t able to see a picture of the car online…”

“You don’t need to be concerned. You filled in your preferences, and we will make sure we find the perfect car for you. Our car will meet all of your needs.”

“…right, and I just want to make sure that you guys got the special request? I mean, I just don’t want your usual… car.”

“Yes, we have them right here. You might be surprised to learn how usual this request is. Listen, I can tell this is your first time using our service. Don’t worry. You’re going to have the night of your life. I promise you.”

That call was four hours ago. Four nervous hours. Fours hours of cleaning up and wondering if this was the right thing to do. I mean, I had never used an escort service before. Should I just suck it up and keep trying the online thing? Or ask to be set up? And just as I was entering the fifth hour of thinking, I heard a knock on the door. She was here. I took a big gulp, checked myself in the mirror and walked up to the door.

“Yes?”

“Hi!”, came the confident voice from the other side, “I have a package for you. Can I come in?”

“Yup”, I muttered as I swung the door open. And I couldn’t quite believe what I was seeing. I just stood there, dumbfounded. She too was shocked, but had the courage to speak first.

“Professor”, she said, her full pink lips turning up in a smile, “fancy seeing you here.”

I still couldn’t say anything.

“Maybe you should let me in before someone sees me here like this?”

I stepped aside and let her walk in, locking the door behind me.

“Hunter? Why are you here?”, I asked, although I already knew the answer.

“We both know why I’ve come here, Professor”, she said, standing opposite me, “the question is what are going to do now.”

“Hunter, we’ve been through this. You and I cannot be a thing. You’re my student, it’s weird. And I can’t risk my job. And you have better options – whatever, this is not happening. So you can watch a movie or something if you like, I’ll still pay for your time.”

She didn’t respond to my little speech. She just stood there, smiling. Her long, straight golden blonde hair was drawn to one side. She had little makeup on her face – she didn’t really need it, the girl was blessed with supermodel features. She was wearing a black coat, which I’m certain was covering something much more risque.

“You know, Professor”, she started, taking a step towards me, “when my agency assigns me to a client, they are some things they tell me and some things they don’t. For instance, they don’t tell me your real name. It doesn’t matter to me, and it helps protect the client’s privacy. What they do tell me, however, is what the client wants. What he needs. What he desires. And this includes any requests of a… special nature (she was a mere couple of inches in front of me by now). So, for instance, (her voice dropped to a whisper) I know that although you’re a big Professor out there, in here you just want to be… a toy. You want to be teased. Played with. Punished, if necessary. So now when you tell me that we can’t be a thing because of your excuses, I simply do not care. Do you understand?”

I was determinedly not meeting her gaze. I could feel her breath on my face. Although she was just 22 and I was 43, she was as tall as I. Suddenly, I felt her hands on either side of my face. She made me look into her eyes.

“Do you understand?”

I nodded weakly.

“Good. Now on your knees.”

Her hands pushed me down so I was kneeling in front of her. And she took off her coat and threw it aside. I was directly facing a pair of flimsy red lace panties barely covering her shaved pussy. I looked up at her – her large breasts were perfectly encased in a matching bra.

“And you can’t honestly tell me that you didn’t want any of this. God knows how many times you’ve wanked off thinking about me.”

I didn’t respond. She stepped closer to me – pushing me against the wall.

“I think you know what you have to do.”

I looked in front of me and leaned in to kiss her pussy. But she pushed me back, laughing.

“That’s not what I meant”, she laughed, raising her foot to me. “I read your preferences – I know you want this.”

I took her foot in my hands and pulled her shoe off. Her feet were admittedly beautiful – slender and well taken care of. I kissed the ball of her foot and heard her stifle a moan. My dick also twitched in my pants. I kissed her foot all over – the heel, the arch, the ball. Then I took her tiny toes in my mouth and sucked on them. I started kissing up her leg. Her beautiful, toned calf muscle. Then her knees. And her delightfully muscular thighs. Not an ounce of fat that didn’t belong there. Not a single hair. And the taste of strawberry body butter. I grabbed on to her legs and licked her thighs wet. And she turned around, presenting her gorgeous bottom to me. Despite having a tiny waist, her ass was thick and juicy. And, as of now, inches away from my face covered in the flimsiest of materials.

I immediately leaned in and buried my face in her buns.As my hands squeezed her ass cheeks, I went to down on her asshole, pulling her panties aside. She too took a step back and pushed my head against the wall, smothering me and sitting on my face. I was hungrily eating and licking this girl perfect ass, and could hear her moaning more loudly now. I think she was fingering herself while I rimmed her. Part of my brain needed some air but I was too occupied. Too hungry. Eventually, I heard (and felt) her orgasm. She pushed back all the way – my tongue deep in her asshole, moaned loudly, and squirted all on the floor. It was powerful. When she was done, she stepped away from me. I took a deep breath and came to my senses. And she turned around, grinning ear to ear.

“Looks like someone was hungry for some ass.”

I just looked away. I couldn’t believe that I had just given one of my students – a girl 21 years my junior – a rimjob. How could I ever go to university again?

“Look, get up”, she said, pulling me to my feet and walking me over to the couch. We sat down next to each other.

“I don’t want to make you miserable – that’s not my plan here”, she said, her hand rubbing my thigh, “I just want us to be together. Especially now that I know what you really like. And I know you want it to. It’s obvious.”

Her hand was on my erection. She unzipped me and pulled out my cock, stroking it gently.

“You’re just too scared to admit it. I understand. That’s why I’m going to admit it for you. Just repeat after me. You love being my toy.”

“I l-love being your toy”, I said, my eyes fixed on her chest.

“You love worshipping my body”, she said, spitting on my cock and stroking me faster.

“I love worshipping your body.”

“I’m your queen”, she said, swigging one leg across my lap so she was now straddling me, my dick in front of her pussy.

“You’re my queen.”

“You will never (she raised her other hand and grabbed my face with it) be mean to me ever again”, she said, rubbing my dick against her pussy.

“I will never be mean to you ever again.”

“I own you.”

“You own me.”

“Are you ready?”

“Yes”

“Beg me for it”

“Please, Hunter, I’m fucking begging you, let me in.”

No response.

“Please! I’ll do anything you say, anything! Just let me in”

And she finally, finally pushed my dick between her pussy lips and inside her. We both moaned in ecstasy as it happened.

“Go on”, she said, rolling her hips, “fuck me!”

I grabbed her hips, lifted her up, and started fucking her from below.

“Fuck me you bastard! Fuck your queen!”

Her large tits were spilling in my face. Her heady scent filled my nostrils. And her tight, warm, wet pussy was heaven. I felt her hands wrap around my neck.

“You want to cum?”

“Yes”, I replied. And she slapped me.

“Say yes queen!”

“Yes, Queen”

“Good boy – now cum when I tell you to. In five…. four…. three…. “

As soon as she said “Cum!”, she slid forward in my lap so my dick slipped out of her, and I ejaculated – copiously – all over her ass and my legs. And with that, I was spent.

Small Town Life 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

Adam has a side job working for the Carlson’s. Husband Roger travels a lot for his job. His wife Jackie is a constant fantasy for Adam. Then her teenage cousins Amy and Samantha visit.

It was a typical hot summer in a typical small midwestern town. Dust hung over the fields, stirred up by farm equipment, and drifted over the downtown area. Downtown consisting of a general store, a diner, the town hall/police station and Green’s Hardware and Feed Store where I worked. There were a handful of other small businesses filling the two blocks of Reed Street in downtown Doylesville. Continuing along Reed past the railroad tracks you reach the residential district of Doylesville, a handful of small homes and three larger properties at the west end of town. My name is Adam McKay; my family had a farm north of Reed Street. Most of the properties surrounding the town were family farms.

At 17 I was happy to be done with high school for the year. Farm life wasn’t for me, so my father had helped me find a job with Mr. Green. After years helping on the farm I was fairly strong and able to handle the heavy lifting at Green’s. I was 5-10, muscular, sandy blonde hair and gray eyes. Life in a small town has its advantages, but then there was the downside. By luck of the draw Doylesville didn’t have many teen girls in my age range. Our small local school was mostly farm boys. So, yes, I was lacking in experiences. This brings me back to the summer of 1978. Mr. Green would let me drive the store’s truck to make deliveries to farms knowing I could load and unload as necessary. Towards the end of the second week in June he asked me to load up the truck with bags of dirt and seed and bring it to the Carlson’s out past the tracks.

The Carlsons had one of the bigger homes in town with a large mostly undeveloped lot behind them. Mr. Carlson was a salesman who often traveled, leaving his wife Jackie at home. To occupy her time he’d agreed to develop part of the property into a garden. Mr. Carlson had been in Green’s ordering supplies for the garden and materials to build a fence around a portion of the backyard. I drove up to the Carlson’s home. Classic wrap around porch, well maintained front yard, late model sedan in the driveway. Mr. Carlson showed me where to store everything and explained where the fence would go. He was friendly enough; although just about ten years older than me he tried to project himself as much older. As I transported the heavy bags to the backyard I noticed Jackie Carlson for the first time. Working in the heat my t-shirt was plastered to my chest and my bare arms glistened with sweat. She waved to me from the back deck.

“Adam, would you like something cold to drink? I have lemonade.”

“I’m almost finished, that would be great Mrs. Carlson.” When I’d finished I went to the porch where she had set a tall cold glass of lemonade. She stood watching in a lightweight summer dress. Jackie was maybe 25 or so, but no doubt the prettiest woman I’d ever seen. Not that I’d seen too many pretty young women in boring old Doylesville. I tried not to stare, but I stole a few glances. About 5-5, slim, nice legs showing beneath the hem of her dress, she was a breath of fresh air on a dusty summer afternoon. I finished my drink.

“Thank you Mrs. Carlson.”

“You may call me Jackie. Mrs. Carlson makes me sound OLD.” Then she laughed. Ah what a laugh. Light, sweet, friendly. “Will you be making the other deliveries? This is a big project. We may need some help too.” She cocked an eyebrow when I didn’t answer immediately. She must have known the effect she had on me, probably on most men. I caught myself.

“Oh, um, yes I guess. Mr. Green has me make most deliveries now. It’s easier on his back.”

“Do you do extra work? My husband travels so much this fence and garden will take forever. I like to plant the flowers, but there’s so much dirt to move. I can ask him if he’d hire you.”

“I can always use extra money. I’m saving for a car. Then I can get out of Doylesville sometimes. Mr. Green won’t mind as long as I get my work done at the store.”

“Oh good! I’ll talk to Roger. And it would be nice to have someone to talk to around here.”

Roger seemed satisfied with where everything was stored and said he would speak to Mr. Green. When I got home I headed back towards my room and grabbed a change of clothes for a shower. It had been a long sweaty day and I looked forward rinsing off the dust. As the water cascaded over me I found my thoughts going back to Jackie Carlson. Her lightweight clothes loose and flowing around her. The smile. The bit of her bare lower leg. At 17 it didn’t take much. My cock lengthened and thickened. I looked down. From what I’d seen in the high school showers I had nothing to be ashamed of. I reached down and took hold of my cock, lightly stroking at first as I tried to imagine what was hiding under Jackie’s dress. No luck. I didn’t have enough experience to imagine a real woman. Instead I remembered the time Patty Kent had met me behind the bleachers. She was a grade behind me and we were fumbling and making it up. She let me feel her small breasts through her shirt. She rubbed my cock through my jeans. I increased the pace, the memory of one of my few sexual experiences got me there and I spurted multiple times onto the shower wall. Somewhat satisfied, I cleaned up and joined the family for dinner. Later that night, alone in my room, the windows open to catch any breeze, I again stroked my cock and thought of Jackie. Hey, I was 17.

For the next week I mostly dropped off supplies. Then in late June everything was in place and I started working for the Carlson’s some evenings and on weekends. Roger directed me in how he wanted the fence and gardens laid out and we ran string to mark the boundaries. I mostly saw Jackie from afar, except when she’d offer me a drink. I imagined that she was admiring my strong physique under my sweat soaked t-shirt and gym shorts. I was certainly admiring her as I tried not to be too obvious stealing glances at her legs in shorts or her tanned arms showing from her soft cotton shirts. Then of course there was the magical swell of her breasts in those same shirts. She didn’t appear to have large boobs, but the hint and little jiggle of her modest breasts were enough to cause a swell in my shorts. I think she enjoyed my minor discomfort. She didn’t flirt exactly. More, she was friendly and approachable, not snobby, not treating me like hired help.

The last week of June Mr. Carlson was away. My tasks for the week were to finish spreading the dirt for the garden areas then dig holes for the fence posts. Since this required long hours in the summer sun I arrived at the Carlson house at about 8 am to take advantage of the relatively cooler hours. I was well into my work when Jackie appeared on the back deck in shorts and a light cotton shirt. She asked if I’d like a drink, but I said I’d wait until I’d finished the section I was raking. When I was done I sat on the deck with her to get some shade and cool down. We talked about growing up in Doylesville. Jackie’s experience was coincidentally almost a complete opposite of mine. During her teen years there happened to be mostly girls in town. Then a few years ago when Roger Carlson moved to Doylesville he seemed a perfect catch. Intelligent, hardworking, driven to succeed, he quickly opened a business and was off, travelling to increase business and move up in the world. When he asked Jackie what she wanted, she told him she’d always wanted to live in one of the big homes out the end of Reed Street. When they were married, he drove her to their new home, right where we were sitting. It was fun, but also lonely at times. Some of the girls she knew from high school now considered her snobby. When Jackie reached for my cup her hand touched mine. The electric shock ran through my body. She quickly recovered and picked up the glass. I took a quick sip and got back to my work. When I’d finished another section I went back to the house to get the hose to water over the area so it wouldn’t turn to dust. The hose wasn’t really long enough, another item to add to the future purchases list at Green’s, so I had to turn it all the way up. I was waving it back and forth spraying the garden areas when Jackie walked up behind me. When she spoke it startled me and I jumped, losing control of the hose. It began snaking around drenching both of us.

“I’m sorry Jackie, oh wow, I didn’t”

“No, no it’s my fault walking up behind. Come to the deck and dry off.” I followed her to the deck. The white outfit she was wearing was now skin tight and partially see through. When she turned I could see her breasts. Two perfect upturned breasts topped with hard nipples pressing against the fabric.

“Adam, take your shirt off to dry.”

I did it without thinking. Then caught myself staring at her breasts. When I looked up I saw she was staring at me. With a sharp intake of breath she looked down from my muscular chest.

“You may want to take these off too.” Jackie went down on one knee. She slid my shorts down and looked up at me as her hand felt the obvious erection in my underwear. Now I sucked in a mouthful of air then let a moan escape. Jackie stood and looked me in the eye. Then she removed her sodden shirt and pulled my head down to her shoulder. She whispered in my ear, “You must never tell anyone, ever.”

I could only moan, “MM, hmm” She reached behind and released her bra. When it fell I was now with the first pair of real live naked breasts ever offered to me. I tentatively reached up and held one in my hand. It was heavenly. Soft, firm, light, but heavy, pale, with the dark nipple on the upturned tip.

“Go ahead, touch me. Hold me tight.” I wrapped my arms around her. She sighed as she felt me gripping her tight. I say back on a chair and she sat on my lap. Her beautiful bare breasts were now before me and I sucked at one nipple, kissed around her breast, then the other. Jackie seemed to need to feel me holding her, she ran her hands along my arms, down my chest. “So, strong. Mmm, I like your arms, and chest.” I felt her body, her back, her thin arms, the swell of her hips. She held my face in her hands and brought her lips to mine.

I’d kissed a few girls, but nothing like this. Jackie opened her mouth to mine. I fumbled my way through catching clues from her as she offered her tongue all the while caressing my arms and back. I could feel the warmth from between her legs as my hard cock pressed against her. She moved her hips ever so slightly caressing me with her parts. Parts I’d never seen outside of a magazine or two. My cock was throbbing against her begging for release. Jackie kissed me hard then leaned back.

“Take off your shorts.” I obeyed. She slid off of me onto her knees to get a good look at my cock. She lifted it in her hand. Smiled.

“Just as I expected. It’s big and strong just like you.” She wrapped her hand around it stroking slowly, feeling the veins running down the side and under. She hefted my balls in her hand. Then looked up at me. I was nervous. Nude with a woman. A real woman. Uncertain what to do, afraid to mess up. “Relax. Have you been with a girl before?” I kind of shrugged a shoulder. “One who has done this?” She began stroking harder. I shrugged again. “How about this?” She flicked out her tongue. I shook no. “Then certainly not this.” She sucked the head into her mouth and squeezed my balls. I vigorously shook no. “So you’re a virgin?” I hung my head and nodded. “A stud like you shouldn’t stay that way long.” I closed my eyes and put my head back, then opened them quickly as she took more of me into her mouth. I watched her bobbing her head and felt the expected surge rising.

“Jackie, I’m gonna.” She sucked and licked one more then sat back as I came hard, on her neck and breasts, then down her stomach. Great loads of cum. “I-I’m sorry, I couldn’t.”

“Shh, shh. Nothing to worry about. You were a gentleman and warned me. You did great. And so much.”

She wiped herself clean with her shirt, then casually slid down her shorts. Her hair was darker then that on her head, covering her whole area between her legs. She moved my now soft cock aside and sat on my lap. She took my hand and positioned it between her legs. “Now I’ll explain what’s going on here. Just do as I say.” She explained the parts, let me feel the moisture, dip my finger in her pussy and slide it up to her clitoris. She held my fingers there and encouraged me to rub and stroke around there. After a bit she removed her hand and let me keep going. She rested her head on my chest and closed her eyes, moaning as I continued rubbing her. “Oh keep going Adam. Don’t stop no matter how much I beg.” I listened and really never wanting to leave the promised land, I pinched and rubbed and tweaked and massaged, listening as her breath changed, moaning and gasping until finally she was “Uhh, uunghh, oooh, don’t stop, more, ooooooh, ooh fuck, fuuuck, UHHH.” Then she collapsed against me. Then turned and kneeled on me, kissing me and scratching at my chest. “Pardon the language, but that was so good. Thank you.” She kissed me again. Then looked down. My cock was rising again. I looked at her. Questioningly. She looked back, knowing of course what was on my mind. “I’m sorry. I can’t. Really Adam there’s nothing I want more than to feel you inside me. But we’ve already done too much. I can’t do that.”

“Of course, I understand. Not that it wouldn’t be the greatest thing ever to happen to me, but ok. I’ll wait for someone else.”

“I hope you don’t think I’ve led you on? You’re a handsome young man and so sexy. I got carried away.” I nodded in understanding. “I will do this for you.” Again she got between my legs. This time she looked up and said, “Don’t stop.” She began licking all around my hard cock, tracing the veins, licking around the head, sucking a good part of me into her, then letting it come out slowly. She teased and coaxed. Fondling and caressing and stroking. Letting me build, then backing off, then going harder until again I said,

“Close Jackie…”

“MM Hmm.” And she latched onto my cock, stroking firmly, the head between her lips until I exploded, filling her mouth with my hot cum. The cum I wished I was shooting into her vagina, but instead pulsed and throbbed in her mouth. She sucked until I was dry, then sat back to see if I was satisfied. She tilted her head to the side and pouted.

“That was the most amazing thing I’ve ever felt.” She smiled. By now our clothes were dry. We dressed and Jackie held me to her. She looked me in the eye.

“Can we go back to being friends? You can’t be looking at me around here like, yeah I’ve seen it all.”

“I’m ok. It was just one time. A memory for myself.”

“Oh jeez, you’re going home tonight and jack off thinking of me naked?”

“Just once?” She laughed and gave a playful slap.

“Anyway, I may have a temporary solution for your lack of female companionship. My cousins from upstate are coming to visit for awhile. Their parents think some time out of the city would be good for them. Amy is a little older than you and her sister Sam is a year younger. Maybe you could show them around your farm, maybe take them horseback riding? And you’d have someone more your age to talk to here.”

I looked at her. I had all kinds of mixed thoughts running through my head. “OK, yeah that would be fun.”

“Hey now, I’m not promising they’ll put out or anything! I know how boys think.”

“No, I, well, no ok.” She smirked at me.

“Now you better get back to work. I don’t pay for sex. Even if you did do a good job down there…”

I got back to work with seemingly more energy. This was a day I’d remember for a long time. Over the next few days I worked at digging post holes. Jackie was friendly as usual but there was no hint of what had happened Saturday. When Roger returned on Wednesday all was back to normal. Jackie would bring out drinks on the deck, we’d talk about things in town, not that there was a whole lot to discuss. She mentioned that Roger had a longer trip coming up and that her cousins would be visiting to keep her company. The next Saturday I was carrying bags of cement mix out to the holes I’d been digging. Jackie’s car pulled into the driveway and she got out followed by two teen girls. I was covered by dust from the cement bags when Jackie called me over to make introductions. The older looking girl seemed to look me over, sweating, dust covered, but my arm muscles tight from carrying several bags.

“Amy, Sam…”

“It’s Samantha, Jackie. Sam is a boy’s name.”

“OK Samantha. I forget how grown up you are now.” Amy gave a small snicker while watching me from the corner over her eye. “Amy, Samantha this is Adam. He’s been doing work for us here in the back. He lives in town. His family has a farm not far from here.”

I managed a quick hello. Feeling shy and unsure of myself. Here I was, a kid from the boonies and Amy was older, from the city, beautiful. Not as tall as her cousin, she had reddish hair, green eyes, light freckles, and, well, her breasts were sure bigger than Jackie’s. Not huge, but wow. When she smiled and said hello I nearly melted. Then she spoke,

“Wow, you must be quite strong to carry all those bags.” Her cousin added,

“Oh, you have no idea. He’s moved loads of dirt and carried in the fencing and dug holes. We’d never have gotten anywhere with this project without him. And he works all week in the hardware store.” Amy smiled again. Samantha looked me over. Then,

“Let me see your muscles.” She seemed a bit more like a kid, but blossoming in her own way. Similar in height to her sister, she had long dark hair, a slimmer figure, but the same cheerful smile. I rolled up a sleeve and flexed my arm. “Wow.” Amy just bit her lower lip.

Jackie, “Sam, Samantha, don’t be rude. He’s working for us, not on show. Maybe he’ll show you around his family farm one day. They have some animals. And horses to ride.” Samantha got excited,

“Oh could we ride a horse!”

“Sure Samantha. I’ll check with my Dad.” I looked at Amy, “Would you like to come riding too?”

“Sure, sounds like fun.” Jackie broke up the conversation,

“Let’s get you girls settled. Adam has more work to get done.” I waved and walked back to the bags of cement at the side of the house. There were two left so, well let’s face it, I was showing off a bit, I got one up on each shoulder and carried them out to the fence line. When I’d finished up the heavy work I set everything up for my next day. Then with the extended hose I got to the side of the yard out where the garden would be, removed my shirt and washed the dust from my hair, arms and chest. Feeling better I picked up my dirty shirt and walked out front to make my way home. Amy was sitting on the front porch. I gave her a wave. She smiled and waved back. I saw her looking me over. It felt good to feel attractive to the opposite sex. It felt good to just have members of the opposite sex around. When I got home, Mom told me I’d had a call. She told me Mrs. Carlson had invited me to have dinner with her and her cousins. I explained about the cousins and asked my father about giving them a tour of the farm. They seemed happy that I had girls my age to hang out with and readily agreed.

I took my time cleaning off all the dust and grime, then released the need I felt thinking about Amy. Jackie’s breasts had been amazing to hold and feel, but Amy’s seemed so full I wondered how they’d feel. Running my hand through Jackie’s bush had been exciting and enlightening; I wondered if Amy’s was maybe red down there. The thoughts and possibilities caused my knees to go weak as jets of cum were released. I got myself together and borrowed my Dad’s car to drive down to the Carlson house. We were all dressed casually, laughing and telling stories as we enjoyed the meal. Samantha in particular was very outgoing and chatted endlessly. We let her go on, bouncing from topic to topic. Amy, while more reserved, wasn’t exactly shy. It seemed she was trying to be more grown up around her older married cousin, and possibly for me.

Samantha, “So do you play football? You should. You’re very strong. Lots of muscles. And with your shirt off, Amy said…”

“SAM! I said nothing. I said Adam was nice and waved good-bye.” Then she gave her sister a death stare to end that line of discussion.

I decided to break the tension. “We don’t have football at our local school. Not enough students. You have to go to the regional high school for football. I had farm chores and later worked at Mr. Green’s. Besides, I wasn’t very big until I did all that work.”

After dinner we sat out on the porch. After awhile Jackie asked Samantha to help her with something inside. Amy and I sat together on the porch swing. As we’d gently rock forward she’d stretch out her legs. Very nice legs. I could smell whatever she was wearing. Light, not overpowering. We rocked a bit.

“So, you must have a girlfriend.”

“No. No one. Not many girls my age in town.”

“Oh that’s a shame. You seem nice.” We rocked. “Don’t mind my sister. She’s still a bit of a kid.” We rocked. “I told her that with your shirt off you were hot.”

“Oh thanks. You’re very pretty. No girls like you around here.” We rocked. She turned to look at me. When I met her gaze she kissed me. Lightly. Right on the lips. “Oh.” She pulled back.

“I’m sorry. Was that ok?”

“That was better than ok.” This time I kissed her. Gently. She smiled. Then leaned in for more. She wasn’t quite as gentle. At first a thousand thoughts were running though my mind. Then I banished them and lost myself in her soft lips, her green eyes, her tongue touching my lips, then meeting mine tip to tip and further. We didn’t stop until we heard footsteps inside the front door. Jackie kindly making just enough noise opening the door to let us get ourselves in order. Then she and Samantha joined us talking about their family, the city where the girls lived. Samantha was looking from her sister to me. She seemed determined to say something but held back. Amy and I said nothing in reply to her accusing stare. We rocked. We sat out in the cooler air until about ten. I would be up early enough to help with some farm chores. Monday I planned to ask Mr. Green for a few days off. I’d been working hard and was hoping to spend some time with Jackie’s cousins. There was the farm, and the pond for swimming. Plus I had told Roger I’d have the posts in the ground by the time he was home. I said goodbye to everyone, then lingered a moment to let Jackie and Samantha go inside. My good night kiss from Amy lasted more than a moment. She caressed my arm as we kissed deeply.

“Good night Adam. I think it’s going to be a fun week.”

“I’m sure it will. Doylesville isn’t so exciting but it will be more fun with you here.” I hardly noticed the ride home.

The next day I was up early taking care of the animals so my Dad could have a day of rest. In the afternoon I walked down to the Carlson’s to begin work on the fence posts. Mixing cement and spraying water had me a mess in no time. Still much of the time was spent standing with a post getting it balanced until the mix set enough. Curious, Samantha walked out to see what I was doing. She wore a halter top and shorts. I could see where she might soon be filling out more like her sister.

“Hi Adam. You look kinda funny with gray hair, and gray skin. Messy job.”

“Yeah, but once the posts are all in line I can do the fence. It’ll be nice back here when it’s all done.”

“It’s soooo hot out here, how do you do it all day?”

“I guess I’m used to it from the farm. It’s not so bad.”

“Jackie says you have a lake on your property for swimming?”

“Yeah, did you bring a suit? We can all swim one day.”

“I hear people skinny dip at private lakes.”

“Oh, well, I guess some might somewhere.”

“Have you?”

“No. Maybe by myself after working on the farm to clean up and cool off. But not with people.”

“Aw too bad. If I don’t have a suit can I still swim?” She smiled. I wasn’t sure what to say. Here was another girl flirting with me.

“I, uh, don’t know.” She looked at the house, walked next to me, leaned against me looking at the woods.

“I’m closer to your age. All the guys check her out, but I’m not a little girl.” She took my hand, slid it into the opening of her shirt. Oh jeez. Her breast was nearly the size of Jackie’s. I cupped it in my hand, felt the nipple, then realized where I was. I pulled back.

“What’s the matter? Not big enough like Amy’s?”

“No, it’s nice. Real nice. But I, we, shouldn’t out here. Your cousin’s house.”

“Oh come on. You don’t think Amy wasn’t bragging to me last night about making out with you?”

“So, that was between us.”

“So, this is between you and me. Would you want to make out with me? Or do more?”

“Sure, of course. You’re great. I like you. Would it be the right thing to do?” She stood right up against me, held my shirt.

“Adam, get me alone and I might just let you do anything you want. Anything.” I was stunned. She was standing so close she had to feel me rising against her. She turned away. Reached back and quickly felt my swollen cock. Look over her shoulder. “Anything.” Then bounced along up to the house. I picked up the hose, rinsed my hands then moved on to the next pole. I tried to distract myself until the tent in my shorts relaxed. This was going to be quite a week. When I finished I walked up to the house to let Jackie know I was done.

“Why don’t you stay for lunch?”

“I’m kind of a mess. I guess, if I sit out here.”

“Take a shower. I’ll run your clothes through the washer.” I was caught off guard. With the way her cousins were behaving, being naked, even in the shower….

“That should work.”

“Great! Just leave your clothes outside the bathroom door. Use the one at the top of the stairs.”

I found the bathroom, stripped down and put the clothes outside the door. There was a shower stall with a glass door. The warm water felt great as it washed off the cement dust. I heard the door open, then Jackie’s voice.

“Just bringing you towels. The clothes will be a little bit. Join us when you’re ready.” Her voice stopped, but she hadn’t moved. I realized she could easily see me, nude, in profile. I was washing my hair, arms stretched upwards. “I’m sorry for staring. I’ll go.” I heard the door close. When I’d finished I dried off and wrapped a towel around my waist. I looked outside the door, but no clothes. Shrugging I walked downstairs, meeting Jackie and her cousins in the dining room. When I walked in Samantha noticed me and said,

“Lunch is served.” I laughed, but noted the way her eyes were taking in every bit of me. Amy walked over and took me by the arm to sit next to her.

“Don’t listen to my sister. Make yourself comfortable.” Jackie brought in sandwiches and I noticed that she held her gaze on me a bit too. I was having mixed emotions, feeling that I was on display for their pleasure, but also totally enjoying having three women looking at me with desire. That of course was causing my cock to tent the towel, which Amy must have noticed sitting next to me. Jackie also got a look when she came around behind us to put dishes on the table. Samantha just stared at me from across the table. She didn’t need to say anything. He last word outside was burned into my memory – ‘Anything’.

As we ate Amy held my hand, touched my arm. Samantha pouted just a bit as Jackie kept conversation going. We decided that after I spoke to Mr. Green on Monday and completed any tasks he had for me, I’d finish the fence posts out back so that I was free on Tuesday to have the girls up to the farm for the day. As we talked I could feel Amy’s fingers move to my leg. Although the towel was there I could feel her nails moving back and forth. Then as Samantha was asking about the animals I choked on a bit of sandwich. Mainly because Amy’s nails had moved from my leg to my cock. I tried concentrating and answering her sister’s questions as Amy traced the outline of my now hard cock through the towel. Up, down, up, down, barely touching, but making me feel harder than ever. Perhaps noticing my flushed skin and guessing what was going on Jackie asked Amy to get the cake from the kitchen. This allowed me to settle a bit and regain my composure.

With lunch completed Jackie got my clean clothes and directed me down the hall to a small bathroom. It seemed I might be able to get up without making a scene. Still my not completely flaccid cock was apparent under the towel. I heard Samantha barely whisper, “wow”. As I entered the bathroom, the door didn’t close behind me. I turned to see Amy pushing her way in. She put her finger to her mouth to shush me. She stepped up against me and pulled my head to her for a deep full mouth kiss. Her hand reached down between us to release the towel and free my now hard cock. Breaking our kiss she looked down to see my cock for the first time. She smiled.

“Sorry for the tease. Let me take care of this.” She began stroking my cock while kissing and nibbling at my chest, her free hand clutching my ass, moaning as if she was the one being pleasured. With the nonstop teasing and femininity all day I felt my cock throbbing and getting even harder.

“I’m close Amy.” She bent to get the towel and stroked me hard until I flooded the towel with cum.

“Hey look at all that. I like your cock. It looks strong and powerful like the rest of you.” Holding the towel to collect any last bits she kissed me again. “Is that better?”

“Yeah, wow.”

“It’s a long week. Maybe we’ll find more time together. I’m not a virgin, so who knows?” With that she slipped out of the bathroom. Damn, now that’s both sisters saying they wanted to have sex with me. Hopefully it wasn’t just a tease. I dressed. Now with some relief I joined them all on the deck for lemonade, enjoying the warm afternoon with no more work planned. Awhile later I followed Jackie in when she carried the pitcher into the kitchen. At the sink I was right next to her rinsing my glass. I could feel the warmth coming from her skin. She turned to me.

“Don’t. Please. I know I shouldn’t have watched you in the shower. Believe me, there’s nothing more I’d like to do than to take you to my bed and have you make love to me all afternoon. I really must control my needs.” I backed away just a bit. My urges, my desires, were firing on all cylinders.

“OK, it’s just, the past few days. I went from no women to having three around me all day. All pretty and….”

“I know they’re interested. They’ve told me as much.” She put her hand to my face. “I’m not sure if I should say this, but…I doubt you’ll be a virgin at the end of this week.” I started to say something, she moved her hand to my lips. “I know.” Then she kissed me on the forehead and continued cleaning up. I needed to leave to take care of the evening chores at home. I let them know that I’d be over to do some fence work after confirming my time off at the store.

Monday morning at the hardware story Mr. Green readily agreed to let me take a bit of a holiday. “With all the extra business from the Carlson’s you’ve earned it.” I helped stock some items then made my way down to the Carlson’s. I was moving sections of fence, lining them up by each pair of posts when Samantha found me at the far end of the property. With the fence section leaning against the posts we were blocked from view of the house.

“Hi Adam.”

“Hi Samantha. What brings you all the way out here?”

“You.”

“Oh um, I’ve got a few more things to finish out here then I’ll be in by the house.”

“I though we could have a few minutes with just us.” Then she pulled at the end of her shirt where it was tied across her midriff. Her shirt fell open and she pulled it back to let me see her perky breasts. “Like them?”

“Yeah, but should we be…” She stepped forward and took my hands, placing them on her breasts. Once again I could feel the nipples poking at my hand as each hand fully engulfed a breast.

“Kiss me.” It was more question than demand. Still holding a breast in each hand I bent my head to her and we kissed. She wasn’t as experienced at this as her sister, but then I wasn’t exactly a pro. I caressed and squeezed at her breasts as we did our best to share our tongues. I removed one hand and cupped her tight little ass, holding her to me as I pinched her nipple. I put my second hand on her ass, lifting her up while kissing down her neck until I could take her tits, first her left, then the right in turn into my mouth. My tongue tasted her soft skin, her firm nipples. She worked herself free, then got to her knees, quickly pulling down my shorts, exposing my rigid cock. “Oh wow, this is better than I imagined. It’s so big and thick.” She held it. her fingers just able to wrap around it, looking it over then tentatively licking the underside with her tongue. “Can I?”

I looked around. “If you want.” She was able to get the head in her mouth but not much more. She sucked at it like a lollipop, mostly licking then popping the head in and out of her mouth. She ran her hand up and down my length feeling it throb under her touch. When I told her I was about to cum, I’m not sure she realized exactly what that all would involve because she kind of held it looking at it, squeezing it a bit, then her face was soon covered from multiple spurts of cum.

“Oh shit. So much. Oh. It’s kind of salty. I’m covered in your stuff!”

“I..I told you.”

“Yeah I just never.” She looked down. “I’ve never had a guy. Like that.”

“Are you ok?”

“Uh huh. It was cool. I liked it. When can I get more?”

“It may take a few minutes, but if you sit here with me I can do something for you.” Her shirt was already gone. “But you’ll have to take off your shorts and underwear.

“You want me naked, with you?” I nodded. “What are you gonna do?” I sat on the ground, waved her down to me. She kicked off her shorts and underwear. First I saw her pale naked ass. It was cute, small rounded, firm. She turned to let me see her. The hair between her legs was fairly dark, hiding her most intimate parts. I guided her down to sit on my leg. “So, am I ok? You probably go with older girls.”

“I haven’t been with many to be honest. And you’re as nice looking as any of them. Your body is very sexy. You have a cute butt.”

She giggled and settled in on me, letting my right arm cradle her as my left hand touched her from breasts, then working on down to mound, then lower.

“Oh you’re…” I kissed her and worked my fingers in between her lips, separating them and letting me find her wetness, down to her tight opening… “Careful, I haven’t.” I circled her opening then moved my fingers up to her clit. I kissed her hard as two fingers pinched her clit then circled it, moving down for moisture, then up, around, down and up. She moaned into my mouth her hands scratching at my back and my chest. As I felt the tension build I remembered Jackie’s demand – ‘don’t stop’. I kept going as the small body in my arms began bucking and thrashing, letting out screeches and a few curses I wasn’t sure girls her age knew. She began punching at my chest then in a moment collapsed onto me, spent. “Oh for fuck’s sake. If sex is better than that I can’t wait. Look at you, so hard again, I’m tempted to fuck you now.” I was ready to. I had half a mind to lay her on the ground and plunge my cock balls deep into her. Of course I couldn’t. Wouldn’t.

“When you’re really ready, I’d be honored.” She kissed me with a smile.

“I guess I did say, anything. You’re a great guy Adam.” Then she was up and dressed. She used my shirt to clean herself off. I was left with a hardon and a few more fence sections to align. When I’d finished aligning the fence and had checked my measurements I walked back to the house, carrying my cum stained shirt. Jackie met me on the deck, glanced down at the shirt, then at my bare chest, maybe pausing along the way to take in the bulge in my shorts, then up to my eyes.

“All done? Not that I mind but what happened to your shirt?”

“It got messy out there. Can I ask you something in private?”

“Yes, certainly.”

“Um, both your cousins seem….interested in me. Will it be a problem if something happens?”

“Has something happened?”

“Not THAT something, but yes.”

“They’re old enough compared to you. If they want to do anything, that’s their decision. So they’re not just teasing you?”

“It’s gone beyond teasing, some.”

“Lucky guy. And very lucky girls, if you ask me. Both of them?”

“Yes. But I don’t, haven’t…”

“Don’t worry. It comes naturally. Just be more gentle with Sam. I think you know what I mean. Oh and definitely use a condom.”

“Oh yeah I hadn’t thought, where, oh jeez I need to see Mr. Jackson at the pharmacy.”

“I can see where that might be awkward. Wait here.” Jackie returned in a few minutes with a handful of wrapped condoms. “Here, we keep these around, well we do. I can get more when I drive up to Pendleton.”

“Thanks. So you don’t mind?” She held my hand.

“I only wish it was me.” That caused a tingle in my shorts.

“I kind of do too.” She smiled, touched my chest, then stepped away. We turned as the girls came out of the house. I quickly put the condoms in my pocket. Samantha was looking at me with a satisfied smile. Amy sat next to me. Close enough to whisper.

“Sam told me. I want that too.” Then in an even lower voice, “Then you’re going to fuck me.” Now trying to appear more confident than I felt I turned to her and replied,

“Just once?”

Jackie was taking in this exchange from across the deck. Maybe deciding that the inevitable was obvious she announced, “I’m taking a ride up to Pendleton to get some groceries. Why don’t you come with me Samantha?”

Samantha pouted a bit, maybe jealous that her sister was getting time with me, “If I have to.”

Jackie, “Yes please. We can have some time alone to talk.” When they went into the house to get their bags, Amy squeezed my hand, held my arm, looked me in the eyes and licked her lip. I felt like a rare steak happily ready to be devoured. When we heard the car start in the driveway Amy turned and met my lips as I turned to her.

“Oh god, finally I have you to myself. Please, touch me everywhere, I’m so hot for you.” Amy had already begun lifting off her shirt. Before I even had a chance to fully take in the amazing breasts contained in her bra the bra was released and the two most magnificent tits ever were my for the taking. Full, round, soft, firm, the size of grapefruits, pink nipples facing forward. I took one, larger than a handful into my hand, lifting it, admiring it, then the other, just as perfect. I kissed one, then the other, working my way around; so much to cover, then finally to her comparatively smallish nipples, licking, teasing, sucking. Then holding, kneading one I rejoined Amy for a kiss,

“You have the nicest I’ve ever seen.” I kissed at her neck, her shoulders, then down again to her breasts.

“Oh, oh, keep going, uh thanks, just, more.” I spent more time, then worked my way to her flat stomach, kissing, flicking my tongue, my hands sliding down then up her legs. He head was back, the sun on her face, my face moving down, then reaching her shorts, I hesitated, just a moment, but that was too long for Amy. She lifted her butt and slid her shorts and panties down in one move, “Don’t stop.” I continued kissing, now reaching her dark red hair, now doing something I’d never done before. I kissed down lower, into her hair, lower, then reaching her slit. I parted her with my fingers and licked between her lips. Now doing with my tongue what I’d only done with fingers before I probed lower, around, then tentatively inside. “Oh fuck yes, oh my god, more.” More, I was willing to do. While continuing with my probing tongue I used a free hand to tease her clit, pushing it back and forth, rubbing over it. Amy began moving her hips, pushing into me, then with a hand she grabbed a handful of my hair and held me in place. I was obviously doing what she wanted so on I went, my tongue touching her inside, my fingers working on her bud, breathing on her, tasting her, lapping her juices, feeling her grinding, moaning, verbally insisting I do “more, don’t stop, I’m gonna… oooooh, oooooh, fuck fuck fuck, oooh aaaaah, eh, eh, fuuuuuuuk.” I thought she was done, but she hadn’t let go of her death grip, so I moved my mouth up to her clit and sucked at it, licking at it as she screamed aloud, very loud, and finally relaxed. I looked up at her, panting, glistening in the warm sun. She finally looked down at me. “You can fuck me as many times as you want.” She stood and took my hand leading me into the house. I followed along, up the stairs to the bedroom she was using. When we were in the bedroom she turned to me. Then she removed my shirt and shorts. Looking down at my hard cock, “Sam said she sucked it a little.” I nodded. “I bet I’m better.”

Amy pushed me back on to the bed, then got on her knees between my legs. She took my cock in her hands and stroked it, then licked its length. She took me in her mouth and sank her head lower onto it than her sister had. Going a little deeper, then back up she looked at me, “I’d finish it, but I have other uses for this.” She stood above me, “scoot back on the bed.” Then she knelt, straddling me, rubbing my cock along her slit, “do you have condoms?”

“Yes, in my…”

“Good, save them for when you take Sam’s cherry.” Then she placed me at her opening, sat down a bit, and I was no longer a virgin. I was now sinking into the most blissful feeling ever. Amy’s tight young pussy fit snugly over my cock, gripping and holding me as she let more and more in until she was stretched far enough and I’d reached the depths of her. She sighed with satisfaction. “This is nice, let me…” And she rocked forward, then sat back, every time as good as the first. Now ready she began a regular rocking, her hands on my chest, my hands on her tight ass. Hers was a bit larger than her thin sister, but still round and firm. Amy looked down at me, her auburn hair framing her face as she rode me. He breasts hung and rocked in time, her eyes closed, her mouth forming a small O as she sighed and moaned in satisfaction. I seemed to be along for the ride and I couldn’t be happier. It was natural, then all too soon for my liking, but hopefully not too fast I felt the familiar tingling, tensing, throbbing. Amy felt it too and increased her pace, riding me harder, coaxing me to…

“I’m…” And then I was. My toes curling, body shaking I delivered what felt like an unending stream of cum up into Amy. She sat as far down on me as she could and let me fill her. Then she lay down on me as my cock continued pulsing, not wanting it to end. “Was that, ok?”

She propped herself on her elbow, smiled at me, kissed my nose, my lips, “You haven’t done this much.” A statement of fact. “Or you’d know you just had a great fuck. Now let me snuggle on you.” She held me as my cock fell from her. I could feel the come escaping her and pooling on me. I’d finally done it. With a hot girl, older than me. And she liked what I’d done. And we’d probably do it again. And my cock was already tingling. Amy may have been satisfied to lay like this all day, but after a short while she felt the stirring below her. Sitting up she reached back and felt my hardening cock. “It feels like my stud is ready for more.” She got up cupping her hand under her and ran for the bathroom. I had to admire her body as she left. When she returned with a wet washcloth I got to admire her again. Seeing me staring at her she stopped and posed, “Like what you see? It’s all yours Adam.” Oh god, the shape, the bountiful breasts, the red hair, above and below, the legs. My cock was now firm and pointing to the ceiling. “I like what I see too. Tight muscles, handsome face and a big ol’ cock ready to rock my world again. She wiped us clean, spend some time playing with my cock, then lay alongside me. “So, how do you want to do it?”

“Whatever you want.”

“Hmm, well what I want is for you to use that big strong body and fuck me senseless. Hold me in those arms and go and don’t stop.” I knelt on the bed, lifted Amy and moved her to the center. She separated her legs to make room for me. I lifted Amy by her ass as she lined my cock up, then I pushed into her. I sat back on my legs and held Amy as I pumped my cock into her. Her back arched and her tits lifted, her mouth opened wider as I slid as much of my cock as would fit up into her pussy, deep into her. Then kept up at a firm driven pace, watching her tits rock, her body tense and relax, her head rock from side to side. Then shifting back I lifted her legs onto my shoulders and leaned into her pumping my cock into her over and over. Her short sharp, “oh,oh,oh” with each push, her tits shaking and bouncing, her hands, nails rubbing and scratching at me. I was letting years of want and weeks of teasing and frustration out. With a loud, “aaaaa fuck”, Amy came for the first time. I let her legs down and leaned forward one arm on either side propping me up as I fed my cock into her again and again. The bed was squeaking and Amy was moaning, and yelling wanting, “more, more, oh fuck, fuuuuuck.” I’d heard the door open downstairs. I don’t think Amy noticed, or maybe didn’t care. In some ways I didn’t mind either, making sure the bed rocked and squeaked, and Amy squealed and cursed, and I fucked and fucked. It was amazing, all consuming. She came again and screamed loud enough for the neighbors to hear. Then I tensed, pushed in and gave her my cum, reveling in the feeling as my cock throbbed inside her tight pussy, milking me, drawing it all from me. When, panting, I was done, I leaned lightly on to Amy, kissed her in thanks, breathing heavily with my exertion,

“I think they heard us.” She looked up at me.

“Fuck ’em. Better yet, fuck me, again.” I wasn’t sure I’d be ready for awhile but I lay alongside Amy, touching her, squeezing her now sensitive nipples, kissing her long and hard, touching and playing around her now messy pussy. Testing, prodding, until she started writhing under me. “Oooh, you, oooohh you’re going to…yes….again, oooh, oooooh, ah fuck, don’t, oooooh, AHH AHH, uhhhh.”

“I could do that all day.”

“I might bring you home with me.”

“Why wouldn’t I want to give pleasure to this body, to you. Do yo think we should go downstairs?”

“Let’s make believe we don’t know they’re home.” So we lay together and kissed and caressed and being 17, in 20 minutes I was hard again. So Amy climbed on top and rode me slowly. More for the comfort of being attached to each other. Kissing, touching, holding hands, as we made love slowly. When finally I’d managed to cum again, we were sated. We cleaned up, dressed and walked downstairs. Jackie looked at us with a smile. She raised an eyebrow to Amy, who tried to discretely show her three fingers. Then Jackie looked at me and nodded. That’s when Samantha came running inside,

“We heard you upstairs! You guys were SO doing it. That’s why Jackie took me to the store so you guys could…”

“SAMANTHA!” Jackie and Amy said in unison.

Samantha cut off her sentence, then looked at me, “How was it?” Amy wrapped her arms around my arm and put her head on my shoulder,

“Nice girls, and guys don’t tell.”

“But you tell me everything.” Amy put her finger to her lips. “Oh ok.”

Jackie suggested a late lunch and asked the girls to bring the plates and such to the porch. I joined her in the kitchen to help carry the fried chicken she’d picked up. She looked me over, “My cousin looks very pleased. Good job lover boy.”

“If she’s half as pleased as I am….”

“I HEARD her up there. Damn boy.” I was almost embarrassed, but also kind of happy that this sexy adult woman had a good impression of me. We ate lunch. There was little conversation. There was a certain amount of not necessarily bad tension in the air. Jackie was wise to that and suggested a board game. I think they conspired against me. I got my butt kicked, but there was much laughing and fun. As we cleaned up after the game Samantha blurted out,

“Let’s play another game. Truth or Dare!”

Amy shrugged, “Sure, I’m in.” I’d heard of it but never played, so I kind of mumbled,

“Yeah, I guess.”

Jackie was standing holding the board game, trying to say, “No, maybe not a good idea.” Then “Shit, out voted in my own house.” There was a light rumble of thunder in the distance. “Let’s take this inside.”

“But it’s so nice out here,” Samantha complained.

Jackie said, “No, it might rain soon, plus if we’re playing this I need fortification.” We followed her inside.

“Get comfortable on the living room floor.” She looked around. “Amy, you’re old enough. Adam, close enough.” Then she looked at Samantha, took a deep breath. “OK, I’m SUPPOSED to be the responsible adult here. Adam you didn’t drive, so from here on out NOTHING that happens is mentioned to anyone outside us four.” We nodded. “I’m pouring four glasses of wine, you ok Samantha?”

“Yeah!” She was more than pleased to be included in adult activities. Jackie looked at Amy, “This won’t be a problem. And just a little for your sister.”

“She’s ok. But yes, maybe just small glasses. Sip Samantha.”

Jackie returned with four glasses. A large for herself, half pours for Amy and me and a bit less for Samantha. She sat across from me as her cousins were either side of me. She looked around and offered a toast. We all sipped. Samantha made a little face then sipped some more.

Jackie asked, “Who goes first?”

Samantha, “I’ll go. I pick Amy.”

Amy, “Truth.”

“So how was it with Adam today, we’re playing a game now so nice girl rules don’t apply!”

Amy glanced over at me, “Best ever.” I blushed, Samantha clapped, Jackie gave me a crooked grin. “OK now my turn, I pick Samantha.”

“Truth.”

“So just what did Jackie discuss with you today?” Samantha had a bit of a shocked look on her face. She likely thought she had no big secrets to reveal. She looked at Jackie for assurance.

Jackie shrugged at her, “This is your game.” Sometimes I forget Jackie’s not that much older than us. Samantha thought is over then decided she wanted to keep playing,

“Well she told me, that she figured I knew what you guys were going to do and she thought I was thinking about it too. She said to only do it if I really wanted to not because I thought I had to.”

Jackie, “And?”

“And, if I decided I wanted to, Adam is a good choice.” Well, that got the game going. Samantha went in for the kill now.

“Jackie” “Truth” “How many guys did you do it with before Roger.”

“Oh, um, 5, 6.”

Amy, “You SLUT!” and gales of laughter.

“Hey, I’m older than you guys. And I went to college.”

“I’m teasing.”

“OK Amy, my turn, how many have you done, prude.”

“I guess I got truth without choosing? OK, it’s now four.” With it now being her chance Amy looked over at me. “Adam, Truth or Dare?”

“Uh, Truth?” Amy thought a moment.

“I guess we’ll stay on theme here, what number was I?” I looked at each girl, decided to have some fun,

“Let’s see, this may take some advanced math….” Then shyly I held up one finger, “First.”

Amy, “Oh my god! I was your first? But you were so good! Wow, a virgin.” Then she got on her knees and kissed me. Long enough that Jackie cleared her throat.

“Back to the game you two.”

Amy sat back, I was flushed. Samantha looked at us, then at me, then down to my crotch. “So when I, when you, you hadn’t yet?” I shook my head.

I took my turn, “Samantha?” “Truth.”

“Was mine the first you saw?”

“No!”

Amy, “No? Who else’s did you see?”

“Timmy Shelton, it was way smaller.”

Amy laughed, “Yeah but he was younger than Adam, give him a break.”

We went on a bit longer, learned that each girl had sucked a cock. Jackie had to admit she had before Roger to count. I could confirm that I had now licked a pussy too. When we ran out of sex topics Samantha asked Jackie, “Truth or Dare.” Surprisingly Jackie asked for a Dare. Now Samantha was caught off guard. What to Dare?

“OOH I’ve got one. Take off your top, show your boobs. Adam’s already seen ours.” Jackie was a bit surprised and of course didn’t mention that I’d already seen hers too. Still she put on a show of,

“I don’t know. Should I? Well OK, but remember, no one knows!” She lifter off her shirt, then bra. Once again I could see her nicely shaped breasts, upturned, dark nipples. I’d seen them before, but who doesn’t like tits. Jackie let her breasts stand out proudly, “OK Samantha, now you too!”

“Maybe I wanted a truth?”

“Sis, I think we’re done with truths.”

Samantha looked at us, shrugged and undid her halter top. She wasn’t wearing a bra so her perky little tits, very much a slightly smaller version of her cousin’s, were fully on display.

“Oh wow, cuz, yours are already almost as big as mine. I’ll be the little titty girl in this family soon.”

Samantha enjoyed the compliment and seemed not to be self conscious at all.

“So Samantha, should I just whip off mine now too or do you want to check out Adam’s pecs?”

“Why don’t you save time and just both?” So we did. And now on my left were Amy’s much bigger pair. Amy now had a new suggestion.

“Let’s stop the game and get naked and drink wine.” I looked around the room. This was going to be me with a painful boner and three attractive women.

Jackie, “One at a time. Hootin’ and Hollerin’ allowed. Adam first. Stand in the middle.” Oh jeez, but I’d be seeing all of them soon and really they’d seen me.

Amy, “Oh look at cuz, wanting to finally get a look at the stud. Go for it Adam show her what you got.”

I stood not sure which way to face, so since she’d picked me I faced Jackie, slid down my shorts, my cock bending down, then bouncing up towards her. From behind me, probably Samantha,

“Nice ass, so solid” A hand grabbed one cheek, then a different sized hand, longer nails, Amy, grabbed the other. They pushed me forward a bit, my cock now right in Jackie’s face. Jackie looked up at me. She was biting on her lower lip. I could see her breasts lifting from the deep breaths.

Samantha, “Go ahead cuz. It’s so hard. Remember just between us.” Jackie hesitated, as her hand lifted,

“I shouldn’t.” She grasped my cock.

Amy, “Show us how it’s done.” Jackie opened her mouth, extended her tongue, licked the underside of my head. My cock jumped. Samantha and Amy were now close on either side. Waiting, watching. Jackie leaned forward, the first couple inches disappeared into her mouth. Samantha noted that’s all she could fit. Amy told her it takes practice. Jackie had my cock good and moist. And further into her mouth. Beyond what Amy had done. Amy said, “Lots of practice.” Jackie had me at the entrance to her throat, she backed off for air, then easily slid me deep inside again, working it back and forth. Rain had started blowing against the house, but we were all interested only in the connection between Jackie and me. She cupped my balls, rolling them gently, then pushing herself against me into her throat. I groaned, my knees got wobbly. Amy and Samantha gladly held me up by my ass. Jackie let them see her nose against me, then backed all the way off.

“Anyone else want to try?” Samantha quickly shook no. Amy turned me towards her and gave her best effort. Better than earlier, but still gagging. Jackie took my cock from her. “No worries, not everyone can, or wants to.” Then she began sucking and licking at me until I shot my load into her mouth. She swallowed it all and complimented me on the taste. Then she stood and quickly pushed down her shorts. “Isn’t it supposed to be everyone?” Sit there Adam and enjoy the show. Jackie stood and turned for us, letting us see her in full. Samantha quickly followed stripping down and showing her nude form. Thin, but with a nicely developing butt, perky tits and a patch of dark hair. When Amy stripped it was a completely different look. More full bodied than her cousin or sister. Heavier full tits, larger but firm butt, red hair between her legs. It was quite a contrast. They all sat again. Jackie asked,

“Does anyone have any questions? Nothing to be ashamed of. All I see are beautiful young bodies.” We looked around unsure what to do. My cock was laying fairly soft on my upper thigh. Samantha looked at me,

“So they get small when you’re not?”

I looked at Jackie, but then answered myself, “Yeah they get kind of small to stay out of the way. When we see a nice girl sometimes it grows without thinking about it.”

Samantha again, “How come it’s not hard now, aren’t we nice?”

“Yes, of course you are, but after we, cum, it can take awhile to be ready again.”

Samantha, “How long?”

Amy cut in, “NOT long with Adam. We did it THREE times while you were out!” Then she realized what she said and covered her mouth.

Now my turn again. “Well I was very stimulated.”

Jackie, “And he’s young.” Samantha lifted my flaccid cock. A little disappointed maybe.

“Will it get hard again tonight?” I shrugged. Now Amy moved in close to me. Then there was a flash of lightning, then more rumbles of thunder, rain was driven against the windows. Then the lights went out. Not two minutes later the phone rang. Jackie carefully got up to answer.

“Hello? Yes he’s still here. Yes, our lights too. OK, yessir. I will. Do you want to speak to him? OK, we will.”

I assumed she was speaking to my father. But I was more distracted as each flash of lightning brightened the window behind Jackie and showed her in silhouette. What a sight. My cock stirred in Samantha’s hand.

“My Dad?”

“Yes. With the weather he suggested you stay here tonight. Better than him driving to get you and he thought we’d be safer with you here.”

Samantha, “Pajama party, with no PJs!”

Jackie, “So, more wine anyone?” We raised our glasses. Jackie refilled us, then we settled in again. It was dark, we were naked. Hands were roaming. But there was one cock and three women. I wrapped my arm around one on each side. I could tell by fondling their tits which was Amy and which was Samantha. I felt their hands on my chest. I adjusted them so could reach their,

“Oooh, yes please” “Uh huh, yeah, do that.” They were disembodied voices. Then they were moaning and gyrating under my touch. With Amy I dipped two fingers into her and fucked her with my fingers, Samantha I touched more lightly around and around, then moved up on both and circled their clits. I was surprised when I felts lips on my chest, kisses, licking, sucking at my nipples. This encouraged me to increase pressure on the younger pussies. Rubbing until both were lifting their hips pushing themselves into my hand. Amy was loud, Samantha was louder. When they’d finished they turned to kiss me and met their cousin, busy still working over my chest. Then I heard kissing, realizing Jackie had turned Amy’s head towards her.

Samantha asked, “What’s going on..” I turned her to me and kissed her with my mouth open. She quickly sat on my leg and happily shared her tongue with me. On my right I could hear them break for a breath.

Amy gasped,

“I never, I’m…”

“Ssh I don’t either, but back in college, for fun sometimes.” Then I heard more kissing. When we broke Samantha asked if she could try. Jackie leaned across me and engaged her. With Jackie’s body across me, I took Amy’s hand. I put both out hands on Jackie’s ass, we caressed her, Amy following my lead. Then when I slipped my hand between Jackie’s legs and found her wet pussy Amy followed. I kissed her as we pushed a finger each into her cousin. I put Amy’s hand on Jackie’s clit then went back to fucking her pussy with my fingers. Our double pressure on her pussy had Jackie kissing her younger cousin with more passion. When we had her ready she separated from Samantha and slapped the floor as she came, clamping on my fingers, then relaxing, laying across me, my cock rising between her legs.

“Damn you two that was intense. You had me everywhere at once. How did you like that Samantha?”

“Kind of like with Adam but different. What were they doing to you?”

“Both of them on my pussy, wow.” Jackie seemed in no hurry to move and I was enjoying having my hard cock pressed against her wet pussy.

Jackie, “Hey girls, what about Adam, he’s been doing all the work.” I assured them I didn’t mind, besides,

“I don’t really mind where you are at the moment.” Jackie lifted her hips then settled down, letting her pussy massage my cock. She replied,

“I bet you don’t. Feels pretty good to me too.” Then unfortunately she sat up. “So?”

“I’m a guy. Boobs. Bring all those luscious boobs in here. I want to play with boobs, lots of them.” The girls all crowded in. Smothering me with flesh. Their bodies against me, their breasts in my face. I began touching and licking and sucking. Three sets of different breasts, six nipples, a dream come true. Amy’s bigger tits on my right, heavy in comparison, so much to handle, to cover. Then Jackie’s smaller but firm, nipples harder, larger, so nice to suck. Samantha, firm, sitting high, prominent nipples, giggling as I licked at her. I could have done this for hours. Maybe I did. They didn’t complain. Amy and Samantha fell back resting. Jackie sat back and my cock nearly pushed inside, she adjusted her position, I slid in. She kissed me as she sat on my cock. Then whispered in my ear,

“Say nothing. I need to feel this. Just let me.” I could feel her muscles contract and relax, contract and relax. Then the most subtle movement of her hips, contract and relax. She sat forward, back. Then with a sigh she sat up and let me fall away. “Thanks.”

Oh, but how I’d like to have filled her. To have really been able to go harder, but still. The way she fucked me, barely moving. Samantha said she was tired. She got up and went to her bedroom. Jackie sat with me and Amy. She asked,

“Do you guys need privacy?” Amy shook her head, which we could barely see, so she said,

“No, stay here with us.” Over the next hour or so I ate both pussies, they made out some more, they both licked my cock. Then finally Amy got up and took my hand. “Now I need him for myself.” She led me to her bedroom where we fucked some more. A bit more quietly. Then I slept with a woman for the first time. I woke with the sun coming through the window. I soon realized I had ended up sleeping with two girls. At some point in the night Samantha had joined us. I was laying facing Amy who had her back to me, my morning wood tucked between us. Samantha had snuggled up against my back. She reached over me, found my hard cock.

“Mmm, nice. Like it’s waiting for us.” Hearing us Amy turned. Like me she hadn’t bothered with clothes. She rolled onto her back.

“Hey Sam, when did you get here?”

“It was dark and lightning and all so I came in here to feel safe. And it’s Samantha.”

“Sorry, I forget. And yeah he is kind of like a big strong bear. But not as hairy.”

I broke in, “I think Sam is kind if cute. Easier to say all day than Samantha. It’s not like anyone could mistake you for a guy.”

“Hmm. OK, if you like Sam, it’s ok.”

“OK ladies, if you don’t mind, I need to pee. That’s one of the main reasons for the morning hardon.”

“Oh you two aren’t going to do it again? I wanted to watch.”

“Watch!”, Amy exclaimed, “we’re not a porno.”

“Sounded like one in here.” I laughed at that and went to use the bathroom. The were still going back and forth when I returned, my cock now softer but still bouncing in front of me. I lay down between them on my stomach. Amy ran her hand along my back,

“Look at these muscles. Something to be said for a hard working guy.”

“And this butt!.” Samantha smacked my ass. I clenched my cheeks. “So hard.” She smacked me again. Then Amy smacked the other.

“Hey ladies, easy on the merchandise. I think we better get up if we’re going to spend the day up at the farm.”

We washed up and dressed. I just had yesterday’s clothes, but then I hadn’t worn them much. Jackie greeted us with breakfast. She looked at me, unsure maybe. I smiled at her as naturally as I could. I knew what was unsaid at the moment. I asked,

“Are you coming up to the farm?”

She tried not to look right at me, “No, I think I better stay here, clean up a bit. You kids have fun. But you all remember your promise? Nothing about yesterday. I could get in a lot of trouble.” We all agreed that we remembered the promise. Nothing to anyone. After breakfast I asked how we wanted to get there. I could walk home then come get them in the pickup, or we could all walk and I’d drive them back later. It was decided that I’d pick them up. The girls would help Jackie organize things at the house. The walk home gave me time to think about how much had happened. I’d gone from nothing to a lot in one day. And despite the fact Amy and I had done it, for my first and a few more times, I kept coming back to the feeling of Jackie lowering herself onto me. I’d almost walked past the gate to our property. When I went in they asked me how the day was, if the power was back on, what the plans were for today. I answered quickly then ran up to shower. I was sure I must smell like what I’d been doing. When I was cleaned up I went downstairs and answered more questions, putting their minds at ease. Mom said she’d pack a lunch for us and put it in a backpack I could carry. We’d be doing quite a bit of walking to see the farm, then ride horses up to the lake. When I took the backpack out to the truck I opened a side compartment and dropped in the condom packets. Then I drove the pickup down to the Carlson’s.

Samantha jumped in the middle and Amy got in beside her. They seemed pretty interested in seeing animals and going swimming. As we were driving Samantha asked,

“Do you like my cousin Jackie?”

“Yeah, she’s real friendly and is nice to me when I’m working.”

“No, I mean LIKE her.”

“Uh well in that way yes she’s pretty and sexy too.”

“But you won’t have sex with her? It’s like she’s left out.” Amy cut in here,

“Silly, he’d probably do her twice as much as us, but she’s married.”

“Oh. I think she’s lonely.”

“Only when Roger’s away. She was only acting up a bit yesterday to show us stuff. Right Adam.” I was lost in thoughts of Jackie. “Right Adam?”

“Oh yeah of course. Right.” We pulled in to the property. Mom and Dad came out to say hello. Dad reminded me to rub down the horses when we were done. I put the backpack on and off we went. To me the farm is an everyday thing. Half the people I know are farm families. But for the two teens from the city it was an adventure. Pigs and cows and chickens and sheep. I told them how we handle them, feed them, when the babies come. When we’d seen the farm animals we walked up to the barn. “Have either of you ridden before?”

Amy said, “Well just like ponies at a fair.”

“OK then, I’ll get the big guy here, this is Hansel. Hansel was tall and dark black with a white diamond on his forehead. Then over here the brown mare is Gretel, of course. And the smaller beige one is Daisy.” I saddled them and helped each girl up, then pulled myself onto Hansel. “We’ll go around the corral a couple times. It’s pretty easy. They’ll follow my lead. Don’t do anything sudden and call me if you have any trouble. Just don’t panic. Even if your ride runs off a bit, it’s fairly flat around here so I can get to you. We followed the trails. I pointed out landmarks and circled back to be sure they’d kept up. When we got deeper into the woods I got down and helped Amy and Sam. I suggested walking and leading the animals for a bit. “We’re almost there.” The woods soon opened up to flat beach area, then the lake.

“It’s beautiful”, Samantha said in wonder.

Amy, “So romantic. Doesn’t anyone else come out here?”

“It’s on our property. Dad sometimes lets families rent it as a campsite. But it’s ours today. Ready to swim?”

Samantha began undressing. Amy looked at her,

“Sam, you have no modesty!”

“What? We saw it all yesterday, let’s skinny dip!” I looked at Amy, shrugged my shoulders and dropped my shorts. The sun felt amazing on my bare skin. I got some blankets from where we’d tied the horses. I laid them out and dropped the backpack on them. I turned to see Amy’s sexy body now nude also. We all ran down to the water and waded in. It was cold.

“Aaah, you didn’t say it was cooooold”, Samantha complained.

“It’s a natural pond. It’s not really that cold, your skin is just hot from the sun, you’ll get used to it.”

Amy looked down, “It’s making my nipples hard.”

“An added benefit.” She splashed me. Samantha had given in to it. She floated on her back her nipples pointed to the air, the tuft of hair showing below. Amy came to me to hold her and warm her. She looked down again.

“Ha, what’s this? Your cock’s almost gone.”

“An added non-benefit. They do that in the cold. Don’t worry it’ll come back.” Samantha came over to look. Then,

“Now he looks like Timmy.” We laughed and splashed, then decided to warm up and have lunch. After sandwiches we laid out in the sun. The warmth felt great and did wonders for the state of my cock. Amy reached over,

“It’s back.”

Samantha was stretched out on her back, up on her elbows looking out over the lake. “I’ve decided.”

“Decided what?” Amy and I said almost in unison.

“I want my first time to be with this view, with my sister by my side, with a great guy like Adam being my first man.”

I looked at Amy, then more closely at Samantha. “Are you sure Sam? I mean I’d love to. With you.”

“Oh Sam, I might cry. Yes it’s a beautiful site. What a view. Better than in some darkened room somewhere. IF you’re ready then this is the guy. But Adam did you bring.”

“Yes I have them in my back pack.”

“I have some.” We turned and looked at Sam. Amy asked,

“You brought condoms Sam?”

“Jackie got them for me. She said these will be better for Adam.”

“He is kinda thick.” Samantha crawled over to me.

“So, do we just, DO it?”

“No. First I hug you and kiss you and put you at ease. Then I touch you and caress you to put you further at ease. Then I whisper nice and encouraging things to you and kiss you some more. Then when you’re ready, and only when you’re ready, then we do it.

“That sounds so nice. Amy, will you hold my hand when we start, in case it hurts. I heard it hurts.”

“Just a little, it passes. Adam will be gentle.”

We knelt facing each other, I kissed her and caressed her back, her arms, let her feel me hugging her, kissing at her neck, a hand holding a breast, playing with a nipple, kissing her face, her mouth, open to me. Tongues entwined, my hand grasping her butt cheek, her hands feeling the muscles of my back moving as I moved my arms, my hands dancing over her slim body, already beginning to blossom, the swell of her breasts, filling out, now filling my hand. Her erect nipples, sensitive to the touch, firm and hard. The soft skin of her back, her thin hips, the curve of her ass, my hands cupping under her cheeks, then sliding up her body. Taking her face in my hands holding her looking into her eyes, kissing her, then her neck and up to her ear.

“Sam, you’re so beautiful, so sexy. You fill me with desire. I’m honored that you’d have me. Are you ready Sam?”

She looked at me, a tear in her eye, “Am I really? Do you really desire me?” I took her hand, placed it on my rock hard cock.

“That’s just one sign. My body wants you, that’s obvious. But I want you. Look at me, look in my eyes. I desire you.”

I shifted my position so that Samantha would be facing the lake. I had her straddle me. Then I opened the packet and rolled the Trojan XL onto my cock. When I was ready I positioned Sam over me and told her to aim my cock at her opening. When she seemed unsure, Amy leaned in and got me in position. Amy instructed her sister, “Go easy, give yourself time to stretch. You’ll stretch. When he hits your barrier decide when to press down. It may hurt, squeeze my hand. That’s the worst. Then go as far as you can. Samantha let the head in pressing, she gasped, cried out a little, squeezed, then wiped away a couple of tears.

“OK Amy, thanks. I think I have it.” I guess she did. She slowly, oh slowly lowered herself. She was incredibly tight, but somehow I was disappearing into her, bit by bit. She’d stop, then a little more. A little more. “I think that’s it. Let me rest.”

“Wow Sam, you fit more than me. Now lean forward on him and rock back and forth.” Samantha began a slow back and forth. You couldn’t call it rocking, more a shifting of weight. Her every movement squeezed me like a vise. Her insides working over my cock, clutching it holding on tight. I kissed her cheeks where the tears had left a line, kissed her lips, encouraged her that she was doing great, felt great. How good she was making me feel. Then the walls of her vagina had done their magic. I could feel the tingling, the tightening. I held her to me.

“Wow, it feels like it’s getting bigger.” I held tight, thrust just a bit up into her and held her in place as I filled the condom with my cum. When I finished, I lifted her from me then hugged her more. She sat up and turned to look at my softening cock, the cream filled tip of the condom, then down at me. Then she looked out at the lake, the trees around us, then over to her sister. “I’m not a girl anymore.”

Amy took her hand. “Welcome to the club.”

“How long until I can do it again? And again?”

“Hold on now sis. How about sharing?”

“OK, but I want to watch you two really fuck hard. Like I will when I’m not sore.”

I looked from one to the other, “Do I get a say in this?” Amy laughed.

“Like you won’t fuck either or both of us all day.” We rinsed off then rested. When I was read to go again I surprised Amy, lifting her off the ground and carrying her over my shoulder.

“Sam wants to see caveman style so get ready cave woman. I carried Amy to my blanket and placed her on her hands and knees. With my right hand I began massaging her pussy which was soon wet. I aimed my cock and slid it deep into her waiting pussy.

“Oh damn Adam. Fuck but that’s good.” Now rocking my own hips I drove my cock into her again and again. Sam was sitting up watching closely.

“Oh Amy, your tits rock and shake so nice. I hope mine grow more.” Amy’s head was down her hair flying around as I continued pounding at her bouncing myself against her ass, reaching deep into her. Amy caught up in the moment forgot her sister, “Fuck me Adam, pound that cock into me. FUCK me HARD, HARD into my cunt. HARD, OOh fuck yes, oh fuck, oh, oooooh, oh more more, more cock, AAAAAAAAAAAAAh, AAAAAH FUCK, ohh, oooooo.” She rested her head as I ravaged her giving her the hard fucking she wanted. Then without the condom blocking me I send a load freely up into her. I leaned forward, kissed her back. She rolled over on her back as my cock fell from her. I kissed her. Kissed her face, and her tits and her stomach.

“You wouldn’t.” I looked up at her, scooting lower. “I don’t know if I could take it.” I smiled. Kissed lower. Reached her bush, then lower. I wanted all of her body. I wanted to bring her endless pleasure. I owed her for introducing me to the wonders of sex. Lower. I licked at her clit. She shivered. I sucked it between my lips, she arched her back. I let my tongue trace a line between her lips, picking up a salty, tangy taste along the way. This was both of us, together. I teased the opening I had been stretching moments before. She clasped her legs behind my back. I wriggled my tongue around and flicked it inside. She called my name. Then continuing to lick and flick my tongue I worked my way back up to her clit. Flicked my tongue over it. Around it. She was moaning and whimpering and scratching her nails through my hair. Harder and faster I worked it. Sucking, licking, faster, then slower, then fast, then she shrieked, “OOOOOOOOH Fuck yes.” Holding me against her as she rode me, rode me hard. My face pressed against her, squeezing me with her legs. Then releasing me. Laying there like a rag doll. Sam looked at her sister, lying naked, flush, spent, cum leaking from her. She looked at me.

“Now that’s well fucked. When do I get to that grade level?” Amy looked at her, panting,

“More practice.”

After a bit of rest, we swam to clean ourselves then dried in the sun. Finally we dressed and rode the horses back to the barn. Sam complained about being a bit sore. We had dinner with my parents then hopped in the truck. I told my Dad I may be home late.

“Can’t say I blame you son. To bad they don’t live closer, they seem like nice girls. Pretty too.”

“Yeah they are.”

On the ride back Sam asked if she could tell Jackie about today.

“I don’t see why not. We didn’t make any rules, right Amy.” I smiled and winked at her. Amy smiled back.

“Cool. I want to tell Jackie all about it. I’ve never felt so special.”

When we got to the house Samantha ran inside. Amy and I sat on the front porch swing.

“You really were amazing with my sister. Thank you.”

“And I was just so so with you?”

“No silly, you were extraordinary with me. But I really appreciate how you made her feel incredible. A memorable experience for her.”

“I meant every word, she’s a great young lady. And I do feel honored to be her first.”

“And I’m honored to have been your first.” We sat and rocked on the swing. Trying to ignore the fact that they would be going home in a couple days. I was also thinking about Roger coming home the end of the week. This unreal, ideal can’t go on forever. Amy took my hand. We rocked. Then Jackie called us inside..

“Why don’t you girls go wash up and change. Then we’ll have a snack before Adam has to leave.” When they’d gone upstairs, Jackie turned to me. “Jeez, she told me everything. A million things in 30 seconds. But what I got out of it is that you are simply the best guy ever. She feels on top of the world. Most of us don’t get that for a first time. If half of what she blurted out is correct, I owe you big time.

“Honestly, you don’t owe me anything. You already showed me a few thing and that gave me confidence to..” She put her finger on my lips.

“I showed you a few things, but what you did with that.” She looked up, we heard the shower running. Jackie pushed me back onto a chair. She pulled at my shorts, so I lifted. My cock sprang free. She slid her shorts down, straddled me and once again let me all the way into her. She put her hands around me neck, pressed her lips to mine and began bouncing on my cock. Then sitting on me and rocking her hips, her ass resting on my thighs. Then I could feel her muscles contracting, squeezing and again. She put her mouth to my ear.

“I want to feel you inside. Fill me with your cum. Rocking, squeezing, gripping, release. The warmth, holding me, clutching at me, then the feeling coming over me. Cum spurting into Jackie. Flooding her. We turn and look. Samantha at the bottom of the stairs. She smiles,

“I’m happy he gave you some too.”

The next day, our final full day, Jackie suggested a ride into Pendleton. I’ll admit, I may have contributed to the pouting of the under 20 crowd. I think we’d anticipated another day of free sex. We piled into Jackie’s car, I rode in front, the sisters in back, listened to the radio and were soon laughing and having fun again. Pendleton had a busy main shopping street with many shops and places to eat. It really made Doylesville seem the backwater it was. Taking the hint after watching Samantha and Amy window shopping I slipped in and made a couple of small purchases. Charms for their bracelets to remember me by. As they were showing them off to each other Jackie held me back a couple steps.

“Now that’s a gentlemanly thing to do.”

“I’m sorry I didn’t get anything for you.”

“You’ve given me more than you could imagine. Best leave it at that.”

We had pizza for lunch, ice cream later in the afternoon, sat in the park to enjoy the warm clear day and ended the afternoon certain that we liked each other as people and not just as objects for sex. I had to admit that Jackie’s idea was perfect. Back at the Carlson’s, Jackie prepared dinner and I took the girls for a walk out to show them the nearly completed fence and to explain how the gardens would be laid out. I held hands, one girl on each side as we strolled the property. Amy looked at the line of fence posts and expressed surprise,

“I can’t believe you carried and set all of those by yourself. She was now clutching my upper arm.”

“It’s just time and patience. You can’t rush a job or it gets sloppy and you end up redoing it. That’s what my Dad taught me.”

Samantha chimed in, “Your parents seem nice.”

“They’re ok. Like most parents. They liked the both of you.”

We got back in time for dinner. Now after a full day together there was a bit more sexual energy in the air. After we cleaned up Jackie suggested she would sit outside for awhile and we could entertain ourselves. That was accompanied with a wink. This was our last night. The girls led me upstairs to Amy’s room. Clothes were lost with abandon and we tumbled onto the bed in a tangle of arms legs, cock, tits, and other good parts. Some quick fondling and I was hard and ready. I said I had an idea. If Amy would take care of me I’d like Sam to sit herself up above me and let me taste her sweet pussy. She giggled, but quickly straddled my head. Amy, knowing she’d have a turn soon enough settled in to licking and sucking my cock. I pulled Sam to me and poked around with my tongue. This was new for her and she squealed as I touched her with my my probing, licking, flicking, moist tongue. Not having to worry any longer I thrust it up into her and she gasped. I gasped too as Amy managed to sink my cock further into her mouth than I though possible. I nibbled on Sam, moving up to her bush and down again to her clit. She started grinding on my face, rocking her little butt back and forth as I teased her non-virgin pussy. I was now also bucking my hips as Amy worked me harder, stroking faster as she teased my head, popping it in and out of her mouth. Samantha began cumming in increasingly faster moans and shrieks, her moist pussy covering my face as she rubbed herself against me. With her release, I let her sit on me as I tensed and shot loads of cum I knew not where. When Sam climbed off me we looked down to see Amy smiling and showing that she’s swallowed every bit. Proudly she boasted,

“I took it almost all the way down, almost as far as Jackie, but I swallowed it all and it was a lot.” I pulled her up to me. I went to kiss her. She hesitated, “You got my sister’s stuff all over your face.” Then let me kiss her anyway.

“How do I taste?”

“Delicious,” I said.

“Hmm, not sure,” was Amy’s opinion.

“Let me see,” But without thinking Samantha kissed her sister rather than me. Or maybe she was thinking, because she soon was fondling Amy’s bigger breasts and pinching her nipples. Amy’s eyes opened wide, but she went along with her younger sister, returning the fondling and pulling at Sam’s nipples. I sat back and watched getting turned on by their play. When Amy pushed Sam back on the bed and lay over her to suck at her breasts I got behind Amy and took hold of her upturned ass, holding it in place as I began tonguing her exposed pussy. My attentions caused Amy to increase her kissing on her sister’s body. Sam was moaning from having her nipples pulled and pinched. Amy was moaning from my tongue fucking her pussy. Sam was scooting further up the bed until Amy was kissing down into her bush and then latched on to her younger sister’s pussy. Seeing this now had me fully hard again, so I held Amy’s hips and slid my cock into her waiting pussy. As I rocked forward into Amy her face was pushed into Sam, who was bucking her ass off the bed as her sister sucked at her clit and fingered along her slit. I was able to drive deep into Amy with each thrust and watch Sam’s face scrunch and mouth open as her little tits rocked and she held handfuls of Amy’s hair as she came multiple times on her sister’s face. When Sam had had enough she backed away and watch as I rocked Amy over and over, her tits swaying as she begged for more. I reached underneath and rubbed her clit as I gave her my cock again and again. When I felt Amy panting and getting near release I increased my efforts and came shortly after she did, collapsing atop her then rolling off. We were tired but satisfied. Still I knew I had one more effort required this night.

“I can’t go until Sam and I…”

“Yes please. Amy, do you mind if it’s just the two of us?”

“No, of course not. I’ll go hang out with Jackie.” Amy kissed us and left the room. I noted that she hadn’t dressed. I got up alongside Samantha. I cuddled her in my arm, teased her body with my free hand and kissed lightly at the side of her face.

“I wasn’t sure you wanted to do it with me again. It’s probably more fun without the condom.”

“No Sam, I just wanted time to be alone with you.” And we took a good long time. Laughing and kissing and tickling and touching, feeling. It was the best time ever. “How do you want to do it this time Sam?”

“I want to feel your big strong body over me. I want to feel you on me, holding me. But be gentle still.” Sam was laying back on the bed. I sat back kneeling between her, looking at her as I fished for a condom and got myself ready. She looked back, a closed mouth smile. Her hair spread around her head, her arms raised above her head, lifting her small pert breasts, stretching her already flat stomach, thin hips. Her legs bent either side of me. Her patch of hair hiding my ultimate goal. I shifted myself over her, supporting myself on one hand while positioning my cock at her opening. When I was just inside, I held myself up as I pushed in, slowly, letting her stretch. I bent down and kissed her as I made my way inside. She grimaced once or twice, then relaxed. I held her two hands in one of mine, over her head as I entered her. Sam smiled when she realized I was all the way in. “OK, that’s good Adam. Now, make love to me.”

Using my legs and butt I made love, pushing in, pulling out, all while kissing and nuzzling at her pretty face. Nibbling and kissing her neck while I entered and left, entered and held in place, faster, slower. She linked her ankles behind me, holding me as I rocked in and out, her tight, oh so tight body, gripping and holding me, squeezing me and drawing me in. Our tongues danced, she bit my lip, there were tears in her eyes. Then the soft exclamations, as my cock inevitable touched her everywhere inside. “Oh, oooh Adam, uh, uh, like that…oh uh uuuuh, mmmm” And on I went. I’d have gone on as long as Samantha needed. As she got closer I put my arms under her and lifted her to me, continuing, in, in. More. Then she shrieked, a high pitched sound that told us all she had arrived. Her nails clutched at my back, she banged her head against me, gripped me tight enough to possibly draw blood, then fell back as I pushed hard, once, twice, several more times, then came myself. Letting her feel my throbbing cock. I withdrew and rested beside her. “Oh Adam, sex is so great I want to do it with you every day.” I let that go, because this was our last day.

“Sam, I couldn’t think of anything better to do every day.”

“Really? You wouldn’t rather do it with Amy or Jackie everyday?”

“Can you keep a secret? Just between the two of us?” She nodded. “I like doing it with you best.” That got me a big hug and many kisses. Knowing it was getting late we dressed and walked downstairs, Sam never letting go of my hand. What we saw was Amy and Jackie, laying on side by side lounge chairs, holding hands, nude. It was quite a sight. The look on Sam’s face told them all they needed to know.

Unfortunately all good things must come to an end. I walked down the next day to say good bye. I’d told Jackie I would work on attaching the fence sections to the posts while she took the girls home. This would have the fence further along than expected when Roger got home. Both girls wanted a little alone time with me, so we took a walk around the property and kept our good byes to some very intense kissing. I was going to miss them greatly. Watching Jackie’s car pull away was one of the saddest moments I’d experienced. I had most of the fence done by the time Jackie returned. She asked me to join her on the deck. We had lemonade and talked. About future plans, about what I’d learned this week. She again wanted to be sure we could return to just friends when Roger got home.

“We’re almost done with the work here. I guess if it’s a problem I could avoid coming out this way too much. But I think I’ll be ok.”

“That’s good. I’ve enjoyed your visits. You’re a nice young man and you’re going to make someone very happy. Now, since I’ve broken my vows once this week. Would you make me happy once more before we go back to normal?” Jackie stood and walk around the table to me, unbuttoning her blouse along the way. I stood and scooped her up carrying her inside, sucking at her nipples along the way. “Upstairs please.” I took her to the bedroom Amy had used. I placed her down on the bed and removed my clothes. She’d discarded her shorts by then. I made her happy twice more that night. Then the week of discovery was over. Roger returned the next night, pleased with the progress on the fence. As far as I know he never learned of my tryst with Jackie.

After high school I attended a technical college up near the city where Amy and Sam lived. We saw each other a few times. Amy and I would have wanton, physical sex for our mutual enjoyment. Sam and I tended to go for slow and passionate. In the summers I’d work at Green’s Hardware. I’d see the Carlsons around town and when I might make a delivery at their house. Jackie was always friendly, Roger business-like. In the summer after college I drove up to the city and asked Samantha to marry me. She made me the happiest man around by accepting. Amy would be her maid of honor.

We found a small place in Pendleton where we live to this day.

Boating Fun 3 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

Tim and Vicky meet up with her boss and boyfriend

I hope you have liked the other 2 stories. I have tried to recall all of the details from my encounter with Tracy and Vicky. I know Tracy wanted to have a 3 way with Vicky and I, but that never happened in the time Vicky and I dated.

It was now August and Vick and I were your normal dating couple. We saw each other as much as possible during the week and every weekend for sure. The sex between us was amazing. I never dated a woman who loved sex the way she did. Luckily, be 21 at the time, I was always ready for it too, and could go many times with her in a single day. Wish that was the case now, but age catches up with you in all departments.

The week before her friend, Carrie, was throwing her party, I surprised Vicky around 5pm, one evening while she was at work. I brought Chinese for dinner. She was so happy I came up there and did that.Before we ate, she introduced me to her cohorts that she worked with. Most were young, like we are, except for Carrie, who was 35 and this other lady Donna, who looked about the same age as Carrie. Donna is married and a little on the plump side, big tits, and bleaches her hair. Vicky said she would be at the party too, along with one of the younger girl’s, Patty.

I didn’t find Patty all that attractive, at least, not to me. Carrie introduced herself and told me how happy she was to meet the guy making Vicky so happy.Carrie, is 5’6, or so, and skinny. If she weighed 110 lbs, it was soaking wet with a wet towel on her. Her breasts, I would say were 34C. She was pretty though, and had a raspy voice, probably from smoking.

When I was getting ready to leave, Vicky gave me a deep kiss and asked me to stop by when she got home later. Then carrie came up and gave me a hug and a kiss on the cheek and said, “Great meeting you and can’t wait to see you next weekend, and I mean all of you sexy” and then winked at me. That made me slightly blush, which she laughed, as she walked away.

In bed, later that night, I was deep inside Vicky, but we were talking and she said, “Carrie wants to fuck you next week.”

“Oh really. And how do you feel about that?” She giggles, “Well right now, with your cock so deep inside me, it has me really turned on Baby. But, if you do, I want to be there too watching.”

“Ok. but I am not promising that will happen. You, for sure, we will fuck with them watching. But if we do, what will you be doing?”

“Playing with myself, unless Rich is there. I may just blow him until you two are done. Then I want to eat your cum from her”

We started fucking hard then. We were both turned on at those thoughts. I was surprised her bed didn’t collapse from the pounding it got. We made love shorty after that, then I had to get going, since I had work the next day.

That weekend, I spent with her all night, then actually went to my mom’s for dinner. Mom liked Vicky a lot, but she really did not approve of us sleeping together. I had to sit through that conversation a few weeks back. Parents are from the old school. No sleeping together until you are at least engaged, but prefer married.

That evening I told Vick I needed to get a haircut and she said to come up thursday night. I’ll give you the full treatment.

“What’s the full treatment?” I asked. She giggled and said, “Well, wash the hair, cut it, style it, then a massage and after the massage, use the Sauna. You’d be surprised how many of the women come in for just that.”

“I didn’t know you had a masseuse, or even a Sauna.”

“Yeah. You saw that one door back by the office, it is in there. I’ll give you the massage though, since our lady who does that will be gone by then, and then I’ll join you in the Sauna. God I love that room.”

“What time should I be there for this treatment?” She thought for a minute, “Say around 8pm or so. Were usually pretty dead and maybe I can talk Carrie into closing then.”

“Sounds good to me. You don’t think Carrie will mind do you?” “Oh hell no. Carrie and Rich use it all the time and I know they fuck in there at least once a week. So does Donna and her hubby on occasion. Just park out back though, because if we do close up, the lights will be off up front. We are the last door on the left back there.”

That Thursday, I arrived just before 8, and went to the door and knocked. Vicky answered within seconds, kissed me passionately and then motioned me inside and to the office they have back there.

“Ok. strip down and then put this robe on. While you do that, I’ll will finish getting my stuff to cut your hair.”

I felt a little weird getting undressed but figured, what the hell and just go with it. The robe was one of those terry cloth types you see in hotels. In fact there was a bunch of them hanging up and all were white. I came out of the office and saw Vicky over by a chair that had a sink behind it, and walked over to her.

“Hey sexy, I like the look” she said. Then she told me to take a seat and she’d be right back, and I saw her head to the office. A minute later, she came out, wearing a white robe as well.

“You always wear a robe when you cut hair Babe?” Vicky chuckled and said, “Only when I have a sexy man to do, especially if he is going to do me later.” then smiled wickedly at me.

She then went to washing my hair, kissing me on several occasions. Never had my hair done like this before. Then she proceeded to cut my hair and style it a little. I was trusting her in doing this. Then she blew dry my hair.

Next she took out a pair of clippers and came in front of me, untied the sash to my robe and peeled the robe back, exposing me. Thank God there was no one there and that the area was blocked by a wall to the front of the salon.

Whatcha doing Babe? I asked. “Well. Look I like you a lot and I love sucking you, but I hate getting hair in my mouth. So I am going to just trim this down some. Luckily, you don’t have a lot down there, but if it is short, and I clean your balls of its hair, then I won’t get so many hairs in my mouth. I hope you don’t mind.”

“Sweetie. You do what you think is best. I don’t mind at all. Just don’t shave it off. When I had that hernia surgery, they shaved me and it itched for days when it started growing back in.”

“Not to worry Hun, I’ll just make it shorter, and then take care of it weekly for you. Promise.”

Just then a door open and Carrie came into the room. Damn, I thought. I thought we were alone. I looked right at Vicky and she just smiled, and mouthed to me, “Relax.” Carrie was wearing a robe too.

“Just needed to get another bottle of wine kids. Bring two glasses when you join us in the sauna.”

She left then and Vicky giggled a bit. “Relax Hun. They are taking a sauna too and want to just be with us tonight. Nothing sexual between us 4, but want to see how we are with another couple naked. Like we will be Saturday night.”

I just shrugged my shoulders and winked at her. To be honest, I’d love to see Carried naked. I’m only a man, and Vicky and I are dating, but by no means, married, nor dead.

As she trimmed me, she kept moving my cock out of the way, and would lightly stroke it. This had the desired effect she was looking for, since it starting growing. She leaned in a couple of times and would kiss the head of my cock, which was now oozing pre-cum.

Vicky finished up and put the clippers away. She then said to come follow her. She opened the door that Carrie had used a short time back. When we entered the room, I saw the massage table on the one side, and then ahead of us, a cedar wood door, with a light above it. A sign below it said, “occupied when lit”.

Vicky picked up 2 wine glasses and headed towards the door. “Let’s go for a sauna Babe” The removed her robe, exposing her naked ass to me. She hung the robe up on a hook next to the door, where 2 other robes resided now. I took mine off and hung it up and pressed my body into Vicky. My semi hard cock was nestled between her ass cheeks and my hands came around her front, and I massaged her tits.

“MMMMMMMM, I love when you play with my tits Baby” I was then kissing her neck and lightly pinching her nipples. Her body shivered a little when I did this. My cock was now fully erect and she wiggled her butt into it.

“Oh God, I love that hard cock. Baby? No matter what happens inside her, my feelings for you will not change, well maybe for the better. I have no reason why I am so turned on by others watching us together, but I am. They also want to see how we are in a setting with another couple that are engaged in sexual fun.”

“Baby, no matter what happens, my feelings aren’t going to change. We’ll just go with the flow. Who knows, it may creep us out. But then again, you may feel an urge to be with one of them, and I am cool with that. I’d love to see you eat Carrie.”

“OH Geezus Baby. I am so wet, and we haven’t even made it into the room. Let’s grab some towels to sit on. The wood can get a bit warm.”

I kissed her one more time, on the side of her neck and she cooed. We entered the room and saw Carrie and Rich on this big bench. The seat was quite wide. The room itself was about 12 foot square. All wood, cedar to be exact. There was can lights in the ceiling, that were turned down to cast a soft slow.

As we entered, carried was laying on her side, with her head in Rich’s lap, and I do believe she was giving him a blow job, They both stood as we entered the room.

Carrie was smiling and greeted us. “Hi guys. Oh Tim, this is Rich. He is the co-owner, with me, of the salon. He is also my significant other, lover and best friend. “

Rich and I shook hands. It was kind of weird feeling, shaking hands with a naked guy, sporting a hard on, and I have to admit, it was big too. Bigger than mine, so Vicky wasn’t lying. Not real thick, but long, that’s for sure. Rich is about my height, but about 15 pounds heavier than me, and has a slight gut, and an all over tan, just like Carrie does, so they must lay out nude somewhere.

Vicky took our towels and laid them out next to Carrie’s and Rich’s. Rich said, “Towels are a good idea. The wood can get pretty warm on the skin.”

Vicky gave Rich a warm lingering kiss, then kissed carrie, fairly passionately. Then Vicky turned towards me, and for the first time, I saw she had done some woman scaping. All that was left of her bush, was a small strip, just above her mound.

“Wow Babe. When did you do that?” “Do you like? She asked. “Oh hell yeah. That is so sexy.” Vicky smiled and then kissed me. “About as sexy as your trim job Honey. About 2 hours ago, Carrie trimmed me up, and I trimmed her.”

I hadn’t noticed before, only because I didn’t want to be rude by staring at her naked body, which I had to admit, was pretty nice. I noticed that Rich was completely shaven of his hair.

Carried reached out with her hand and ran it over my short hair and said, “Nicely done Vick. I hate a hairy guy, but this will do nicely.” Her hand then encircled my cock and stroked it lightly. Vicky just smiled at me, and I could see she was really turned on now.

Carrie then got the wine bottle and filled all of the glasses and raised hers in a toast. “To our new friends, who get to see more than normal friends would ever dream of.” We all clinked glasses, then, Carrie said, “Let’s sit and talk”

She directed Vicky to sit next to Rich, then she sat next to Vick, and I sat next to Carrie. “You ok with this Tim?” Carrie asked. “Yes I am.” Carrie laughed and said, “Good. I don’t bite either. Nibble some, leave some light teeth marks, but never bite.” We all laughed then, which helped lighten the mood.

I have to admit. She was a skinny thing, but naked, she was sexy. Her brown hair was in a ponytail, as was Vicky’s. Her nipples were hard and sticking out. Her nipples and areolas were a dark brown, as was her landing strip just above her clit hood.

Carrie then took her hand, which was closest to me, and wrapped her fingers around my cock, and started lightly stroking it. I looked over at Vick, and she smiled at me as her hand found Rich’s long cock and was doing the same.

Carrie then said, “Look, tonight is a time for us 4 to get to know one another. Both physically and personally too. We know Vicky pretty good already and love her to death. But Rich and I figured that we should know you better, before the party this Saturday.”

Both Vicky and I nodded in agreement. “Some couples have a hard time getting past this point when it come to swapping and such. One thing we do not tolerate is drama. So if just this bothers you 2 in any way, then we stop, no harm, no foul.”

We both, again, nodded in agreement and she continued. “We love Vicky, and since you two are dating, and she wants to try this lifestyle, we figured it best to go slow and be alone tonight with you two. What you may witness Saturday is pretty much a full out orgy, with who know who will be hooking up and fucking in the open. I’m not saying that we’ll even fuck each other tonight. I know Vick wants to watch us fuck, and we too, want to watch you guys because it is very erotic and stimulating.”

Rich then said, “I’ll be upfront with you Tim, I am bi-sexual. Really, the 3 of us are bi-sexual. But, I won’t do anything that would make you uncomfortable with that. But if you ever want to give it a go, then I would lead you into it, just you and I, and of course these two lovely ladies, whom I am sure, will be quite turned on and also busy with one another.”

I looked over at Rich and said, “I’m cool with that. Not sure if I want to give it a go, but I will not freak out or get homophobic about it. I have to admit, you have a nice looking cock. One I am sure, that could pleasure these two fine, sexy ladies.”

Carrie giggled and said, “Ohhhhhhhhh I like him Honey, and this piece of dick I have in my hand is quite nice. Vicky choose well. Oh yeah, I have heard that you can make her squirt with that talented tongue of yours.”

I chuckled a little, looked at Vicky then said, “Talking in class again I see.” She slightly smiled and said, “Sorry. But you do have a great tongue.” I leaned way across Carrie, and Vicky met me and I kissed her softly on the lips. Then, I don’t know why I said it then, I softly said to her, “I love you”

Vicky’s eyes got real big then and then she beamed a big smile, and kissed me again. Carrie giggled and said, “Should we leave you two alone?” Vicky said, “Oh hell no. You are the first people, including me, to hear that from him.” At that time, I knew I liked her a lot but wasn’t sure it was love yet, but I needed her to know all is fine with us, no matter what.

“Good to know. You have to have love, trust and respect to do this. We may end up fucking each other, but I will only make love to that man there, and you better only make love to her Tim.”

“I got a good idea. Tonight, we make love to our respective partners, with some oral on others. Then Saturday night, you guys come over say around 10:30. By then the party will probably be over and most all gone, and the 4 of us will play the rest of the time. What do you say?”

Vicky looked at me, and I nodded, and she said, “Sounds wonderful to us.” “Good” Carrie said, “Now that’s settled. Bring some clothes though, and spend the night with us. We could be up really late. Now if you don’t mind Vick, can I suck this nice cock for a bit?”

Vicky kissed Carrie on the lips and said, “Sure thing, if I can suck this beautiful cock here.” “By all means, enjoy it, then we’ll play some together to give the boys a break.”

The girls then positioned themselves so they were laying on their sides, and their heads in our laps. Both of the ass cheeks were touching together. Both girls started their work on Rich and I. Carrie had soft lips and knew how to suck a man, as did Vicky.

Rich and I both moaned a great deal. I was also stroking Carrie’s back and ass, and then would rub on her breast, and a very hard nipple. I did comment to Vicky that she looked really sexy sucking Rich, which made her moan.

My hand was now sliding between the girls asses and I was playing with Carrie’s pussy lips, which were soaking wet. This elicited a moan from her that reverberated around my cock. Both girls were now starting to pump our cocks while sucking us, which was bringing me close to cumming.

“Oh Shit Carrie. I am going to cum soon.” She lifted her head and told me, “In my mouth Sweetie. I love cum” She sped up her hand movement and started running her tongue on the sensitive area around the head, and within a minute I yelled out, “Fuckkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk” and started shooting ropes of cum in her mouth.

This set Rich off and all I heard was ‘Ughhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh Fuckkkkkkkkkkkkk” and I could tell that Vicky was swallowing his cum too. Both girls milked us dry and then turned to each other, embraced and started kissing and sharing our cum between them. Now that was super hot.

They broke their kiss and Carried looked at me, leaned in, and I could see cum all around her lips and on her chin. I kissed her passionately then, and licked her chin up. When I broke the kiss, I noticed Vicky and Rich doing the same. Carrie then giggled and said, “Fuck Vick, he is truly a keeper. Not many men will kiss after a blowjob or clean you up like that.”

“Ok guys, moved down a little so Vicky and I can play a bit. Come here Baby, lay down and let’s eat” Vicky did move down some, lay lengthwise on the bench, with her head close to me. Carried straddled her head and lowered her pussy on top of Vicky’s waiting mouth, and then bent down and place her louth in between Vicky’s spread legs.

Rich and I just sat back in took in the sight. “So” Rich said, “Is this the first time you have witnessed 2 girls together?” I closed my eyes and thought back to Deb and Rhonda doing the exact same thing one evening, 69ing twice, and Bill and I fucking the hell out of them a few times.

I told him no and explained how my high school girlfriend and I hooked up with a married couple that she babysat for.We were both then stroking our cocks and I could feel Rich’s eyes on it, but I didn’t care now. The girls were really getting into their love session. Rich got up and went to the other side of the girls, lay down on his stomach and stuck his head between Vicky’s thighs and started licking her too.

“OH Christ Yessssssssssssssssss” Vicky moaned out. I leaned into Carrie and put my tongue right on her brown hole and started licking. Carrie lifted her head and said, :Fuck Yeah Baby, lick that ass” It was just a few minutes more and the girls started cumming. I could see Carrie’s body start to shake, and I could tell Vicky was cumming too.

As they lay there, coming down from the orgasms they just gave each other, Carrie got up, and then Vicky followed. Vicky took my hand and asked me to lay down on the bench. Carrie had Rich lay down too, with his head a few inches from mine. Both of our beautiful lady’s straddled us and impaled themselves with our cocks.

Vicky sat there a second, and then started rocking back and forth on my cock. She was also watching Carrie start to fuck Rich. She leaned down to me and kissed me, then said, “Thank you. This means a lot to me.”

We kissed and fucked for a good 15 minutes, Carrie even commented on our staying power right now and that Vick and I looked really sexy together. At one point, Vicky leaned by my head and I could hear her kissing Carrie, as we fucked.

I was getting close now and grabbed hold of her ass and started pumping my cock up and into her. “Oh yesssssssssssss Babe, fuck me good. Cum with me” Carrie and Rich were already starting to cum themselves, which Sent Vicky over the edge again. Her pussy clamped down me, as her arms went around my neck and was almost choking me. “Fuckkkkkkkkkkk Yessssssssssss Cummmmmmmmmmmm. Cummmmmmmm in me Baby”

I was shocked at how many times my cock shot inside her, since I had unloaded earlier in Carrie’s mouth. “Fuck Baby, your cum feels so good inside me.” Vicky said as she lay on top of me, then kissed me. She started to get up and I told her to just kneel, and then I scooted down so my head was between her legs and I ate her, collecting our juices.

“Oh yeah. I like him even more now Sweetie. Any man that will eat his own cum is a guy I want to be with” I could hear Carrie say. When I finished and sat up, I looked over and Rich was on his knees doing the same to Carrie.

We all then sat next to each other, drank the rest of our wine, which was pretty warm and we were all sweating. Carrie held up her glass and said, “Toast. Two our new lovers and friends. I hope you enjoyed as much as we did tonight.” We Vicky and I both said we did.

We then gathered up our towels and Carrie suggested we go shower first, then she came up and hugged me and kissed me on the lips. As she did, she grabbed my cock and whispered in my ear, “Saturday night, I get some of this too”

Vicky and Rich were embracing then too, and kissing. His hand was holding her ass as they kissed. Then the girls kissed, but theirs was a bit more passionate.

We exited the room, and the cool air felt so good. Vicky and I showered quickly, so we could head home. As we were dressing, carrie came in and said she would see Vicky tomorrow at work and me this Saturday and winked. She turned and went to shower with Rich.

I followed Vicky home then and once we were in the door, she turned and kissed me hard. “That was fantastic tonight. I am so turned on right now. But, I have to get some sleep. I open tomorrow and then Tracy is dropping the kids off for me to watch.”

“That’s Ok. I mean, I’d love to take you to bed right now and make love to you, but I am cool with it. I had a great time tonight. I really like them. They seem so laid back and you did look sexy as hell with them both.”

“Oh Yeah? That turned you on watching me with them? Fuckkkkkkkk. I really want to get naked right now and have you, but, I know we’ll be at it for hours then.”

We kissed some more and then said our good nights. She did invite me over tomorrow, if I wanted too, but I reminded her that I had to work until 9 and then be up up at 6am saturday. I promised my cousin I would take him fishing. I did suggest that if all went fine Saturday, we invite those two the following sunday on the boat, which Vicky thought was a great idea.

That Friday, I did call Vicky and she was excited for the next night. “Damn Baby, I awoke this morning so horny and then, at work, Carrie and I made out in her office for a short while. Just some kissing and fondling, until Ashley interrupted us. She’ll be there tomorrow night too, alone. She broke up with her boyfriend a couple of weeks ago when she found out he was actually married. Ash is so down now, so hopefully this helps pick up her spirits.”

Ashley, I found out after I met her a few weeks ago, is a year older than I. She is part Chinese, part American. Her mom being the Chinese. She has that short bob hair, which is black, and a tight little body. She is only 5’ or 5’ 1 and if she weighs 100 lbs., it would be a miracle. From what Vick told me, she is Bi as well. Her job there is manicures and such.

Vicky and I then discussed what time I should be over. I suggested dinner, which she said yes too. So we made plans to go around 8pm and after dinner, go hang out down by the boat, until we needed to leave around 10, or a little after.

“So Babe, Carrie is really looking forward to just being with us tomorrow night. She likes that you didn’t force anything with her sexually last night, but, she did say she plans on fucking you a few good times.”

“Really? And how do you feel about that?” She giggled a little, then said, “Look. This is for fun. It is just sex with friends. It’s not like she is going to leave Rich for you, or vice a versa. I’m not running off with Rich either. Plus, I am dying to see you two fuck and know she is enjoying it as much as I do.”

I said ok, then said, “Good. I am dying to watch you two as well. You looked so damn sexy with him last night and I knew you were enjoying it.”

“Oh Baby, I was and I loved when you tongued her ass when I was licking her. I want us to eat her together too. But, I will be honest here. If I found you were out fucking others now, well that would hurt me. I have strong feelings for you and would feel betrayed by that, and please know, I wouldn’t do that to you either.”

“Vick, it is all about trust, even if we weren’t going to try out this lifestyle. I do trust you and respect you and have deep feelings for you, so rest assured, I would not do that to you.”

She did not bring up the fact that I said I love you to her, last night. That was fine. Like I said, that was more for reassuring her that all was fine last night. I do have feelings, but I am uncertain that it is love yet. We said our goodbye’s and then hung up.

My cousin and I had a great day out on the boat. It was hot too, seeing it was August, but being on the water, helped cool things down. We did catch a few walleye, which is what we were after. I got us back in about 2:30, and I was home by 3. I went and took a nap then and got up about 7, shaved and showered, dressed in khaki shorts and a nice light green golf shirt and was at Vicky’s by 8pm.

Vicky met me at the door and she looked gorgeous. She had on a white, with a floral print, sun dress that stopped about mid thigh. I noticed she was not wearing a bra, and it showed quite a bit of cleavage. Her blond hair was done up nicely too, not in a ponytail and she was wearing lipstick, which was a first for me to see.

We kissed for a good minute, and my cock was starting to rise. I then kissed down her neck, to her cleavage and slip down one of the spaghetti straps and let my lips latch onto a hard nipple.

“Oh shit Tim. You keep that up, we won’t make dinner, let alone the party. I love when you suck my tits Baby.”

“I love your tits. Hell, I love your whole body. But, I’ll quit for now.” She kissed me again and then said, “Trust me, you will have them later. Promise me you’ll save some lovin for me later, after being with them.”

“I have every intention of doing that, and in the morning too”

I had brought my travel bag in, so she took it and put some clothes and toiletries in it, for tomorrow morning, since we were spending the night there.

We went to dinner at the restaurant that is on the river, and enjoyed a good meal. During the meal, she told me that Carried had called about 7, saying that she was going to have everyone gone by 10 that night. The party started around 3, from what Vicky said. Vicky said that only 6 couples came this time, and 2 single girls, Ashley being one of them, and Patty, and Carrie’s cousin John.

We then headed over to the boat and found Mitch, Vicky’s cousin, and his girlfriend Pam, along with Ron and Mitch’s sister Jeanie sitting on the boat drinking beer and just hanging out. They were surprised to see us. Jeanie asked what we were up too and Vicky said that a friend from work invited us over later to go swimming in their pool. She sure the hell wasn’t going to tell them we were going to go fuck over there.

We passed the time talking and laughing. I had a beer and Vick had 2 wine coolers. Not sure where they got the refreshments, because I was the only legal aged one there. Pam lit up a joint, and was passed around, but I declined, since I was driving. I figured I’d have some later with Vicky, if she brought any.

We left about 10, and headed the 25 minutes to Carrie’s house, which was out east of where we were, in the town of Madison. Nice area, where houses are spaced far apart, like country living, yet close enough to the city life, so you didn’t have to make it a day to get there and do things.

On the way there, Vicky took my right hand in her’s and then asked, “Are you sure about this tonight?” I looked over at her and smiled, “Yes Baby, I am, and I hope you are too. If not, say the word and I will turn around”

“No. No. I want to go with you. I know you would turn around if I asked you too. Had this been Bill, he would have ignored me and been hell bent on fucking anything that moved there. I just hope you know my feeling for you are so strong and feel so good with you. It does scare me. I know we said just buddy’s, but I think this may be more and I don’t want to get hurt.”

“Sweetie, I am not going to do anything to hurt you, and at anytime tonight, you want to stop, say so, and we will and come back home, no questions asked. This is about us as a couple. Hell, we may not even like it, or then again, we may love it. No harm in trying. But my feelings will not change for you because of it. Look how Carrie and Rich are. That could be us one day.” Vicky leaned over and kissed me on the cheek, then squeezed my hand tight, and held it the whole drive there.

Carrie and Rich’s house was a split level, standard size for that time of year, and very nice. Vicky said we were to enter through the garage, which led into the kitchen area. When I pulled in, there was only one car there, with the hosts car’s in the garage.

“Shit” Vicky said. “What?” “Donna is still here. I was hoping she would be gone by now. Her husband is an ass, and worse when he is drunk.”

“Well. We’ll just play things by ear and you should just ignore him, if you can.”

We stepped into the kitchen and saw Carrie, who was wearing a blue silk robe, and Donna, who was dressed, doing up some dishes. Donna saw us first and asked Vicky where the hell we had been, the party’s over now.

“Oh Darn” Vicky said, then said, “Tim had some folks in from out of town and had them out on the boat and didn’t get back until 8 or so.” Good recovery I thought. I just let her do the explaining.

“Well shit. I was hoping to hook up with your lover boy there. Maybe next time. I have to round up Phil and get home. Have a babysitter for the kids tonight. Nice seeing you again Tim” I nodded and said nice seeing you too.

Carrie went to the front room with Donna and we could hear Phil and Donna saying good night, and the door shut. Carrie came back with Rich, who was holding a garbage bag and was cleaning up. I lent him a hand, which he protested at first, but I didn’t listen. The girls were straightening up the kitchen.

Carrie then asked Rich to take us to the bedroom we’d be using tonight, so we could stow away our bag and then Carrie said, “Get undressed and put on the robes I have on the bed for you two”

After Vicky and I stripped down, I took her in my arms and kissed her. Her naked skin felt so good against mine. Her hand made its way to my growing cock, and my hand went to her ass cheeks.

“Mmmmmmmmmm, I know I need some of this soon.” We then donned our robes, grabbed our smokes and she grabbed her baggie. I knew she would bring some pot. We got back out to the kitchen and Rich suggested we go out by the pool, and asked what we wanted to drink. Rich and I had beers, while the girls opted for wine.

The pool area was lit with torches and had a nice glow to it. Just before we exited the kitchen to the deck, Carrie suggested we get rid of the robes, so we all were naked then. Rich and I followed our lady’s out to the deck, watching their fine asses swing back and forth. Carrie turned her head back towards us and asked, “Like the view boys?” We all just laughed.

I think since we’d been with them the other night, naked and fucking, there was no tension now. We took seats and carrie was telling us how the party went. She said that Rish and her, basically hosted the party and really did not partake in the activities because they wanted to save it for us. She laughed and did say, “Well, I did get to lick Ashley for a bit, but that was it.”

Then she told us about the little drama that happened earlier. Her cousin John had been keeping Patty company most of the day, and then he hooked up with Ashley, and Patty didn’t care for that. Those two aren’t really friends, so Patty stormed off and left. Ashley and John then got back together and left about 8, so I am sure he has her at his place fucking her brains out.

“But otherwise, people just hung out, talked, laughed, had some sex and most left by 9:30 or so, well, except for Donna and Phil.” Phil was pretty drunk by the end. Not sure what Donna saw in him when they married. I think he’s an ass.”

Rich excused himself and went inside. Vicky took out a joint and asked if it was cool. She knew that Carrie liked to smoke too. Carrie looked at her and said, “Hold off on that until Rich gets back”, which Vicky did.

About a minute later, Rich came back out to the table, carrying a wooden box. He set on the table and looked at Carrie, who nodded in agreement. He took out a small pill bottle, a razor, then a mirror. Vicky eyes got wide and asked, “Is that what I think it is?”

Carrie smiled and said, “Yeah. Not sure if you 2 want to try it, but we hope you don’t mind.”

Vicky giggled, then looked at me. I shrugged and then said, “You can Babe, I’ll stick with weed. We’re staying anyways tonight, but I haven’t ever done it” Vicky said, “Me either, but have wanted too. I’ve heard it a great high and turns you on sexually and you guys can go hours with us.”

Carried laughed and said, “Oh yeah. We will be busy tonight and into the morning with this stuff, and it’s good. Might give you a headache in the morning. Probably both heads will be aching”, then laughed, as did Rich.

Rich said, “Any inhibitions you may have had before now, will go away in a few minutes. Are you sure you don’t want to Tim?”

I siad I was sure and Vicky said she would. This was way out of my normal comfort zone, but what the hell. Plus, I don’t have the money for this stuff. I said to Rich, “At least let me pay for some of this. I know it is expensive.”

“Bullshit” he said. “You two are our guests tonight, so don’t worry about it. But thanks for offering. Most of the others that were here tonight, wouldn’t have offered at all, just use.” They then did a line each. I lit up a joint and smoked and even shared some with Vicky.

Carrie suggested we retire to the bedroom now. So we went inside. Rich was locking up and turning off lights as we went. Once in the bedroom Carrie and Vicky crawled up on the bed, which was a big kingsize, and did not look like it was used today for the party.

Carrie and Vicky were kneeling on the bed, facing one another and started kissing. These were deep, passionate kisses, like lovers do. Both were caressing each other as they kissed. Rich suggested that we just take a seat on the bed. “They’re going to be a while Bud, so sit back and enjoy the show.”

After a few minutes, Vicky pushed Carrie back, so she was against the headboard, and Vicky started licking down her neck, then sucked her nipples for a bit, which got Carrie moaning. At this time, my cock was hard as a rock, and it felt like my senses were in overdrive. I looked over at Rich, who was sitting next to me, and he was slowly stroking his cock, watching the girls. He caught me looking at him and just winked.

Vicky was now between Carrie’s legs, which were bent at the knee and spread wide. With two lamps on each side of the bed on, the lighting was good for watching.

“Fuckkkkkkkkkkkkkk Yessssssssss. Suck that pussy Sweetie. I’ve have been looking forward to this all day.”

Vicky went to town on Carrie. Licking and sucking. Carrie moaning a great deal too. Vicky had her ass up, in the air now, and she looked so inviting.

Carrie looked at us and asked, “Do you two talk about fantasies?” directing the question to me.

I nodded yes, then said, “We have, but just a couple.” What are they?” Carrie asked.

“Vicky wants to be eating a woman, and one of us guys fucking her from behind. Then being watched as she fucks someone. Preferably me watching her fuck the guy. Mine is to watch her with another man, and see her with a woman.”

“Any others? Because those are coming true tonight. Be honest”

I got real quiet a second, then said, “I’d like to feel Rich’s cock and maybe have him suck me”

Vicky raised her head, “Oh fuck Baby. Do it. I am so fucking turned on now.”

Both girls watched as I reached over and took hold of Rich’s hard cock. It felt so smooth, and extremely hard right now. I stroke it a few times. I kept on stroking him as both girls moaned while watching it happen.

Carrie was all smiles and then said, “Feels good, don’t it. Go ahead, give it a lick. It’s all about fun and enjoying sex with your friends.”

So I did. I licked the head a few times, then went back to stroking him, as Vicky now was eating carrie hard. Carried yelled out, “Oh Fuckkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk I am going to cummmmmmmmmmmm you bitchhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh”

I got behind Vicky, and slipped my cock inside her and pumped it in her a few times. As I did, she moaned out “Yessssssssssssssssss Fuck my Pussyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy” and then roated her hips as I fucked her.

Then Vicky moved off of carrie and said, “My turn Lady” and sat next to Carrie, up against the headboard. She now spread her legs and bent her knees. Carrie wasted no time in going down on her. Vicky patted the bed, next to her, signalling me to join her there.

I sat next to her and we started kissing. She then whispered in my ear, “I Love you for this.” Then I felt Rich grab my cock and started stroking it. Vicky eyes got wide when she saw Rich was going to suck me. “Oh Fuck baby, this is so Hottttttttt”

Our host were now sucking us both, and I could care less that is was a dude doing it. It felt great, to be honest. Vicky and I continued kissing as they took care of us and our moans filled each other’s mouths.

Not sure what carrie was doing then, but I felt Vicky grab my head hard and pull me closer, and her breathing got real hard, and she bit my bottom lip. Not real hard to draw blood, but bit it some, then screamed out.

“Fuckkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Cummingggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggg”

She squirted just then. Rich even looked at Carrie getting a faceful of Vicky’s love juices. It was all over her face and chest and on the bed too.

As Vicky calmed down, she hung her head a little and apologized for getting the bed wet. Carrie crawled up to her and kissed her softly and said, “Oh Sweetie, That was magnificent. I have never made you squirt before. Lucky for you, I love you, and you can squirt on me any day.”

Carrie then came over by me and kissed me. “Lick your lover’s juices from me Sexy.” So I did. As we licked and kissed, she climb into my lap and her hand went to my raging hard cock and began to stroke it. Rich had moved over to Vicky and they were starting to make out too. I thought to myself, “guess we’ll find out how tight we are as a couple now.”

I scooted towards the middle of the bed. Rich and Vicky got into a 69 position and were pleasuring each other orally. I pushed back on Carrie’s shoulders, indicating to her I wanted her on her back. Once she did, I started tracing my tongue down her neck, then to her breasts. Her nipples were very hard now, and my mouth sucked and licked each one.

Now I wanted to return the favor from the other night, from when she gave me a blowjob but I didn’t get the chance to eat her. I glanced over once and saw Vicky sucking the hell out of Rich’s cock, and her ass was moving big time, from the tongue lashing Rich was giving her pussy. Those two were moaning big time and really into each other, and my only hope was that I could perform as well for Carrie.

When I reached her beautiful pussy, I started kissing and licking her inner thighs first, then would blow on her engorged labia. I heard moan “Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh”. I kept teasing her some until she finally said “Oh fuck Tim, eat my fucking cunt. Pleaseeeeeeeeeeeeee”

I buried my tongue between her lips and started licking.”Yessssssssssssssss that’s it. Tongue fuck me Baby”

I basically licked all over, but stayed away from her clit. I even got to lick her ass, which I could tell she liked having done. When I inserted a finger and started fingering her too, she came.

“Oh Fuckkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk” and her body went stiff, and her legs closed around my head. I didn’t stop though, and once her body relaxed, she opened her legs again. I went back to her ass and tongued that for a few minutes.

As I did that, I could hear Vicky yell out, “Oh Shit Baby, I am cummmmmmmmingggggggggggg”

I heard Carrie say to Vicky, “Rich is an excellent tongue man, isn’t he Sweetie? But this man between my legs is just as good. You made a great choice in him.”

Vicky was panting and answered back. “Oh Christ, it’s so good to have men that can please us like this.” then she said, “Hey Baby, you like eating her pussy don’t you? I love how she taste”

I just nodded in response. I was to wrapped up in her pussy now and started sucking her clit and rubbing her g-spot, which was very easy to find. Carrie started moaning loud now, and let me know she was close to cumming again.

“Fuck Yeahhhhhhh, Fuck Fuck Fuck” and started cumming. I lapped up every drop I could of her delicious juices. She tasted sweeter than Vicky actually, and I love Vicky’s taste. I sat back up on my haunches now and was watching Vicky ride Rich’s big cock. Damn she looked really sexy then, and I held no ill feelings watching her enjoy it.

As Carrie was starting to relax from her orgasm, I leaned in behind Vicky and licked her asshole, which was winking at me. I only did it for a few seconds then straightened up and she pulled me to her to kiss her. We kissed as Rich methodically pumped her pussy from the bottom.

“You like his cock in you, don’t you Baby? Is this what you were hoping on tonight?”

“Oh fuck Babe, his cock is so long, feels so goooooooooooood. I love everything we are doing. I love all of you guys.” Vicky said, then said, “Baby, Fuck Carrie, she needs to feel your big cock now, that I have been bragging about. I’m dying to see that piece of meat buried in her hot cunt.”

I moved back over to Carrie then and lay down. She moved so she could straddle me. She looked down on me smiling, then grabbed my cock, and directed it to her wet opening and slowly slid down my shaft. Once she was seated all the way down, she smiled down at me.

“Damn Baby, your cock feels real nice in me. Vicky. You lucky bitch. I hope you enjoy this as much as you can.”

“As much as we can. I love him in me. Usually 3 times during the week and countless times on the weekend.”

I was chuckling to myself as I listened to these two beauty’s talk about fucking. Then Carrie leaned down on top of me, kissed me deeply, pulled her lips away and softly said, “enough talk Babe. Let’s fuck, and fuck good.

She sat back up and placed her hands on my chest and started rocking back and forth on me. Her pussy was so tight too. “Damn, your pussy is so tight.” She giggled and said “That’s from exercising it daily. Your Sweetie there doesn’t need to do that yet. But us old broads need to do that, so we keep our men happy” then laughed.

“Rich laughed and said, “Honey, your pussy is the best and I know that. No offense Vick, because your’s is great too, but I love that woman’s more than anything in the world.”

“No offense taken Hun. Now fuck me with your big cock. I wanna cum again”

We all stopped talking and started getting into it. All of us were moaning and grunting. What surprised me was that I was hanging in there after 15 minutes of pumping her hard, and hadn’t cummed yet. Both carrie and Vicky came once each.

Carried leaned back down and said in my ear. “Fuck me Tim. Cim in me. I want your hot load inside me”. I grabbed her ass cheeks, bent my knees some and started pumping up into her and we could hear or skin slapping together.

Vicky and Rich were doing the same and I could hear Vick yell out, “Harder. Fuckkkkkkkkkk I’m cummmmmmmminnnnnnnnnggggggggggggg.” Rich grunted loud too and was cumming deep inside her. He was holding Vicky tight because her body was thrashing all over as she came. I could see too, Rich’s cock pumping inside her and saw the frothy mixture of their cum as he did.

That did me in then. I looked at Carrie and tried to say I was cumming, but could only say.”Shitttttttttttttttttttttt” as I started to shoot streams of cum in her.

“Fuck Fuck Fuck Fuckkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkeerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr” she yelled out as she came too, then collapsed onto my chest. After some heavy breathing by all of us, the girls rolled off of us. Carrie was surprised when I went between her legs and licked her pussy, staying away from her clit.

“MMMMMMMM. Love a man that cleans up after himself.” Vicky giggled and said, “Yeah. He does that damn near every time.” Rich was just laying there. So I turned my attention to Vicky then. Her eyes got big and asked “Really?” “Fuck Yeah” I responded. When I was done after a minute or so, I went up and kissed Vicky, sharing their cum with her.

Then I sat up and was catching my breath. Rich then moved off the bed and said, “anyone want something to drink, or are we done here?”

Vicky and I looked at each other and she said, “God I hope we are not done yet. This is fun and I am still super horny.” I laughed and said, I’ll take anything cold you have, non alcoholic though.”

He laughed and said, “Pepsi or Coke?” “Either will do” Carrie said she would share mine. He got off the bed and Vicky said she would go help him. That left me and Carrie alone, which I was quite comfortable with. Any guy would. She is very attractive and fun and could fuck like no tomorrow.

She grabbed 2 cigs and lit them. I glanced at the clock and saw it was already 12:30. I was amazed that we have been playing since just after 11pm.

“So?” she asked, “Is this what you thought it would be, but most importantly, are you enjoying it?”

“Honestly. At first I wasn’t too sure how it would go and I was afraid that one of us would get some jealousy going, but I can tell, neither of us feel like that. I was so turned on watching you 2 together, then even more when they started playing. Then there is you. All I can say is wow. You are an amazing lover.”

She chuckled and said, “Good. We were hoping you would feel that way and I know we are glad we decided against you guys coming earlier. This makes it so much more intimate for all of us. Plus, this way, you guys could go bareback with us, otherwise you’d be using a condom, which I hate.”

I asked, “How come you guys didn’t have fun with your guest before?” She laughed and said, “We just felt it would be better to save it for you guys. I don’t know about you, but I surely want to fuck you again and again. Plus, we have been with those people many a time and it is so nice to find new friends to explore with.”

Then she got a serious look on her face. “What did you think of the coke? We usually don’t so that much, but thought it may relax you, but also it really heightens the sexual experience.”

My turn to chuckle, “Well. I never did it before, but it makes you feel so good and it felt like you and I could fuck all night. I’m still hard. I know that shit is expensive, so I wish you’d let me help pay for it. But all in all, I wouldn’t mind doing it on occasion, just like I hope we can party with you 2 again.”

“Oh do you now. So you like eating my little pussy and then filling it with your big cock? Good. Because I want to party again after tonight and to be honest here, you are a very selfless lover and I can tell your partners needs come before yours. Some of those guys we play with, only think of themselves. But you are more like Rich, a very giving lover and I hope the best for you and Vicky. You do know she is head over heels for you?”

“Yeah I can tell, and so am I for her, but it may take awhile for us to reach the love and respect you and Rich have for each other.”

“Just treat her good Tim, and all will work out. I like you a great deal and hope we all form a strong bond between us. I do know I want you again and very soon. In fact where the fuck are those two anyways. Glad we’re not dying of thirst.”

Carrie got off the bed and said she’d be right back. About 2 minutes later, she came back with a glass of coke and the mirror, with a line on it. She set them both down on the nightstand and crawled back on the bed.

“They might be a while. Rich and Vicky are fucking like crazy on the couch. I hope that doesn’t bother you.”

“Actually. No. Maybe it is good she has some alone time with him. She wasn’t sure how she would react to seeing me fuck. I know for me, it turned me on watching her.”

“Good. I like a little alone time with my partner, as does Rich, so if you are good with it, then let’s do our lines, then get into some hot fucking, cuz mamma here needs some hard cock right about now. Hope my potty mouth doesn’t bother you.”

“God no. I love talking like that during sex.” She then took the straw and the mirror and I did a line. We each took a big gulp of the pop, which she then set down on the nightstand.

As she put the mirror back we could hear Vicky downstairs, “Oh Fuck Yeeeeessssssssss Fuck me Hard.”

I asked, “I take it they already did a line?” and chuckled. “Uh Huh” she answered, then lay on the bed and spread her legs. “Now Come fill mamma up with that big cock of yours and fuck me hard too. I mean it Tim. Fuck me really hard. I love it that way.”

I got between her legs and rubbed the head of my dick against her pussy lips, which were still really wet, then slipped it in. “Uhhhhhgggggggg. Yeah Baby, Fuck Mamma”

We started fucking like crazy. She was talking so dirty too, and I was saying it back to hear as well. “God your cock is so nice in me. I could fuck you the rest of the night.” I had her legs up on my shoulders for a while, pile driving her. She came like that, but told me to keep going.

We then switched positions that I was behind her, laying on our sides, driving it in. I was surprised by my stamina, not only not cumming, but just in general. We frantically kissed when we fucked like that.her tongue was deep in my mouth and felt like she was touching my tonsils.

“Fuck me doggie Tim. Pound me hard, I need to cum again and I want your cum too”

She was on he knees now and her ass way up in the air, and her shoulders and head in a pillow. We could still hear those two downstairs going at it. I wished she was up here so I could watch, but oh well. I had this sex goddess in front of me to take care of.

We fucked for almost ten minutes when I heard her say she was getting close. I was too and I licked my thumb and inserted in her ass, and started fucking her ass too as I pounded her pussy.

“That’s it Baby. Fill both my holes you motherfucker. Fuckkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk”

Carrie started cumming again, and this time, her whole body was shaking. I then unloaded inside her, holding on tight as I shot rope after rope of creamy cum deep inside her womb. Then we both collapsed onto the bed.

We were both panting heavy, like we ran a marathon. I got back up to my knees and looked down at her. Her hair was flayed over the pillow, her legs spread apart and I could see my cum oozing out of her. I leaned down and started licking it, which got her to moan again.

She turned over and asked me to quit because her pussy was sensitive right now. But she wanted me on top of her. So I laid between her legs and joined her for a passionate kiss. She is an excellent kisser and could make any man feel like he was on top of the world.

“God Tim. You are great. You really know how to make me cum, and cum hard.” I smiled ather and said, “I think it takes 2 to pull this off.You are so amazing.” As we kissed more, my cock, which was only slightly going soft, was at the entrance to her sex. She wiggled a little and back inside it went.

“Mmmmmmmmmmmm. That’s better. My pussy likes your cock there. To be really honest and you can’t say a word to anyone. But you have the perfect size for me. I can’t do doggie with Rich. He is too long and it hurts to do that and I so love doggie, as you could tell.” as she giggled then.

As we fucked slow, and her arms around my neck, and her hands caressing my shoulders, she said, “Look. Rich and I do play alone too and I’d love a one on one session with you at times. I don’t know what your true relationship is with Vicky, but what she said was you guys date but are most sex buddy’s too. If that’s the case, then maybe we could hook up one day for some fun.”

“Wouldn’t that bother Rich?” “Oh heck no. He plays alone too. He’s been fucking Patty for months now. We even have her over for 3somes, then after we all play, I leave them be.”

“Well, I don’t know how Vick would feel about it. I know she loves and adores you, and I would never do anything to hurt that. But if she didn’t care, oh hell yeah. I got to admit, you are something else.”

“Something to look forward too then. Maybe you me and Rich could have our own 3some then. I have to tell you, when you started jacking him off, then sucking him, I got real turned on. I mean real turn on. Like now. Fuck me a little faster.”

Her legs were around my waist now, as we fucked a little faster. We quit talking and started kissing again. As we were getting into it again, the bed moved and we both looked over and saw our mates crawling back onto the bed.

“God, you 2 are a sexy sight to watch”, I heard Vicky say. I saw that Rich’s dick was pretty limp now, but Vicky was playing with it and they were kissing again. I pumped a little faster to help Carrie cum, which she did, but not with the intensity as we had before. I did not cum this time, as I rolled off of her and pulled her close to me.

We all then had a cig and just relaxed. “So Guys.” Carrie started, “Is this what you expected?”

“Yes. Very much so, and more.” said Vicky. I nodded along with Vicky’s statement. It was good. And no one was felt any jealousy or had drama.

“Good. Because we had fun with you two as well and I am glad we waited for you two tonight and not party with the others. I think I can speak for Rich and say we’d love to be with you two again, if you do too.”

I looked at Vicky and saw the big smile on her face, and I smiled too. “God yes. We’d love to do this again with you. But. I’ll be honest. I don’t know if I could handle the whole group scene. This was far more intimate and just felt natural. I can’t speak for Tim, but I love you both and would love experiencing this again with you guys.”

“I too, want to be with you guys as well. I can’t believe it’s already 2am. It seemed like we just got going.” We all laughed at that. “Well I hope you two sleep well tonight. I know I will. If you happen to wake before Rich or I, just turn on the coffee maker. I already had it filled and ready to go in the morning. Proper morning dress is, naked.” and she laughed.

We all got off the bed then and the girls hugged and kissed. Then I kissed Carrie good night, as Vicky did the same with Rich. Rich then surprised me and kissed me on the lips, quickly. “Hey bud, if you can suck my dick, you can handle a quick kiss.” The girls broke out laughing at that.

Vicky and I retreated to the bedroom we would share, after using the bathroom. Once in bed, I turned off the light. We had left the door open some. We were lying in bed and she came into my arms, and then kissed me softly, yet passionately.

Her head now was on my shoulder. Her one leg lay over my legs and her hand was stroking my cock gently. “Baby?” she asked, “Do you still like me as much as you did before?”

“Of course I do. I told you nothing would change between us. Why do you ask?”

“I was just wondering. I mean, I was alone with Rich for over an hour and not in the room with you.”

“Sweetie. Did you enjoy your time with him?” “Oh god Yes.” I kissed her forehead, “Then that’s all that matters.

“Do you want to know what we did?” “Only if you want to share”

“Well when we got in the kitchen, he set up 4 lines, and then told me to do one, and then he did. Then he showed me where the glasses were, while he got out the pop. I was facing the counter when he reached around me to grab a glass, and his cock was poking me in the ass.”

I was starting to get hard as she was talking. “Then he reached around me and started playing with my tits. So I turn around and started kissing him. He led me to the couch and we sat down and started getting into it then. I even asked him if Carrie would be cool with this and he said yes. They play alone at times.”

“Yeah. I know. Carrie told me that.” “Then we just started fucking. I lost count of how many times I came and we did about 5 different ways. The best was when he bent me over the arm of the couch and fucked me that way. It hurt at first, then it just went away and felt great. Guess I am not used to that length. I’m sure you heard us, just like we could hear you guys up here.”

“I have to admit though, when Carrie came down and saw us, I was so afraid she was going to yell, or something. But when she came over and kissed us both passionately, I knew she was cool with it.. That’s when I really started getting into it.”

I was stroking her back as she continued to talked. My cock was at full attention so I knew we’d be fucking soon. “Truthfully Hun, I was so turned on by listening to you 2 down there. I really was, just like I am now.”

She giggled, “I can feel that. We even snuck upstairs and watched you two for like 5 minutes, but you guys were so into each other and I got turned on again and led him back down. That’s when he bent me over the couch and fucked me hard. I’m not sore now, but I bet am I in the morning, or afternoon. Whenever we wake up.”

I took my other hand and put it under her chin and lifted it to meet my lips and we kissed. “She then softly spoke, “Make Love to me Honey, I need to reclaim my cock and know it belongs to me.”

I rolled on top of her and my cock found her wet slit and slowly slid inside.”Oh God Baby. It’s where it belongs. Promise me that if we do this again and anytime, we end the night like this. You have no idea how much you mean to me.”

For the next 20 or so minutes, we made slow, passionate love. Only a few times did our lips disconnect, and that was to softly moan out to each other. Towards the end, her legs wrapped around me and then came, and I came soon after.

I rolled off and she curled into my arms, and she drifted off to sleep. I lay there a few minutes just think about what happened. I knew she cared for me, but not enough for the love word. I think I love her, but I am not even sure, but, I was quite happy with her and this did open up new horizons for us.

I woke up with a start and for some reason, could feel eyes on me. I looked up at the doorway, and there was Carrie, leaning against the door jamb. She was smiling as she looked at me. I wasn’t covered by the sheet. Vicky stole that sometime in the night. My cock was hard, but I knew that was a piss hard. Carrie, mouth to me to come on.

I got out of bed and went and pee’d and Carried went downstairs to the kitchen. Luckily, I had placed my toothbrush and stuff in the bathroom. I had to brush my teeth. They felt like they were growing hair.

After a morning kiss from Carrie, we enjoyed coffee for the next 20 minutes or so and did nothing but talk. We were finding out things about each other, and our likes and dislikes in life, in general. Vicky was the next up and she was dying for some coffee. Carrie then cooked some french toast and bacon, which must have awoken Rich, because he made it down in time to eat.

We invited them out for the next Sunday to go boating, and they were super excited about that. Rich stated that he’d been water skiing before, but Carrie never has. So we solidified our plans for the following Sunday. Vicky and I then went and showered, dressed and then said our goodbye’s to them.

As we were standing in their foyer, Carrie gave Vicky a passionate kiss then said, “I really hope you two come back, so we can try this again. It was a great time for Rich and I, and you two fit in well with us.” Rich echoed what carrie had said then, and he embraced Vicky and they kissed for a long time too.

As they were kissing, Carrie came up to me and wrapped her arms around my neck and kissed me. When she broke the kiss, she whispered in my ear, “ Let’s make plans for a little one on one sometime soon.”

My mind went back to the night before and how wild she is in bed, but all I could do is nod to her. I did not want to jeopardize what Vicky and I had going right now. I did not want to actually cheat on her, even though we said in the beginning, we may date others. It just didn’t feel right, especially if sex was involved.

On the way home, Vicky said she had a big time headache and really wanted to just go and lay down for a few hours, but did not talk much after that. I was thinking, as we rode home, she might be having second thoughts about what we did last night. I Left her off at her place, then went down by the boat, but no one was there, so I headed home too, where I pretty much crashed the rest of the evening.

The rest of the week was pretty much back to normal. I stayed over at Vicky’s Tuesday and Thursday night, and she was very loving for some reason. She did finally speak about our time at Carrie’s on Tuesday. As we lay in bed, before we even started playing around she asked,

“Did you really enjoy what we did Saturday at Carrie’s?”

“Yes I did, and I hope you did too. It seemed at the time you did, but if you have second thoughts about it now, then we never have to do that again.”

“No No, I really did enjoy it. I was afraid you may not have liked Rich and I alone like that. I have to admit, I really like fucking him. He is just like you. Attentive and wants to make sure my pleasures come first.”

I chuckled a little and said, “From the sounds you were making, he was doing a good job. At first, I was a little apprehensive about being alone with Carrie, not knowing how you would feel about that. But after I heard you two enjoying yourself, I was cool with it and then when Carrie and I started getting into it, it was fun.”

“Good” she said, as she was stroking my hard cock. “I know we are boyfriend and girlfriend, but I also like us to be open with them. I really don’t want to be in that group setting. I’d prefer just us four, for now. Carrie really liked how you acted with her. Not demanding or anything, just rolled with it and had fun.”

I smiled and said, “Yeah, she was fun and made me feel like this was how it is supposed to be, when playing with another couple. I won’t lie to you. She wants to meet sometime for a one on one session, and also a 3way with her and Rich.”

Vicky laughed and said, “No way, a 3way? She said something to me about you and her hooking up and asked if I would be cool with it. I told her yeah, as long as Rich and I can too. Carrie laughed when I said that and told me of course you can.”

I looked at her and asked, “So you would be cool with that?” “Sure Baby, why not? It’s not like you and Carrie are going to run off and get married or anything. It’s just sex between friends.”

My mind thought for a bit, then came to the conclusion that Vicky wasn’t into me like I thought she was, and all I am is her dating partner and lover. I could live with that, because I really did not want to get tied down yet. After that, we did fuck for about an hour and I know she was turned on by just the thought of playing again with those two and possibly alone with Rich.

That Saturday night, we met up with Patty and Ashley at a bar that was near the salon, and hung out with them for a few hours. It was hard to believe that those two girls did not have steady boyfriends, because both of them are quite pretty. Patty I learned was 22 and Ashley was 20, but Ashley also had a fake ID, so she was getting served. One thing I did notice was that Ashley did hit on Vicky a couple of times, and even me once, but I blew it off, due to the fact she had a few drinks in her.

On the ride home, Vicky stated the Ashley wanted to come home with us and have a 3way. Now that would have been fun. Vicky told her no for tonight, maybe some other time. Vicky asked if I was ok with that. I told her she was the boss when it came to stuff like that. Vicky said, she would not have minded, but Patty was with her and Patty has a big mouth and tells everything.

We met up with Carrie and Rich the next morning, around 11am, and took them down to the boat. Carrie was super excited, as was Rich. We did bring food and drinks, which consisted of beer, wine coolers and some soda, since I do not drink and drive the boat.

We headed out into the lake and went about 4 miles out, where no one was around. Both girls wore one piece suits, since we were going to go tubing and skiing, so I suggested that they would be better off. We played around with the tubing and Rich tried skiing for a bit. He was pretty good at it. Carrie and Vicky both had a hard time, and decided tubing was more fun for them.

Where we were at, no a soul was near us, so after eating, the girls suggested losing our swimwear and we all got naked. Within ten minutes, we were all enjoying sex with each other. Vicky and Rich paired off, while Carrie and I fucked a few times. At one point, Vicky and Rich went below to fuck, leaving me and Carrie up topside alone.

She was sitting in my lap and asked, “How come you haven’t called me to set up a day for us to play?”

“I honestly thought you were kidding about that, and I did not want to piss either of them off by doing that.”

She giggled, as she wiggled her ass on me, as my cock was buried deep inside her. “I told you last week, Rich and I are cool with it, and, after talking with Vicky the other day, so is she.I only do this with someone I like and trust.”

“Ok then. Before you guys leave today, give me your phone number and I’ll call and set something up. Maybe you and I could go boating one day, just you and I, and do this most of the day.”

“Now that sounds like a plan to me. I really like it out here. And I like it even more with a nice hard cock in me too. Now let’s fuck”

The rest of the afternoon was a variation of us fucking. Vicky and I would fuck, then the girls would play, then it was me and Carrie again. We got back to the dock about 7pm that evening, with all of us pretty tired. After they left, Vicky and I showered but she asked if it was ok with me, if we didn’t spend the night together. I was cool with that because I had work early in the morning.

The following weekend was Labor day weekend and we spent the whole time together, but I could tell something just didn’t feel right. I asked a few time if anything was wrong, and she said not a thing. She did invite me to a party at Carrie’s that she throws every year for the Salon. It was a big BBQ and swimming, but no swinging at this thing. It was to be in two weeks, like an end of the summer bash.

The Thursday before the party, I came up and visited with Vicky at the Salon. It was something she liked me doing at times. This night I asked her if she wanted to try the Sauna out, and she said yes, but the way she said it, made me feel like she really wasn’t interested in it. When we were about to enter, Ashley saw us and asked if there was room for one more, but Vicky gave a terse no thanks.

I asked if there was something wrong, but she just begged off saying she had a slight headache. I asked why she gave Ashley such a terse reply and she told me that Ash has been wanting to get with her for the last couple of weeks and she keeps putting her off. We then pretty much stayed in there only 15 minutes and I suggested we head home.

We didn’t see each that Friday, but did talk on the phone for a bit that evening. I went hung out with Ron and Mitch that night. I did tell Vicky I’d pick her up at 6 for the party, which I did. She was all excited to go, but still not her usual self. It seemed like we were getting farther apart. I guess the newness wore off on this.

At the party we both mingled with people, but Vicky was drinking pretty heavy this evening, which was unusual for her. On three different occasions, I found her chatting away with John, who is Carrie’s cousin.

He is a nice looking guy, and the type that knows it too. 6’, 180 lbs, with long blond hair. I remember him from the last party that Carrie threw. He caused some drama by being with Patty most of the time, then hooking up with Ashley. From what I heard, Ashley just gave him a blow job. But, Patty did not like that and left. Bad thing was, that Patty brought Ashley to the party. So I guess john took Ashley home that night. When we got there, Vicky did point out John’s car. A ‘67 cherry red Mustang, which was in mint condition.

While Vicky was socializing with others and John, I would be talking with Carrie, or Rich most of the time. The last time I saw Vicky talking with John, she had her hand on his arm, and was caressing it, like she would when she was letting me know she wanted sex.

I was standing in the kitchen viewing Vicky and John, and Ash walked up to me. Ash was wearing a pair of tight jeans and a white halter top. Since she did not have a lot of boob to fill it out, she still looked pretty hot, and her ass is something to die for.

She patted my hand, which got my attention and said, “Doesn’t that bother you that those two are pretty cozy over there?”

I just shrugged my shoulders and told her, “Hey. Nothing I can do about it. If that’s who she wants to spend time with, then who am I to say anything. I don’t own her, or married to her, and she’s shit if I ever told her to knock it off.”

“Well that’s pretty lame of her to do, with you right here. And John, well he is just a user. He wants nothing more than a fuck, and then it is goodbye. No strings, just sex.” Ashley said.

Then she asked, “How come you never took me on the boat?” I looked at her and said, “I didn’t know you even knew I existed, let alone wanted to go out on it. Maybe we can in the next week or two, before I have to take it out for the season. I’ll see when Vicky can go too, and we’ll all go together.”

She just smiled and said, “Nah. that’s ok. Your girlfriend has changed of late and we don’t see eye to eye for some reason.”

I chuckled to myself, knowing she had hit on Vicky a couple of times, then told her to give me her number and I would call her and see if she was busy and her and I could just go. She did write her number down, but I had no intention of calling her. I was just trying to be nice. I had to admit though, she probably would be a firecracker in bed.

By 10pm, the party was winding down and Vicky was pretty shitfaced. She was sitting on the couch, sort of like staring off into space. I had helped Rich with a lot of the cleanup, but now thought I better get Vicky home. Just getting her in the car was a feat, in itself.

On the ride home, Vicky said, “I’m pretty fucked up tonight Babe. But I still want you to fuck me good.”

I wanted to asked, who would you be thinking about as we fucked, but thought better of it. By the time we got back to her place, she was passed out. It took me a good five minutes to get up and in the house. I got her to the bed and removed her pants and top, then laid her on the bed, close to the side and set a trash can next to the bed.

When I kissed her forehead, she grabbed my arm and said, “I don’t feel so good. Please don’t leave me tonight.” I told her I wouldn’t. I covered her and then turned off the light and I went to the couch and fell asleep.

I know around 2am she got up and was throwing up, then went back to bed. I got up around 8am and checked on her. I crawled in beside her and watched her sleep. I doze off, myself then, until 10, when she woke up.

“Did you sleep in here all night?” “No. I stayed out on the couch. I didn’t want to disturb you.”

“Thanks for staying. I remember at 2 or so, I had to puke and you weren’t in here. I’m sorry for getting so drunk. God I feel like shit.”

I asked if she wanted anything, but she said no, except for aspirin and water. I got that and told her to call me later when she got up, if she felt up to it. But, I never heard from her the rest of the day, nor on Monday or Tuesday. I didn’t call either, just giving her space. My thought was that she was embarrassed about the party.

On Wednesday, I went up to see her, just before the Salon was to close. I parked out back and saw her car, along with Ashley’s and the Mustang. I knew from carrie, that John was doing some remodeling for her in the shop. When I knocked on the back door, Ashley answered.

“Oh Hi Tim. Vicky didn’t say you were coming up.” I looked down at her and said, “I just wanted to surprise her is all. She’s been kind of distant from me at late.”

Ashley had a look like, oh what do I say now. “Tim. I’ll let her know you were here. She’s finishing up a customer right now.”

I just raised my eyebrow at her comment and she shut the door. I was kind of ticked off, but I am not one to make a scene, so I got back in my car and left. I went over to Ron’s and just chilled out there. Mitch was there too and I told them what happened. Mitch said, “Man, what a bitch.”

I had to work late the next night, but when I was at work, I was getting kind of pissed off. Mostly because Vicky had been avoiding me, and I didn’t understand why. When I left at 9, that night, I drove straight from work to Vicky’s, so we could hash this out.

When I came down her road, I was shocked when I saw John’s Mustang sitting out front of her place. I don’t know why I didn’t just keep on going, but I stopped a few houses down and walked back to her place. All her lights were off, except for her bedroom. As I walked up to the door, I could hear her yell out, “Fuck Me John, Fuck Me”

I was so tempted to bang on the door and have it out with her and ruin their time, but I just turned and drove off. I went down by the boat and sat there for a few hours, just thinking. It really hurt that she would do that to me. I’m usually not the jealous type, but I felt it that night. This whole time I thought she was really mature and had strong feelings for me, at least, that’s what she kept saying.

I went home then and just went to bed. I vowed I would not call her. If she wanted to talk, she needed to call me or come see me. That Friday evening, I took out the card Ashley gave me and I called her. I think I was doing it to spite Vicky. If she could fuck around, then I could too. I asked Ash if she was still interested in going on the boat, which she said yes too. It was towards the end of September, but still fairly nice out too. We made plans for Sunday, around noon. I had no intentions of having sex with her, just going out to get my mind off of Vicky.

Vicky finally called Saturday and asked if I was busy on Sunday. We needed to talk. I told her I was busy, but now would be good. She said she had plans with her sister. Of course I knew that had to be bullshit, but said, maybe we could Sunday evening, then ended the call.

That Sunday, I went to Ashley’s and picked her up. She lived about 5 miles away, in an apartment with her older sister, who was leaving that day with her boyfriend, for a vacation in the Cayman Islands.

One good thing, it was about 80 degrees out and Ash was dressed in a pair of cut-off jeans and a pink polo shirt, but I could tell she wasn’t wearing a bra. Her nipples were poking through the material. Ashley is of Oriental descent, and like I said earlier, is a pixie of a girl, at 5’, and maybe 100 lbs, but cute as hell.

We spent a good portion of the afternoon just riding around and talking. I made no pass at her, although she did like standing with me, holding my arm when we were riding along and would always grab tight when a wave hit.

We got back to her place and she asked if I wanted to order pizza for dinner. I said, sure to that. It was nice spending some time with her. As we ate, she finally asked what was up with Vicky and I.

“To tell you the truth, I have no idea. But I am pretty sure it is over between us.” She asked why is that. I told her about me stopping to see her Thursday night and John’s car was there.

“That fucking slime ball. He is so fucking arrogant and thinks he is god’s gift to us women.”

“Yeah. When I went to the door, I could hear them in the back and Vicky yelling out. Fuck Me”

“Awe Tim. I am so sorry. To be honest, I think they were hoping Wednesday that I would leave, but I was the lock up person that night. Vicky said she would do it. But I said no, it was my responsibility, and I did not want to get fired for something I didn’t so”

“Oh well. If that is what she wants, then so be it. Like I told you before. I don’t own her and she is a big girl and can make her own decisions.”

“I am sorry she is treating you this way. I’ve heard only really great things about you. I have to ask, and I hope you don’t get pissed.”

“You can ask anything you want to Ash. I’m not the type that hides things, unless asked too.”

“I knew you guys were coming to the party at Carrie’s, last month or so.” I nodded in response. “Did you guys hook up with them that night?”

I chuckled a little then responded, “To be honest, yeah we did. We had a great time too. Maybe that is why Vicky is acting like she is now, I really don’t know. I heard you were there too, but left after Patty’s little blow up.”

She looked down, like she was ashamed. “Yeah. She got all pissy because I gave John a blowjob. We were all feeling pretty good by then and everyone was having sex. Hell, John fucked two other women, but Patty was getting pissed because he hung with her most of the time and I know they fucked at least twice. I don’t know why she got like that. It’s what that party was all about.”

I looked at her and said, “Look. I am not judging and if someone goes to a party like that, then they should know people are going to have multiple partners. Kind of glad we did it the way we did for our first time.”

“You are so right. You know, I didn’t screw anyone that night. I was mostly playing with 2 other girls. I’m Bi, as you may have guessed.”

I laughed and said, “Yeah, I knew and I guess I am now too” Ashley smacked my arm and said, “No way. You and Rich? Cool. I like an open minded guy”

I laughed at that remark, then got back to her story, “ But I thought someone said you went home with John.”

“I did, but only because Patty took off and I rode there with her. He wanted to come in, but I said no thanks. He left in sort of a huff. Guess a blowjob wasn’t good enough for him”, then chuckled.

I looked at my watch and saw it was going on 7pm, and figured it was time to put this to rest one way or another. I told Ashley that I better get going and go see Vicky. I said I don’t think this is going to end well either.

Ashley grabbed my hand and told me, “Look, if you want to come back later and talk, I’ll be here. If you just want to come back, come on back. I really liked hanging with you today.”

“Maybe I will Ash. But I doubt that I will. I’ll probably just head home. You don’t need some debbie downer bringing you down. But, maybe later this week I could call you and see if we want to hang out again.”

She smiled and said sure, that would be great. She gave me a kiss on the cheek when I was leaving. I did look back at her and said to myself, “man, what a fool. Gorgeous little thing like that.”

On the short ride over to Vicky’s, my stomach was in a knot. I knew this was the end of it, and may be that was for the best. Could I see myself married to her in a few years, no. A few weeks ago, I probably would have said yes, but these last few weeks opened my eyes, and neither of us are ready for that step in life.

By the time I got to Vicky’s, I was nervous as hell. After knocking on the door, she opened it and let me in. She was wearing an Indians Jersey that I bought her at one of the games we went too. That’s all she had on and it looked really sexy on her. I didn’t mention a thing to her about it. She offered me a drink, which I declined, and then went and sat on her couch.

“So” I said. “What is going on. What have I done that you have totally shut me out of your life?”

“It’s not you Tim, It’s me, it really is. I got scared. We were going down a path I don’t want to at this time in my life. I have deep feelings for you, and all I ever wanted was a friend and a sex buddy. But I think if we keep going, it will lead to something else.”

I just looked at her. I have to admit, I too, had strong feelings for her. “Yeah, you are right. I did have strong feelings for you, but after this week, that was completely destroyed.”

“What do you mean, this week?” she asked.

“Come on Vicky, really?” she did not answer, but did have a tear in her eye. “Did Ashley tell you I stopped up Wednesday night, just before closing?”

“No she didn’t, why did you come up?”

“I was hoping we could talk after work. But she said you were busy with a customer. But I did notice John’s car there, so I bet he was the customer.”

“Yeah he was, so what? I trimmed his hair.”

“That’s cool. So I guess thursday night, you were trimming his hair too at your place.”

“I didn’t see him Thursday.”

I just laughed and said, “Oh Ok. So his car parked out in front of your place, was just a mirage. Just like when I got out and came to the door and heard you yell out, Fuck me John, Fuck me, was a mirage too.”

Tears were now running down your her face, and mine too. I was totally hurt.

“It’s not any of your business who I fuck or even see. I think you need to leave now, and never come back.”

“You’re right Vick. It isn’t my business now. I can’t believe I actually believed you that one night in bed, when you said you’d be so hurt, if I had sex with someone else and you did not know about it. That was a lot of bullshit. In fact, I was stupid for even coming here tonight. Did you fuck him last night too?”

“Asshole. No I didn’t. I told you I was with my sister.”

“Ok right. You know, I was with Ashley today. We went out on the boat. I should have just stayed over there with her. But no. I felt like I was cheating, even though not a damn thing went on.”

She had a pissed look on her face. “You were with that whore? I’m sure you two fucked all day then. I know her and I know she has wanted to fuck you for a time now.”

“Well, believe what you want, but I have no reason to lie. I didn’t even have to tell you, but I believe in full disclosure, unlike you.”

I got up then and looked at her. Her face was drenched with tears. I started for the door, and she ran up and grabbed me.

“I’m so sorry. I didn’t mean for that to happen between John and I. I got high with him and one thing led to another.”

“I don’t really care Vicky. I really thought we had a good thing going between us. But hey, I’m sure you will get over me pretty quick, and now you got the ultimate fuck buddy. From what I hear, he’ll drop you in no time and move on to someone else.”

“Fuck You. Get out now.”

So I left. I went home and just crashed in my bed. The next day my mo asked what was wrong and I told her that Vicky and I broke up. She said it was probably for the best. I was too young to be tied down, and I had to agree with that.

Later that week, I did stop at Mitch’s and he said he heard all about it. I said, yeah, too bad. Then I told him my side. His eyes got wide and said, what lying bitch she is. She said you were fucking around on her. I asked him if he truly believed that and he said no. It did not sound like me. He knew I was really into her.

Ron and Mitch were good friends to me. They made sure I didn’t sit around and mope about it. After a good month, I was pretty much back to my normal self.

One night, I was over at Mitch’s and Tacy showed up. She said she was sorry for what Vicky did to me. Then let me know that John dropped her after two weeks and was going out with some broad Patty. I had to chuckle at that.

I did talk with Ashley a couple of time, and we even went out twice. The second time, we came back to her place and she wanted to have sex, but I declined saying I didn’t feel it was right, since she worked with Vicky. I really didn’t want her going in and saying, “Oh yeah Vick, Tim and I fucked this weekend.” I may have been mad, but I am not out for revenge.

Over Christmas time, I was over at Mitch’s and Vicky showed up. I was surprised, because my car was there, in the driveway, so she knew I was there. I was civil towards her, but carried no conversation. Thankfully, she did not stay long. That was the last time we ran into each other like that.

Tracy had tried to persuade me to coming over a few times for some fun time, but I declined. It wasn’t her fault that her sister couldn’t keep her legs shut, but, I also did not want any drama from that family.

It was for the best, for the very next year, I met my future wife and lived a very nice life. To some, it probably was not the lifestyle that they would live, but we loved each other and trusted each other. Carol was my life. We had many an adventure too, which I will always treasure. It still hurts that God took her from me so soon.

About 10 years ago, Carol and I were at the mall shopping and I ran into Vicky. We chatted for a few minutes and I did introduce her to Carol. She said she was divorced, her second, and had 2 kids, which were grown and living out of state. I told her I Carol and I have been together since ‘78. I have to say that Vicky really looked haggard and gained a good 20 pounds.

As we walked away, it reminded me of a song by Garth Brooks, Unanswered Prayers. “Some of God’s greatest gifts, are unanswered prayers.”

That was also the first time that I had really mentioned Vicky to Carol and all that had transpired. She laughed and said she should go back and thank her, because if she hadn’t done what she did, who knows, we may never have gotten together.

*************

Just an update. This past Thanksgiving I spent an enjoyable time with Kim and her kids and grandkids. As the day wore on, her daughter Karen, said how come you two don’t live together and quit this coming over. You both are good for one another and we all know you have sex. So just start living again. Aunt Carol would be very happy if you two were a couple now.

So we did move in the very next week. She is going to sell her place. As I have been writing this story, she has been reading it. She had no idea I went through this. She is a great woman though and we do love one another, and, I have to admit, it feels really good to wake up daily with her.

We are going to be taking a cruise later this year with Karen and Pete, and also Ann and Sam, so that should be fun, and if anything happens, we’ll write about it.

And to the anonymous folks that leave messages. Most of you are very supportive and I am grateful. But the one’s that just find something wrong in what I wrote, I am sure you have never written a story in your life, but have this need to put others down that truly enjoy doing this. One guy bitched because I said in the first part, my 8”inch cock, then in the next 7 ½”. Only reason that happened is because Kim measured it one night, and it stuck in my head. I was flabbergasted that I actually lost almost a ½ inch. Guess everything shrinks with age.

And one other thing too. I used real names this time for my friends. In the past, I did not. But I figured I hadn’t seen them in years, and they would never know who it was writing this. I doubt they even read stuff like this.

Boating Fun 2 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

After weeks of not asking Vicky out, I finally asked

Best you read Part 1

The next day, after Vicky and I spent an enjoyable evening together, I was going to take her out for that promised boat ride. I doubt it will be like the one I had taken her sister on.

I had already been to the boat and got it ready, when I arrived at Vicky’s at 10am. She came out wearing tan shorts, that came mid thigh, and a paisley print halter top, that really accented her breasts. Her top was a mid-drift and showed off her tan belly. In other words, she looked nice, yet pretty hot. Her shoulder length blond hair was tied into a ponytail.

It was already climbing in temp. The day was going to be in the mid 90’s, so it had to be in the upper 80’s already. I commented how great she looked when she got into my car. She leaned over and gave me a quick kiss and said thanks.

I told her that I had the boat ready to go, and loaded with soda and snacks, and that the lake was like glass. What I didn’t tell her, that is on days like this, there is always the chance for a storm to brew. But I would play it safe and stay close to shore, just in case something did kick up.

After getting out of the cove and into the river, she was in awe of the other boats, especially the big one’s, in the yacht clubs. I told her that those boats don’t leave their berths to many times during the season. It cost too much in gas, to just take it out, like I can with this thing.

We headed down, once in the lake, to the state park beach. The whole time, she stood next to me, as I drove. Then I let her drive it for a bit. She was like a kid in a toy store as she drove.

Once we made it to the beach area, I shut us down and let the boat drift. I turned on the radio, for some tunes, popped open the cooler and got her and I a drink. We both lit up a cigarette and sat back and just took in the day.

“This is so cool out here. I love this” She leaned over and kissed me on the lips, which lingered for a second. I was wishing I had taken her out far enough from prying eye’s then get us naked. But, why push it. With her sister, she definitely let me know what to expect that day.

We sat and talked about different things and what we wanted in life. She has hopes of meeting the “right” guy and raise a family, as I said I wanted the “right” girl for that. But she said she just wanted a friend right now, who she could go out with, have fun with, and if it felt right, have sex with too, without any of the love crap.

She said she had given her heart two other times and was deeply hurt by them both, so she has a hard time giving like that again. I, myself, have no expectations of falling in love right now. Like Vicky, a fri4end to hang with, that has some benefits on the side would be really nice.

“Think you can handle that type of relationship?” she asked. I looked at her and said, “Yeah. I could. I am not ready to be tied down to where I go to work, come home to a wife and kids, and do the daily routine, just yet. Someday though, I hope too.”

“You know, I could sit out here all day with you, like this. It is so peaceful, but fun too.”

“I’m glad you like it. I hope you’ll go again with me too.” She giggled and said, “Well that depends on if you will ask me again.”

I laughed and said, “I don’t think you’ll have any worries there. Stupid I’m not. I have this incredibly sexy lady on board, who I happen to like too.”

“Why thank you kind sir, but I am hardly sexy. If you haven’t noticed, I do have some chunky thighs and a big butt.”

“Well, to me, that makes you even sexier.”

We had been out on the water now for a few hours. I looked to the west and saw the sky getting dark. I suggested we start heading back towards the dock area. I told her to look to the west and see the dark sky, that means we may get some rain, and it takes almost 40 minutes of good weather to get back. Hell of a lot longer if the lake kicks up.

In that short of time, the lake did start getting rough, with 4 to 6 foot waves. We were a little past halfway there, when the sky opened up. When weather gets like this, you just go slow and ride it out. It took another 45 minutes to get back to the dock. We were both soaked to the skin, since I didn’t put the top up. I have to admit, she may have looked like a drowned rat, but her top just clung to her tits and nipples were definitely sticking out.

As I docked up, I asked if she would just put the cooler down in the sleeping compartment, and I would get it next time I was down. We then ran for the car, taking with us towels, to place on the seats. At her place, we made a mad dash to her door and got inside, laughing and giggling.

“I am sorry the weather ruined the day for us. I’ll try and pick a better day, next time.”

“Oh don’t worry about it. I had fun and the day isn’t over yet. Get out of those wet clothes and I’ll put them in the dryer.” I looked at her and said, “and what do I cover up with it?”

She went to her hall closet and pulled out a big towel and threw it at me, then giggled. “Sorry, I don’t think you’d look good in any of my clothes. Go in the bathroom and change and I’ll get mine off and throw them in the dryer too.”

I went into the bathroom, and undressed and used another towel to drive off with. Since my hair is short, it won’t take long to dry. I wrapped the towel around me and came out and asked where to put the clothes. She yelled from her bedroom to just leave them in the bathroom. Then I heard her hair dryer going.

About five minutes later, I heard the dryer quit, and figured she be back out in shorts and a top. Wrong. She stepped into the kitchen with this blue, silk robe on. It stopped about halfway down her thighs. Damn, she looked hot.

“Hey. want some pizza and beer from last night?” “Sure. That sounds real good about now.”

She got it out of her fridge and handed me the beers, while she got napkins and brought the pizza box to the living room. She turned on the TV, I think more for background noise than anything else. We started eating. We were both pretty hungry. I had plans to take her to the one restaurant that is on the river, that you can dock up too.

As we finished eating, she said, “Thank you for the great time today. I really loved that, out there on the water. Got a little hairy at the end, but you pulled us through without a care.”

“Yeah. Those storms suck, but I have been in worse.” And then explained how Ron, Mitch, myself and Don, another friend who owned a boat, went to Canada and came back in a major storm.

We finished up eating and she put away the box and came back and sat next to me on the couch, facing me, sitting indian style.

“Are you sure you had a good time today?” I asked. She laughed and said, “Yes silly. Even better now. I’m sitting with a half naked man who I am going kiss in a minute, and then who knows what happens after that”

“Well. I had a great time too, and even better, since I sitting with a gorgeous lady, who is two thirds dressed.” She giggled then took a hand and pulled on the shoulder of her robe, and let it slip down, revealing the top of her one breast. Then she did the same to the other side, but this time, exposing her breast to me. Her nipple was hard and pink, and her areola was was large and a darker pink.

“Better?” All I could do is smile at her, then leaned in to kiss her, but she pushed me away, and lay back down. “Suck my toes again. You know, I came when you did that last night.”

“It would be my pleasure. And yes, I could tell that you did. You were quite sexy looking too, while cumming.”

She put her foot up to my mouth and I sensually kissed all over it, then started sucking her big toe. This got her to moan pretty loud. I took each toe into my mouth, all the while, watching her face. She would lick her lips as I sucked on each toe. Then I started licking up her foot, to her calf, then I figured no stopping now, and started licking up her thigh. When I was getting close to her inner thigh, near her pussy, she stopped me. “Let’s go into the bedroom”

I stood up and helped her up and pulled her into my arms and we kissed. Her robe came open and she pressed her tits into my chest and her mound rubbed against my aching cock. Her hand reached down and pulled the towel away, revealing my 7 ½ inch manhood to her.

“Oh my God Babe. Is that for me?” she asked. “All for you, if you want it.” Her hand snaked around my shaft and she gentle pumped it a few times and said, “Ohhhhhhhh yessssssssssss. I do want this.”

She grabbed my hand and pulled me along to her bedroom. Luckily, the air conditioning was better back here, and not as stuffy, as the living room was. She got up on her bed, lay back, and spread her legs wide. I kneeled between them, looked down on her and said, “My God, you are beautiful. Now where did I leave off.” She laughed and said, “I’m sure it will come back to you.”

I lay down, with my head between her legs and started licking her inner thighs. Then started eating her pussy. Her mound was covered lightly with her golden hair. It made it look like she was shaved. But back then, girls weren’t shaving like they do now.

When my tongue made contact with her pussy lips, her legs shot up and she let out a loud squeal. As I ate her, she kept moaning and saying “yes” over and over again.When I insert a finger in her, she really started thrashing about.

I have eaten a few girls in my days, but none got into it like Vicky was. When I put my tongue on her clit, and stuck another finger in her, she let out a “Fuckkkkkkk” andpulled my head in harder to her pussy.

Her legs were now spread almost perpendicular to her body, so I took the chance and licked her asshole. “Oh Fuckkkkkkkkk. God, God, God” she yelled out. Then I came back to her clit and sucked in my mouth. That did now. Her body was thrashing around and her ass lifted off the bed and she came, and came hard.

She held my head tight against her pussy, and a stream of clear liquid came out. My face was covered in it and it tasted great. Now I have seen squirters in porn flicks, but never in person. I just kept licking it up as it leaked out of her.

“Oh Shit. Did I pee on you?” “No Sweetie, you didn’t. I think you squirted cum out of you. Hat was awesome.”

“I’ve never done that before. I have heard about it, but no one has ever made me do that before. Holy shit”

“Even if you did pee on me, who cares. That was an awesome orgasm you had. I hope I can give you more of them.”

I started eating her again, even though she asked me to stop. I didn’t listen and in 5 minutes, she came again. The whole time she did nothing but moan and kept driving my head into her pussy.

As she calmed down, I kneeled between her legs and look upon her. Why in God’s name, that asshole would say she is fat, is beyond me. To me, she is gorgeous and perfect.

She finally spoke after a couple of minutes of down time. “My god, where did you learn that. Now roll over on your back and let me take care of you.” “Oh, and sorry for getting carried away and swearing like that”

“Vick, it was Ok. I like when you do that. Tells me you really like what I am doing and love the sex.”

She kneeled next to me and kissed me passionately. She even licked around my face, tasting her juices. Then she slowly kissed down my body and finally took my cock into her hungry mouth.

She was definitely a pro at sucking cock. She licked it, then my balls and then suck it in. She would sense when I was getting close and quit and rub my balls and pull on them some. Good thing I jacked off this morning. I should be good at lasting longer the first time with her.

She kept sucking and licking me for another 5 minutes, then quit, put a leg over my waist and slowly slid down my pole. “Oh God Yes” she moaned out. Then she sat there, her hands on my chest and just stayed still.

“Does it hurt Vick?” She giggled, then said, “Oh No. Just getting used to it. It’s been over 6 months for me to have one in me. Do you ever masturbate?” I chuckled at that question, not knowing how to answer it.

“Yeah I do. Do you?” She grinned and said, “Oh hell yeah. All the time. But my toy isn’t as big as you. Bill, the loser I dated before, was small too, on 5 inches and not all that fat. But yeah, I do masturbate. Quite a bit actually.”

“I do too. Got to relieve that pressure somehow. I did last night, and then again this morning.”

Vicky laughed and told me, “Oh why was that? Did someone have blue balls last night?” then giggled some more.

I looked up at her and smiled, then gave her a light spank to her ass. “Hey. What was that for?”

“For sending me home with blue balls, then laughing about it.” She gave me a pouty face then and said, “Well, if you had noticed a hell of a lot sooner to me wanting to go out with you, we could have been doing this for months now. To be honest, we almost did it last night. I was going to wave my no sex on first date because you had me so horny. But, I too, came twice last night after you left, and then again this morning.”

She then started rocking back and forth on my cock, which was buried deeply inside her. Every time she would move forward, she would let out a “Aw” sound. Then it hit me. I was going bareback in her, which could be a problem.

“Shit Vick, I forgot to put on a rubber.” She leaned down and lightly kissed me, then said, “No worries Hun. I am on the pill, trust me, last thing I want is a kid.”

We started kissing now as she rode me. My hands gently squeezed her ass, which I found perfect for holding. It was a good thing I did jack off earlier, because I knew I would last longer. God her pussy was so wet, hot, and tight.

She sat back up and I sat up with her and took a nipple into my mouth, as my hands still had hold of her ass. As I sucked, she would let out little gasps, and started bouncing harder, up and down on my shaft.

When I switched to the other nipple, her body got stiff, then spasmed and she started to cum. “Oh God, Oh God. Oh God.” is all she said. I pulled her back down, when I lay back and started to kiss her again.

Now I needed to release my load in her and started to match her rhythm, meeting her downward thrust, with my own upward thrust. I even lifted my ass off the bed, making my cock go in deeper, which got a loud moan from her. Damn, I wish she would talk dirty about now. It really does turn me on.

Now I started jack hammering her pussy, which got a “Oh Fuckkkkkkkkk” responce form her. Not a minute went by until she she sat back up and pressed hard on my chest and yelled out “Oh Fuck, Fuck Fuck Fuck,” and was cumming again.

She leaned back down and put her arms around my neck and mine around her and continued to assault her sex, until I unloaded inside her, about 30 seconds later/ All I did was grunt and then say, “Oh Fuckkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk”

We were both panting away and we both had a sheen of sweat on us. Her face was buried into my shoulder as we came down from orgasmic bliss. She continued to lay on me for a good 5 minutes, although she did try to roll off, but I held her firm right there.

I was still inside her when she finally picked her head up and kissed me. Then she bolted up and off of me. I asked what was wrong and she said, “Shit, I forgot to turn the dryer on.”, then laughed and jumped out of bed. A minute later she back and flopped onto the bed, laying next to me. As she came back in, her hand was between her legs.

“My God Tim, did you shoot a gallon of cum in me? It was running down my leg by the dryer. I guess I should have finished off that blow job before.” then she giggled again. “So you know for future times we are together, I do love oral. Giving and receiving, and I do swallow.”

Leaned over and kissed her, then moved down and got between her legs and stuck my tongue in her dripping pussy.. “Oh shit, what are you doing Babe?” she asked.

“Cleaning up my mess, my Dear.” I went back to sucking our cum from her, and she kept moaning away the whole time. After a few minutes, I slip back up her body, opened my mouth to show her the cum, and then kissed her. Her tongue shot into my mouth and started sucking the cum from it.

As we kissed, my cock , which was now hard again from eating her, slipped back inside her. She broke our kiss and said, “Oh yeah, this feels so good. If we were in love, I’d say make love to me, but for now, make lust to me.”

We made slow passionate lust to each other. Her hand were around my back, caressing it and my arms were around her for most of the time. About 10 minutes into it, she started having another orgasm. “Oh God, “Oh Goddddddddddddddd damnnnnnnnnnn”.

Her pussy was clamping down hard on my man meat, but I was no where close to cumming yet. As she came I kept up my slow pace, and she let out whimpers the whole time. Her legs, which were bent at the knee and trying to crush my torso, then relaxed as her orgasm waned.

“Oh God Baby, this feels so good. I could last all day like this with you.”

“You feel amazing Vick. You are a wonderful lover. Oh God. I’m gonna need to cum soon.”

Vicky wrapped her legs around my waist and said, “Cum Baby. Fuck me now and give me your cum. Fuck me harder.”

I started speeding up my pace now, and Vicky was meeting my every thrust. My balls were slapping against her ass and you hear the sloshing sound when two lovers are fucking hard and it is totally wet down there.

A few minutes later I announced, “Oh Vick. Vick, I am going to cum.”

“Oh Babe, pull out and feed me your cum.” Vicky then started cumming herself. Not as strong as her last one, but still, an orgasm.

I then couldn’t hold back anymore, when I heard her cumming. I tried to pull out, but started shooting as my cock left her pussy. So I shot 4 times on her belly and one that hit her pussy on the way out.

“Aweeeeeeeeee. I wanted that so badly. Maybe next time” she said.

I was on my knees, looking at her. The cum was all over her belly, so I leaned down and started licking it up. “Oh Wow. you are full of surprises.”

I then fed her a mouthful of cum, which she gladly took into her mouth. The kisses were hot and passionate. What was left, was rubbing into our skin as we kissed. We kept kissing and caressing each other, then my dick finally went soft and slipped from inside her.

“Aweeeeee. I liked that there.” I chuckled and said, “He’s got a mind of his own, but after some rest, I’m sure he can rise to the occasion.” Vicky laughed then and said, “Oh I think I know a way or 2 to make him rise.”

“Care for something to drink?” I nodded in agreement and she left the bedroom. I loved watching her ass swing as she sauntered out the door. She was back in a couple of minutes with glass of ice tea.

She smiled at me as she handed me the glass. “I thought we could share, since we already have shared other fluids.” then giggled.

We each then lit up a cigarette and sat up against the headboard and started talking. I looked over at the clock next to her bed and was surprised to see it was after 4pm.

“Ok. I gotta ask, how many women have you been with. You seem like such an experienced lover, and my god, you put my needs first, or is this just a one time deal?”

“You really want to know?” She nodded yes. “5, I think One in high school. A couple in college, and then the one I was dating for a bit from work, last year. But the one who taught me the most, I really hate saying this, is a married woman. No way was I telling her about Tracy and me”

“Oh really? Go on” I now kind of chuckled, figuring this would be my last with Vicky. “ Yeah. The summer before I went to college. I was involved with her babysitter. We dated in our senior year. Well they are swingers, and Debbie and I hooked up with them one evening, after smoking a few bowls. They were like 30 and Deb and I are 18. You sure you want to hear this?”

“Yeah I do. Because if she is the one who taught you how to put a woman first, especially orally, I need to thank her big time. But go on”

“Well Deb had already warned me of their lifestyle, and I do believe that is where Deb got her start at being Bi. But that night, we were all swimming in their pool, naked and Rhonda corned me in the pool and I looked over and saw Deb and Bill making out. I was a bit uneasy, but being stoned I said what the hell, and started kissing Rhonda.”

“Then Rhonda suggested we go inside to their family room. Once there both girls gave us blow jobs. I have to admit, Rhonda was a bit more polished at it than Deb was. The Rhonda said I needed to return the favor. I did not do that much with Deb, so I was inexperienced at it.”

“At first, I wasn’t totally sure of what I was doing, but Rhonda guided me and told me what to do and when to do it, to bring maximum pleasure to my partner. Bill knew what he was doing because he had Deb cumming a couple of times that night, by eating her. She also told me that if you ever find that lady who will allow you to cum in her, then the only right thing to do is lick your cum from her, when you are finished each time. If we girls can suck your cum, then you boys should be able to handle it too, she said.”

Vicky just lay on her side, listening the whole time. I think it was turning her on too, because her hand would occasionally rub her clit, as I talked. Just then the buzzer went off for the clothes.

“So, did you 4 hook up anymore?” Damn, this girl is nosey. “Yeah. 3 more time during the summer. Then I went to Columbus and Deb went to North Carolina. She stayed down there and is graduating this year, and I hear she is engaged.”

“Well, I need to meet this woman, so I can thank her for teaching you. You are amazing. No man has ever gotten me off like that. I think I am still cumming from it.”

I asked her then, “How many for you?” She just chuckled and said, “A lady never tells. But seeing we are being open and honest, 4 guys. 2 from high school. Those were more experimental. Wham Bam thank you Maam. But I didn’t really know any better. Then 2 years ago, after high school. A guy who works with my one friend asked me out and we stayed together 8 months, before I found out he was cheating on me. Then there is Keith, who I think you met.”

“Yeah, I remember him. We all thought he was a real shitbird. What the hell did you see in him?”

“Christ, I wish I knew. Partly because no one was asking me out, but he did, after some party I went too. At first, he was ok, but the crowd he hung around with, I really didn’t care for. The sex. The sex sucked with him. I never came once with him, not once. If he licked me down there, it was maybe for a minute and he always expected a blow job. Then he would climb on top, fuck me, cum, and he was done.”

“What an asshole. Hope his dick falls off one day.” I said. Vicky chuckled and agreed with me. Then continued on, “The breaking point came last January. We went to some stupid party and this one friend of his was talking to me. Keith gets real jealous. He came over and grabbed my arm hard and pulled me away. He looked at the guy and said, back off man, she’s my cunt.”

“I was livid then, and asked to be taken home. As I got out of his car I told him don’t ever call me, or come over here again. You will never see this cunt again asshole. Of course he tried calling me, but I would never talk to him. MItch saw him in the spring and warned him to never talk to me again.”

I leaned over and kissed her lips lightly. “Well, I won’t ever call you that, nor use the word, and your needs will always outweigh mine.”

“You are so sweet Tim. You already proved that my needs come before yours. And, to answer the million dollar question. Yes, I do want to go out again, and hopefully many more times. Oh, and that C word, we can use during sex. I like talking dirty at times, unless it is a romantic time, like we just did”

“Good. I was going to ask too. But for now, are you hungry? I seem to have worked up a big appetite, not only for you, but food as well.”

“I am famished. Let me get you your clothes from the dryer.” “Ok. How about that restaurant I was going to take you too, on the river, before our little monsoon hit?” “Sounds great to me.”

Vicky then put on a black lacy bra and black lacy bikini panties. Then a tan top and a jeans mini skirt. I was getting hard again just watching her. I had to go with what I had.

Dinner was great. I had a beer and she had two Mai Tai’s. Our conversation went so smoothly, like we had been friends our whole life. At one point, she took her foot and put it in my crotch and rubbed my dick, then giggled. I was looking to make sure no one saw that.

We were asked if we wanted dessert, but we both declined. If anything, I’d rather eat her for dessert.She told the waitress that she already had something yummy to eat when we got back home. After we left, we walked hand in hand to the car.

“Where too, me lady?” “Hmmm. I don’t care. I’m hoping you don’t want the day to end.” I smiled over at her and said, “Not a chance. I really like being with you. Not just sexually either. I really like you.”

“I really like you too, Tim. I have for a long time. So let’s not let the evening get away from us.”

We drove down to a park I know, which ends right at the lake’s shoreline. We walked hand in hand and sat down on the one of the covered swings they have set up there. Of course it was still hot out and now the lake was calm. I was thinking of taking the boat back out, but decided against that for the day.

We lasted almost an hour, just watching the boats go by and the serenity of the place take hold of us. Vicky said she was getting a bit hot and suggested we go back to her place and watch a movie, or something. We were back at her place in 10 minutes.

Once inside, she went and grabbed some more ice tea. This time 2 glasses. I was heading to the living room, but she said, No. Let’s watch from my bedroom. Who was I to argue.

Once back there, I turned her towards me and kissed her. As we kissed, she pulled my shirt up, broke the kiss and took it off of me. I pulled hers off then, and also unfastened her bra, which she let slip to the floor. Then she undid my shorts and slip them off of me, then my boxers. I undid her button for her skirt and watched it hit the floor, and then slowly removed her panties. We just hugged our naked bodies together.

“I think TV will be much more enjoyable naked, don’t you?” “Sweetie, I think I want to be naked with you anytime, any day.”, I said.

She turned on the TV and then we crawled in bed. She also had cable back here for this unit too and put it on HBO again. We really didn’t care what was playing because we were to wrapped up in each others arms kissing, until her hand went for my rigid cock.

“My God Babe. I can’t believe you are this hard again.” “Must have to do with the person I am with. You are one sexy woman, I hope you know.

She pushed me down and started sucking me again. She licked and sucked me, taking most of it in her mouth. I joked that this must be her dessert she spoke of before. Vicky just nodded her head and moaned. I asked where my dessert was, and she took the hint and straddled my face and slowly brought her pussy to my waiting tongue.

As I ate, she sucked. I fingered her pussy and as I did, I thought I would try out her ass again. When my tongue made contact, she let out a loud yelp sound. I kept on eating her ass, and fingering her pussy. The vibrations from her moaning, on my cock, was awesome. At the rate we were going, we both would come soon.

My tongue went back to her pussy and I heard her say, “Oh Fuck Yesssssssssssssss. Eat me Babe.” So I did just that. My tongue snaked in and out of her, then up to her puckered hole, then back down. My finger was working inside her too, rubbing against her g-spot. She was grinding her pussy into my face now, so I took my other hand and licked a finger and slowly put it in her ass.

“Oh My Fucking Goddddddddddddddd”. She was pumping my cock faster now, with her hand and her mouth over the head. I told her I was going to cum. “Cum in my mouth. Fuckkkkkkkkkk, I’m cumming”

She let loose a big orgasm. It was like a mini squirt, but not like earlier. I then lifted my ass up and started shooting into her mouth. Her lips clamped around my shaft as she took in a few streams of cum.

Her body was still convulsing when I asked her to come up by me and kiss me. She complied and got on top of me and kissed me, pushing some of my cum into my mouth. Then she started licking my face, tasting her owns juices now.

I reached down, in between our bodies, and guided my cock to her pussy. Once in, she gasped, then pushed back, to seat in firmly in her drenched pussy. She gasped, them moaned real loud into my mouth.

She pushed up for a little bit and slammed her ass down on me. “God. Damnnnnnnnn. Give me this Honey……. Fuck Me.”

I wrapped my arms around her tightly, and then rolled us, so I would be on top. I placed an arm behind each of her leg’s, pushed them up, so her knees were near her tits, and sunk my cock in as deep as possible.

“Yesssssssssssssssssss. That’s it. Fuck Me Baby, just like this”

We pounded hard this time. It was pure animal lust now, almost like her sister did with me. The headboard of the bed was banging against the wall, with each downward thrust inside that heavenly pussy of her. With each thrust, she was loudly making an Awe sound. She didn’t care who knew she was fucking right now, and neither did I.

We didn’t last too long this time. It may have lasted 8 or 9 minutes, but she started cumming again. “Fuck Me Tim. keep Fucking me, I am cumming”

Once she was done, I just groaned out and let loose my last load of cum inside her. Then collapsed on top of her, both of us panting hard.

“Oh my God Tim. That was amazing. Now I know what throughly fucked means. Christ. My body can’t even move. Godddddddddddddd. I love it”

I rolled off of her and we both lay panting, like we ran a marathon or something. We both scooted up and leaned against the headboard. I grabbed our cigs and ice tea, which was now getting kind of warm, but we didn’t care.

It was just now 8pm, and some movie we never heard of came on the TV. After we both visited the bathroom, we had another cig, then she put a bunch of pillows down so we could lay and watch TV. We spooned, with my cock resting between her ass cheeks.

Holding my hand to her breast, she said, “Thank you. This was the best second and third date I ever had. Please tell me this is not a one time deal.”

“I have no plans on making it a one time deal. But, I will respect your decision if you think you don’t want to see each other again. In fact, I want to go out with you next saturday night. Dinner, movie, or just hang out”

“I like that. So yes. But you can also come over during the week too. Monday, Wednesday and Friday though, I work until 9, so those nights are shot, but the other one’s, I’m all yours.In more ways then one, “ Then giggled.

It wasn’t too long after this, she fell asleep and shortly after I did too. The phone started ringing a little after 10pm, which awoke us. Vicky answered it. It was pretty one sided, but by how to convo was going, it was her sister. I knew for sure when Vicky said, Oh yeah, and then yeah, he is still here, laying next to me watching TV. Then she said. Oh my god did we. Then she hung up shortly after that.

“Nosey sister wanted to know how our date went. Of course once I said you were laying next to me, she asked if we fucked. I would have probably gone into detail, if you weren’t still here.”, and then laughed.

We started kissing again, when I told her I better get my sorry ass home, to bed. “Damn. I wish you could spend the night. But I know we wouldn’t sleep all that much.”

I got dressed and she put on a robe and followed me to the door, where we stood and kissed for another 5 minutes. Finally she pushed me away and told me to go, or I would have to take her back to bed and do unspeakable things to her.

The next evening, I was over at Mitch’s and Tracy was there. We were in the kitchen with Mitch’s mom, when she asked what Vicky and I did yesterday. So I told her about the boating and how we had to cut it short because of the rain. Then we watched movies and went to dinner.

“Sure you did. I’m not stupid you know. You better not knock her up.” Mitch’s mom said, the laughed. I sure the hell was going to tell her I fucked her niece all afternoon and evening. I went outside for a smoke and Tracy followed.

“So… You made my little sister squirt huh? Fucked her 4 times too. Impressive.” I looked at Tracy and was at a loss for words.

“Damn.. isn’t anything sacred?” Tracy laughed and said, “Not between sisters silly.”

Then she got quiet for a bit, then spoke again, “You know, this means we are done, unless you two don’t date anymore. I’m gonna miss our fun, but if you and Vicky are dating, just be good to her. Most of the guys she has ever gone out with have been losers, so don’t turn out to be one of them. Oh yeah and, I am not telling her that you and I screwed around. That’s our secret.”

Tuesday evening I went over to Vicky’s around 8, giving her time to relax from her day. She had on a pair of running shorts, very loose in the legs and a t-shirt, no bra. She told me that her monthly friend showed up yesterday. Oh well, no sex this evening.

We just laid on the couch and watched TV, most of the time.We did kiss a lot and fondle each other. At one point, she suggested that we at least get naked to our underwear, saying she loved the feeling of our naked bodies touching together. So we did undress and spooned on the couch. It was hard not to play around, but we succeeded, though I did leave around 11 with a raging hard on. She kissed me at the door and said, “Take care of that when you get home and think of me.”

Thursday evening, I took her to dinner and we made plans for saturday night. Once again, we just cuddled on the couch, since her friend was still hanging on.She was pretty frustrated too, when I was leaving. “Damnit. I wish my period had not shown up. I am so horny right now.” I kissed her softly and said, “It’s Ok Vick. Just part of nature. I’m sure we’ll make up for lost time.”

Ron stopped over on Saturday afternoon, wondering if I was going to use the boat Sunday. I said no, because it was his week for it. He was just making sure, because he wa taking Jeanie out on it that day. My mom asked later, what my plans were for the evening. I told her going out to the boat and may spend the night on it. She floored me when she said, “Yeah sure. Just use common sense and don’t get her pregnant.” Can’t ever fool mom.

I picked up Vicky at 6:30 and we went to this nice restaurant that was over in the next city. I had on a nice pair of khaki shorts and a light blue button down shirt. She was wearing a green printed summer dress, that showed some good cleavage, and surprisingly, no bra. She did look great and I told her so. She said, “Thanks. I thought you may like to see the girls better without a bra.” then giggled.

Towards the end of dinner, she grabbed my hand and asked, “Would you mind if we blew off the movie tonight and just went back to my place?”

“Sweetie, we can do anything you want too. I’m up for anything. We can go another time.” Vicky just smiled then, and we left shortly afterwards.

We got back to her place and it a little past 8. She asked if I wanted a beer, which I gladly accepted.We were sitting ather kitchen table when she reached into her purse and pulled out a baggie. In it, was a few of joints.”Do you mind?” I smiled and told her, “Love too.” She smiled too and said, “Good. I’ve been wanting to get high with you all week.” We shared the first joint and by the end of it, we were both getting a good buzz going.

She went to her door and made sure it was locked, then grabbed my hand and pulled me down the hall, to her bedroom. Once in the bedroom, we set our beers down and then embraced and kissed. She moaned a few times kissing then said, “God I love how you kiss. You make me so fucking horny when you do.”

The blinds were closed, yet there was still plenty of light in the room, but she broke way, and lit a couple of candles.She walked back to me and hugged me again. “We need to talk Tim.” Uh Oh, I thought. Those famous words you here when something is going to go wrong with a woman.

“But first, remove my dress please.” I bent down slightly and found the hem of her dress and pulled it up slowly. I thought I better make this last, it will probably be the last time. Once I had it over her head, I noticed that she was completely naked under it. “Surprise Baby.”

She then undid my shorts and unbuttoned my shirt and threw it on the floor. She reached down and pushed my boxers down and I stepped out of them and was now naked, and my cock at full attention. She then told me to sit on the bed, and then she went a lit up another joint, and joined me on the bed.

We passed the smoke back and forth until it was gone, then she finally spoke. “I know what you are thinking. You think that I don’t want to do this anymore, but that is not it.” I just nodded and let her talk. Who knows now, where this is going.

“First off, you are great to me. You treat me like a lady and never pressure me into anything, especially sex. And the sex, Oh wow, it has been great, even when we just lie around and hold each other.”

“But I need to be straight with you. We are invited to a party in 3 weeks. Not the usual type. My friend from work, Carrie, she is divorced, 35, a tad wild and who I got the weed from, is throwing it. Well at these parties, there is usually 10 to 15 people there, mostly couples, but I have attended single, so there are singles there too, like her roommate, Rich. He works at the salon too. He says he is gay, but I know he and Carrie fuck, so I say he is Bi.”

“Anyways, The parties get kind of crazy at times, and people start making out and fucking too. I won’t lie, I haven’t been fucked there, but I did give Rich a blow job, and…” She quit talking for almost 30 seconds.

“And?” I said. “Well, Carrie and I have had sex together. We have on many occasions too.”

“Ok. so what?” She was looking down at the floor, then looked back up at me. She probably thought I would think she was some weirdo, or something.

“So.. You are ok with this? I mean, someone may hit on me, or even hit on you, or someone could watch us fuck.” She shook her head, and before I could even answer, she started talking again.

“Babe, I am in this experimental stage of my life, and I really want to experience everything I can before I settle down with someone, even if it turns out to be you. I am highly sexual but not a slut who will fuck just anyone. If you go, I promise you are the only guy that will fuck me.”

I put a finger to her lips, to stop her from talking. “Sweetie. I think we both are in the experimental stage of life. Look, I really like you, but I do not own you. You are free to see whoever you please, who am I to say anything about it. Even if we were quote “Boyfriend and Girlfriend” I would never stop you from doing something you like. If you do want to see another guy, then just be honest about it, and we can part as friends, and you can see how it is with him.”

I put my finger to her lips again. “Look, I’d like to view you as my girlfriend, I won’t lie about that. I think I am a pretty open minded guy too. Shit, I didn’t get jealous of Bill fucking Deb. In fact, I thought it was pretty hot to see. But, I have no plans on seeing anyone else, except you. And, I’ll experiment with anything you want too. I’d love to hear what your fantasies are, or things you want done sexually, or anything for that matter.”

Vicky then reached over and lit us both a cig. Then she said sit with your legs out and spread a little. Then she sat down so her legs were over mine, but her knees bent and our groins only inches away from each other. At this point, my cock was back to full staff.

Vicky leaned into me and kissed me softly on the lips, and as she did, her free hand took hold of my cock and held it gently. My one hand went up and caressed her one breast and stroked her nipple, which became very hard.

“I was so scared to tell you this Tim. I really thought you would say no thanks, and then leave. I really like you and I think of you as my boyfriend now too. The people at work think you are. Carrie is dying to meet you, by the way. If I wanted to have a 3way, she would be the one I want joining us in bed” My dick twitched at that statement, and I had not even seen this woman..

“Ohhhhhhhhh. Someone likes that idea. As for some things I want to try. Hmmmmmm. Let’s see. I do want to try a 3some, maybe even a 4some with the right people. I don’t think I would get jealous of you fucking another, as long as I was there too. You fucking someone else without me, I don’t think I would like.”

I bent over and kissed her nipple, as she put out her cig. “What else Lover?”

“MMMmmmmmm, love you sucking my tits Baby. I really want to watch you masturbate, while I am masturbating too. I got so turned on when you told me you did that last week, after leaving here. And so you know. When I am high, my mouth filter is gone. I yell and swear quite a bit, especially if I am being pleasured and aroused, like now. I am so fucking wet.”

I reach down and ran my finger over her swollen labia, then brought it to my mouth and sucked her juices off. I did it again and then stuck my finger to her lips and let her taste her juice.

“Oh fuck Baby. This is what I am talking about. You have me so turned on.” I kissed her again, but this time, our tongues met and we stayed connected for about a minute until I said, “What else do you want to try?”

She sheepishly looked at me and said, “Anal. I want to feel your cock in my ass one day. But, and now you may not like this, but, remember last week, when I squirted?” I nodded, fully remembering that.

“Well, I thought I had peed on you, and told you, and you said no matter. Well I want to try that. Me peeing on you and you peeing on me. I don’t know why, and it sounds gross, but I saw it in a porn movie once. Oh yeah, I like porn too.”

We started kissing again, and in between kisses, I said to her “Baby… (kiss) We can try (kiss) anything you want too (Kiss) But first, scoot back some against the headboard.”

I looked ather. She was sitting up, with her legs spread and I asked her where her toys were. She directed me to her nightstand. It was starting to get dark out now and the candle light was giving us a nice romantic glow. I went and got out her one dildo, that was battery operated and handed it to her.

I sat across from her, with my knees bent and legs wide enough so she could see my cock and balls. I started stroking my cock for her now. Her face got a big grin on it and then she turned on her toy and started rubbing her pussy with it.

“What are you thinking about when you stroke that beautiful cock of yours Baby?”

“How I love eating that gorgeous pussy of yours. The taste and the smell of it. It is so intoxicating to me. You are so sexy right now. I can’t wait to get between your legs and suck your pussy and taste your cum again.”

She let out a loud moan, as she shoved the toy deep inside her. Her ass was wiggling all over. “Oh fuck babe. I know I am going to need your big cock soon. My pussy wants it so fucking bad. When you cum soon, I want you to shoot it all over me. Oh God baby, I am so close to cumming. Your cock is so fucking good to look at it.”

“That’s it Babe, fuck your pussy with that toy. Just wait until you have the real thing in it. When I cum, I will cum all over you, then lick it all up and feed it to you. Cum Baby. Don’t hold back, Cum”

She yellled out, “Oh Fuckkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk. Fuck, Fuck, Fuck” and started cumming. Her legs came up so her knees were touching her breasts now. I could see her juices flowing out of her, as the dildo was dropped to the bed.

I kneeled up and stoked my cock faster now, and pointed at her belly. “That’s it Baby, cum on me. Cum all over me”

About 5 seconds later I grunted hard and said, “Fuckkkkkkkkkkkkk” and started shooting my cum on her. One landed on her neck, but the rest landed on her tits and belly. 5 long ropes in all, and one small one. All I heard from her was “Ohhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh”

I scurried up between her legs and started licking my cum up. I gathered most of it, and without swallowing, I put my mouth near her and she opened it. I dripped into her mouth. Then she pulled my head down to hers and started kissing me frantically.

As we kissed, my cock, which was still hard, found the entrance to her wet sex, and I pushed in. When I was fully in her, she groaned out, “Ohhhhhhhhhhhhhh yessssssssssssssssss.”

Then I pulled out and Vicky said, “Nooooooooooooooooooo” I disregarded her plea and went between her legs and wanted to taste her cum now, from before. I really wanted to get her to squirt again.

When my tongue hit her pussy, she let out a loud “Ohhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh”, then “Eat my Pussy Baby, Eat it good”

As I ate her, she thrashed all over. Her moans were growing longer, and then short breaths, she would take. I then inserted my thumb into her ass and my middle finger from the same hand, into her pussy. “Oh yesssssssss. My fucking god Yesssssssssss. Love your pussy eating ways.” she cried out.

I continued to lick her pussy and finger fuck both hole. I could tell now, she was getting close again, so I grabbed the toy and turned it on and placed the tip, right on her clit. That put Vicky over the edge now. She pulled her legs up so her knees were by her head and let out a long yell.

“Oh Fuckkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk. Cumminggggggggggggggggggggggggg. Fuckkkkkkkkkkk”

I took my finger out and she shot her cum out at me. I drank in as much as I could, but a lot went on the bed too. My face was drenched and her ass cheeks and pussy was covered in girl juices. Her whole body shook and my thumb was still in her ass. I just lay there and started licking her juices up, but left her clit alone, for I knew that would be super sensitive.

After a few minutes, and a lot of deep breaths, she finally said, “Oh my god. That was amazing. Holy Fuck. Come here and hold me Baby.”

I crawled up on her and wrapped my arms around her, and hers wrapped around me and we kissed. They were soft sensuous kisses, with tongues softly meeting.

She broke the kiss and said, “Oh wow, we are so good together. Be my Boyfriend, my lover, and my friend. Stay with me tonight and wake with me in the morning.”

I kissed her lips, then her nose, then her forehead, and said. “Only if you will be my Girlfriend and Love. I am already your friend. And I had no intentions of going home tonight.”

“I got to pee Baby, so let me up, and I’ll get us some tea too.” As she left the room, she said to light up another joint. We’re in for a long night of lovin.

I did as directed and she came back with a big glass of tea, which we both shared. She laughed when she saw the big wet spot on the bed. “Good thing this is king size, or you would be sleeping in that spot mister.”

“Nights not over yet, there could be more spots on the bed.” We finished the weed and fell into each other’s arms, like two lovers craving each other.

“You teased before, but now fuck me Baby. Fuck me like you mean it. I feel so slutty right now. I am your slut. Pound me hard and fast”

“You know that is turning me on when you say those things. I’m your slut too.” “I know it does, and turns me on even more saying it, now bury that big cock in my hot cunt and fuck me till we cum again.”

We fucked hard for the next 15 minutes. She was a slut too, talking dirty and moaning the whole time. Fuck, she was a tiger in bed. Whoever she ended up with in life, was going to be a lucky man. When I came again, and after she came well before me, as we fucked, I went down and ate her out again.

We laid there for a half an hour, just cuddling, then she said, to do her again. I was hard, so being the good guy I am, I followed her instructions. This time I let her be on top and she was glad of it. She loves that way, and can control the action. This time though, it wasn’t a bang style, it was more love making, slow and easy.

We went at it for almost 20 minutes when I said, “Oh God Babe, I really need to cum again”

“Me too Honey. Rub my clit as I fuck this dick of mine” so I started rubbing her nub and she sped up. I could hear our skin slapping together and I could feel my balls start to ache, ready to release my cum in her. “Fuckkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Vick. here it comes”

“Me too Baby. Agggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggg” As we came, she came down on top of me and we kissed as we came. She stayed on top of me for 10 minutes or so. I thought she may have fell asleep, until she nibbled on my ear.

“I feel so content up here, like this.” I kissed her cheek and said that it feels good too. I looked at the clock and it was past midnight. I couldn’t believe we have been at this for 4 hours now.

Vicky finally moved off of me and went to the bathroom. I followed after she went. When I was done, she yelled out from the kitchen. “Want a snack or something?” “Sure” I said. She then made us scrambled eggs and some toast. We both laughed at the choice, but we were hungry.

After eating, we went back to bed, and she blew out the candles, got in bed, and turned on her side. I snuggled up behind her and draped my arm over her, as our bodies spooned together.

“MMMMMMMMMMM. I could get used to this, all of this Tim. I Like you Honey” She turned her towards me and kissed me, then said, “I’m not ready for the other word yet, but getting real close, so don’t be scared off”

“I Like you too Vicky. A Whole lot, and I don’t think you could scare me off with that word.” I kissed her again, and then she rolled back so she was comfortable in my arms and off to sleep we went.

I know she woke at somewhere around 4am and used the bathroom, then crawled back in bed, and this time put her head on my chest and her leg draped over mine. I kissed her forehead. “I didn’t mean to wake you” I kissed her again on the head and said, “Shhh go back to sleep Babe.”

I woke around 6 and had to pee, so I gently got out of bed and did my thing and came back in and crawled back in bed. At some point, Vicky kicked the sheet off of her. She was lying on her back, with one leg splayed out and gave me a perfect view of her pussy. I was so tempted to just go down and start licking her again, but I thought she may not like that.

I awoke at around 8am. I could feel eyes upon me. I looked over at Vick, and she was on her side, her arm bent up and her head in her hand, Her other hand was on my dick, lightly rubbing it.

“Morning Handsome” “Morning Sweet lady” She smiled at me and asked to give her the ice tea that we still had. As I did, I took a swig of it, to help combat morning breath, and she then did the same. We did that twice.

Her hand was now gripping my growing member and started stroking it slowly. “How did you sleep in a strange bed, because you looked so peaceful?” I chuckled and told her I can sleep almost anywhere, but it was really nice with her next to me.

I asked how she slept. “I was so worn out last night, I slept like a log, even after waking to pee. Sorry if I woke you.” “That was ok. Felt nice with you falling back to sleep on me, like that. Did you hear me at 6 get up?” “No. I was sleeping so good then.”

She leaned in then and kissed me passionately. My instinctively went to her ass and caressed the soft skin. Damn, I love that ass. She moaned in my mouth, then broke away and said, “Make Like to me”

“No” I said. “Really?” “Yes. Really. I’ll make Love to you though.” I pushed her back down on the bed and started kissing all over her face and lips, then down to her breasts, where I spent a few good minutes sucking and licking her nipples. I could her soft mews from her as I did this.

The whole time, her hand was still wrapped around my cock, which was hard as a rock now. I rolled on top of her, keeping my weight off of her, and my cock, which was now released from her grip, sought out the warm tender opening it craved.

“Are you sore down there Sweetie?” She smiled up at me and said, “Surprisingly No.” I then slipped into her slowly. “Uhggggggg” is all I heard from her, once I was fully inside her.

We started real slow, with her hands caressing my back as I slowly pulled out, then sank it in slowly. We started kissing again, and now for the next 20 or so minutes, made slow passionate love to each other.

There was a great deal of soft moans and small grunts from me, and when her legs wrapped around my waist, I knew she was getting close, and so was I.

Her arms went around my neck, and she smiled up at me, “Oh God Baby, I Like You, I Like You, Oh God I Like you.” I started pumping faster in her and with each pump in, I said, “I Like you” This went on for another minute until she shrieked out “Aweeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee”. I could feel her juices coat my dick as it slipped in and out. This then brought me off as I started pumping my seed, deep inside her.

Afterward, I rolled off and pulled her close to me. She put her head on my chest and just relaxed. “I could stay here all day like this.” I chuckled and said, “Sounds like a plan to me Babe”

Then she said to take a shower and get some breakfast. I agreed with her and said let’s go to that little diner down the street from here. So we did shower together, each taking time to soap one another down. I paid close attention to her ass and tits then. She cooed, “You do really like my ass, don’t you?”
“God yes. It is a great ass. Great breasts too. Shit. Fabulous body Honey” She hit my arm and said, “Oh stop. But I am glad it pleases you, because yours please me too”

We went to breakfast and I asked her if she wanted to go to a ballgame today. The Indians suck, but it is still fun to go to the ballpark. She was excited to go. I said let’s stop at my house so I can change, and yes, you get to meet the parents.

Mom and dad were real nice to her. Mom was talking up a storm to her, getting to know her, while I changed. Mom cornered me in the hallway, by my room. “You be good to her. I like her and she seems real nice.”

The game was fun and they even won it, which is a surprise. We went to dinner then and got back to her place around 7pm. We were both pretty whipped and just fell down on the couch.

“This has been a perfect weekend for me. You make me feel so alive and wanted Tim. Last night was amazing, and I loved every minute of it, but this morning, when you made love to me, that was it for me.”

She now had tears running down her face, so I took her in my arms and cursed all the assholes that used her before.

“Don’t cry Sweetie. I am not the other guys. I mean what I say to you, and do to you and with you. Last night was amazing, and I hope we continue that, but this morning meant the most to me. If you can’t tell how much you mean to me, then I can’t show it any other way.”

“I know how you feel for me. I can sense it, feel it, hell I can taste it and it scares me. Can I give that back to you?” “In do time Sweetie, in do time.”

Vicky excused herself and went back towards her room. About 5 minutes later, she came back out and now had on a yellow teddy, with matching panties.

“Wow” is all I could say. She smiled, and took my hand and pulled me up. She didn’t say a word now, just led me to bed.

Once by the bed, she said, “You make me feel so sexy and I needed to show you how sexy I can look. And judging by your reaction and that hard on in your shorts, I’d say I succeeded”

“You look amazing Baby” I stripped down for her. When I was naked, she led us to the bed and slowly kissed me all over.

“Please… Make.. Love.. To.. Me.. she said between kisses.I lay her back on the bed and slowly took off her panties, but left the top on, but exposed her breasts. To me, she was a goddess. I leaned down and kissed her pussy first, then made my way up to her breasts and sucked her nipples, then on to her neck and then finally her mouth. As we kissed, I lowered myself down on top of her. Her hand went between us and guide my dick to her opening, and I sunk in.

“Oh God Yesssssssss” as I went fully inside her. I have no idea how my dick could get so hard from all the work it has had these last 24 hours. I guess all the non use helps.

I then rolled us on the bed, so she was on top. I never popped out, nor did we stop kissing. She started slow, grinding back and forth on me, then went in small circles. My hands were planted firmly on her ass cheeks.

Her head was next to mine, whimpering with each thrust she performed. Then she said it, “I like you” My hands then moved up to her shoulders and held her tight and said, “I like you too” we made slow love from then out for another 10 minutes. She came, but I did not, which was fine.

When I plopped out of her, she stayed right on top of me. “You didn’t cum Babe” “I know, but it felt awesome anyways. Think about how many times I have cummed in the last 24 hours.”

“Well this is a perfect ending to a perfect weekend. I wish you could stay here again tonight. I love waking up with you.”

“How about I stay over tuesday night, after you get home from work? I am off wednesday this week, but have to work saturday.” She didn’t say a word for almost a minute, then laughed and said, “Oh hell yeah. I’ll set the alarm for an hour earlier than I usually get up. If you couldn’t tell, I am a morning person. Well. Actually, morning noon and night sexually.”

We talked a bit more and she asked, “You know that party I asked you too, we don’t have to go. I don’t want you to feel like you have to do this.”

“No Baby. We’ll go. Sounds like it could be fun. And I definitely don’t mind being naked with you, in any setting.”

“Ok then. I’ll warn you now, people get kind of frisky and there will be sex going on, and I know it will turn us both on, and to be honest, I so want to fuck you in front of people. I’d love if you were behind me with this gorgeous cock sliding in me while I ate Carrie out”

“I’d love to just see you do that. I have to admit, I love your naughty, slutty side a great deal.”

“Do you now? What if she ate me, would you fuck her, like I want you to fuck me?”

“Only if you want me too, and she does too. Would you let Rich fuck you then?”

Vicky giggled, “Oh wow, I never thought about that. Yeah, I would as long as you are ok with it and right next to me. Carrie said his cock is like 10 inches, which I know is true because I can’t take him all the way in my mouth. Carrie will let you fuck her, trust me on that. When I told her what we did last week, I think she damn near came in her shorts. But for now, let’s just concentrate on us, and we’ll see when the party comes around.”

Boating Fun 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

Taking Tracy for a boat ride and then her sister a few weeks later

Thought I would share an adeventure with you that happened years ago. In Fact, before I met my wife. I can still remember it though.

Back before I met my wife, Carol in 1978, and this is a year before that, my buddy Ron and I bought used boat. It was a 1962 22 foot Chris Craft. A wooden boat with a 120 hp outboard on it. We only paid $800 for it. We wanted to buy new, but both of our father’s talked us into a used one, in case we didn’t like the boating world. Father’s. They ain’t so dumb.

We bought the thing at the beginning of May in ‘77. We had some work to do to get it sea worthy, so we worked daily on it, and in two weeks, we had it up and running. Even found a dock too so we wouldn’t have to trailer it every time.

Now Ron and I were good friends for ages and also good friends with Mitch, and we 3 always traveled together, so Mitch was with us when we went out on the boat. When not boating, we usually gravitated to Mitch’s house. He had cool parents that pretty much left us alone, so we just hung out there quite a lot.

I should say that at the time, I was 21, Ron was 20, and Mitch was 19. Mitch also had a sister, Jeanie, who was 17. Ron had the hots for her and I know was seeing her on the side.

Mitch also had a couple of cousin’s, Tracy, and Vicky. They too, were always over there. Tracy was 24, married to this real asshole, who’s name was also Tracy, but spelled Trace. He was a truck driver, and gone a lot during the week. He also treated Tracy like dirt too, like he owned her.

Tracy always liked to flirt with me, but not when asshole was around. If she had, he probably would have hit her. He’s just that type of person. I would say man, but any guy that hits a woman, is no man in my book. But when she flirted, I would flirt back, and always told her, “One time with me, and you would be kicking him to the curb”, and then we both would laugh.

A week after Memorial day, I was over at Mitch’s, and Tracy was there with her two kids. We were sitting out back watching the kids play, and she asked, “So when are you taking me out for a boat ride Sweetie?”

Now Tracy is “OK” looking, not a knockout, but she is kind of plain, with a halfway decent body. 5’ 6, maybe 130 lbs. Brown hair and eyes, and I would say 34 B, maybe C cup breast. One thing she did have was a great ass, and knew it too. She caught me on many occasions looking at her ass.

“I don’t know, when are you free?”, I asked. Tracy laughed and said, “I’m never free Sweetie, but for you, I may be nice and let you get off without paying.”

So the flirting banter went back and forth for a bit, then I told her I was off in two days, my day off from work. She said she could get a babysitter, and her husband was in route to Georgia, so he wasn’t around. So we made plans to meet up at 10am, that Wednesday.

Before she left for the evening, she asked, “You aren’t just teasing me about Wednesday, are you?”

“Hell no. I’m not that much of a dick.” I said to her. “Good. I’m married to one. Swim attire I take for clothing?”

“Or nothing at all”, said, then we both laughed. “Shit Sweetie, I’ll wear something. I don’t want to scare you off, after seeing me naked.” Tracy then left, with the kids for home. Before she left, I told her how to get down to the dock area, since it was a tributary off of the main river, which leads to the Lake.

That Wednesday, I got down to the boat about 9:30, with just some soda’s and ice tea. We usually did not drink when driving the boat. Coast Guard kind frowns on that shit. That and pot.I got the cooler loaded in and made sure the rest of the boat looked presentable, especially the little cabin area. It wasn’t big, but could sleep two, easily. We had a tendency to throw junk down there.

Tracy showed up about 20 minutes later. She got out of her car and saw where I was and came walking down. She was wearing cut off jean shorts. You know the type, frayed on the pant legs, and were very short, and she was wearing a yellow t-shirt as well.

I helped her on board, and as she was stepping down, lost her footing and I caught her just in time. We both were holding each other tight, for a good 20 seconds, and she felt very nice. When she regained her balance, she kissed me on the cheek and thanked me for catching her.

She had one of those big bags, that girls carry everything from the kitchen sink, to a wardrobe in. She asked where to set this down at, and I told her place it under the seat at the back. When she bent over, I had to stare at her ass, which both cheeks were showing now, and her yellow bikini she had under her shorts.

She turned her head around and caught me staring, as usual. “Like the view sailor?”

I chuckled and said, “Oh yeah. Much better than I am accustomed too on here”

After that, I got the boat going out to the lake. We cruised around the shoreline for a bit, and as we cruised, Tracy stood next to me, holding on to my one arm, as I drove. As we were motoring about, she sat down in the chair next to me, and shimmied out of her shorts, revealing the bikini bottoms, and then off with her shirt. Damn she looked good.

I told her to take the wheel, while I took off my shirt too. I was already in swim trunks. I let her drive for a while and she said let’s go way out and just sit around, so I can work on my tan and maybe swim. So I pointed to where we should go. About 20 minutes later, we were about 5 miles from shore, and not a soul in sight.

After stopping, I got out some beach towels, and ly them out, so she could lay down on the floor of the boat. I got her a soda and then she got out her lotions she wanted to use. She then lit up a cig, as I did too, and we sat back and relaxed.

We started talking about people we knew, and things we both liked. She told me all about her marriage, and how she is so depressed when she thinks about it.

“Why do you stay with him? He treats you and the kids like shit. And you don’t deserve that.”

“I wish I knew. I guess it’s because I don’t want to be alone and raise the kids on my own. I know he cheats on me, when he is on the road. So we don’t fuck much” she said.

She then pulled a joint out of her purse and asked if I minded. I looked around and said, sure, but hoped she didn’t have another. If caught with drugs, the Coast Guard will confiscate the boat.

As we shared the joint, she said, “You know, Vicky has the hots for you.” I laughed and said, “No Way”

“Oh yeah she does. Ask her out, and you will see. She tells me all the time how cute and sexy you are.”

Now her sister is 20, 5’4, 140 or 150 lbs., but not fat. If I had to think of someone, nowadays, that she looks like, I would say Amy Schumer, the comedian. Now her tits were twice the size of Tracy’s, and she was blond, with green eye’s. Very doable. But I knew she did have a boyfriend, or at least did, a few months ago.

Tracy then laid out on the towels and asked me to rub some lotion on her back and legs. Now being the gentleman that I am, how could I refuse. So I slowly rubbed the lotion on, starting at her shoulders, and slowly massaged it in. I could hear Tracy moaning a little bit, as I did this.

When I got to her legs, I started right at her butt cheek, and very slowly rubbed there, then worked down her one leg to her toes. Then started back up her other leg, massaging it the whole time. As my hands got closer to her thigh, she spread her legs a little wider.

My hand was now near her inner thigh, inching it’s way up, and close to her pussy. As my hand lightly brushed against her fabric, she let out a cooing sound, then said, “Oh god, this feels so good Sweetie”

She then turned over, looked me in the eye, then put her arms around my neck and pulled me down on top of her. My one leg was between her legs, and the top of my thigh directly on her mound. I could feel the wetness coming through her thin bikini bottom.

At the same time, she leaned up just a bit and kissed me. Her tongue parted my lips and we tasted each other’s tongues. As we kissed, her legs closed some, so they were tight around my leg, and she moaned as we kissed. The kiss was hot and passionate, and left no doubt what her intentions were right then.

We broke the kiss and she pushed me back some. Sat up and undid her top. As she did that, pushed my shorts down and revealed my hard cock to her, then quickly got the shorts off, even though I was in a kneeling position. She scooted her bottoms down too. Once they were off, I was looking at her pussy now, something I had only hoped to see one day.

Her mound was shaved for a bikini, and her brown hairs were cut short. She smiled when she saw me looking. “Like what you see now big guy?”

“Oh yeah Baby, I do. Damn you are sexy.” She did have a scar from a c-section with her second child, but it wasn’t that noticeable, and I really didn’t care at that point. My hand went right to the mound and lightly stroked it. Her hand reached over and grabbed my cock and lightly stroked it as well.

“Fuck baby, you have a nice cock. Lot’s bigger than A-holes, that’s for sure.”

I am not hung like a porn star, but it around 8 inches and thick like a banana, so she wasn’t getting short changed. She started moaning when I slipped a finger in her. With my other hand, I pushed on her shoulder, like asking her to lay back.

When she did, her knees were bent and spread her legs wide. I then moved between her legs, and leaned down, and started to kiss all around her pussy and thighs. I was intoxicated by the smell of her sex, and she was already quite wet too, because her labia was glistening in the sunlight.

I took my time eating her. I figured no rush and if this is a one time deal, I might as well make it pleasurable and long lasting. I loved eating pussy. It is my favorite thing to so. I was taught just a few years back by a couple that lived next door to another good friend of mine. They were swingers, and she taught me the art of eating a woman. Always had fun with them, back then.

I laid between Tracy now, just licking and sucking away. I also fingered her too, but after a good ten minutes, she couldn’t take anymore and let loose a loud and strong orgasm. Her legs were like a vice around my head, almost making it impossible to eat her any more.

She relax then after a minute, looked down on me and said, “Oh fuck Baby, no more. Come up here and fuck me, fuck me good”

“Are you absolutely sure of this?” I asked her. She smiled and said, “Very sure. If he can do it, why not me? Plus, I have wanted you a long time, so let’s fuck and have fun.”

I got up and looked around, to make sure we were still alone, which we were. I reached into this one cabinet by the driver’s seat and pulled out a condom and slipped it on. Then positioned myself back between her legs, and slowly sunk my cock into her waiting love hole.

Once I was in all the way, we laid there for a bit, so she could get used to it. My god she was tight. “My god you are tight” I said.

“Oh god you are so big, but it feels great. I’m tight because I haven’t had any in a month. So go slow for now. But trust me, I’ll give that dick of yours a workout. And, you didn’t need a condom. I’m safe. I had my tubes tied after last pregnancy.”

“Oh. Ok. I didn’t know. I’ll be honest, it’s been a few months for me, so I will probably go off quick here. But I recover fast and last longer then.” I really hate condoms, but I was also concerned because of her husband’s penchant for fucking around too. Who knows what he could have picked up.

She kissed me then said, “Not to worry. I’ll get you up a lot more today. God damn, you really fill me up”

We started kissing passionately then, as I moved in and out of her at a slow pace. But, as I thought would happen, I could feel my balls start to alert me that they needed released, and only 5 minutes into our sex session, I erupted inside her.

“Oh shit Tracy, I’m cumming” I moaned out. She smiled and said, “Cum Baby, Cum”

I was pushing up with my arms, so my weight wasn’t totally on her. I leaned down and took a nipple in my mouth and started sucking it, as I let my groin area take a little break. I was surprised that I didn’t go soft.

She moaned as I sucked her nipple more. “MMMMMMM. I like you haven’t gone soft. Pull out and take that rubber off. I want to feel skin inside me.”

I kneeled and took off the condom and laid it next to us for now. Tracy then surprised me when she picked it up, and placed the open end to her mouth and squeezed the cum out of it, drinking it in. When she was done, she smiled at me and showed me her tongue, just coated with the white cream.

I went back down and sunk my cock back into her, and as I did, I kissed her again, tasting my cum in her mouth. She even pushed a little of it into my mouth, using her tongue.

“God Damn Tim, that was so hot. Love a man who get’s into sex like this.”

“Wait Babe, you haven’t seen anything yet.” Now that I was fucking her bareback, when I cum in her again, I will go down and eat her out. My swinger friend said that was the best, when a man cleans up after himself, and women just love that.

This time I lasted a lot longer inside her. We fucked for 20 minutes before I was ready again to shoot inside her. Tracy had 2 orgasms during that session. She is a loud moaner, which is something I like, but doesn’t talk much during it. I do enjoy a woman who loves to talk dirty while fucking. And since she did not, I didn’t either, for fear it would offend her.

As she started to cum the second time, her legs wrapped around my waist and and pulled me in tighter. This set off a chain reaction in me and I started to cum “Shittttttttttttttttt”, and started pumping hot juice inside her. I was buried deep in her as I shot a huge load in her.

As we started calming down from our orgasms, she smiled up at me and said, “Oh yeah. That’s how I like it. Damn Baby, did you pump a gallon in me?”

I chuckled and said, “Not sure, but I will find out.” With that, I pulled out, scooted back a bit and dove into her pussy and started eating her again. My cum was oozing from her hot hole. Her pussy lips were red and swollen, as was her clit, which was sticking out now, almost a good inch.

As I finished eating her, I made sure I left some of our combined juices in my mouth, crawled up between her legs and shared it with her with a very hot kiss. As we kissed, she would pull away and lick around my face, collecting any remnants that were smeared on my face, then sink her tongue back in me. This kissing last almost a good 5 minutes.

I then rolled off of her, when she broke the kiss, and laid there panting away. I could not imagine why Trace doesn’t want to fuck her more. If it was me, I’d be looking to get in her pants on a daily basis.

We both sat up then, and I reached for our cigarettes and lit us each one. We really did not talk at first, just enjoyed the solitude of the moment and the tranquillity of the place we were in.

Tracy positioned herself now, so she was sitting cross legged and facing me. “You are awfully quiet Tim. What’s wrong?”

“Not a thing. That was truly amazing. You are a fabulous lover. I just did not want to ruin it by asking how you were with this.”

“At first, just a little reserved about it. But this is not my first rodeo hun. To be honest, I’ve had 2 other affairs in the last 2 years. Fuck, if he can, why can’t I? But you are definitely the first to ever eat me after cumming in me. That was amazing.”

I then got up and put up the bimini top, to shade us some. I told her I did not think it was a great idea for her to have a sunburned ass or tits, since she doesn’t tan nude. Tracy chuckled and said that it was a good idea. I sat back down and we started talking again, but mostly about Mitch and Ron, and the rest of Mitch’s family.

Then she surprised me when she asked,” So are we done here, or are you going to make me feel good again?”

“I’m here to please Baby.” I then leaned across to her and started kissing her, and as I did, her hand went for my cock and started stroking it, getting it hard again. My hand went for her slit and started rubbing the lips, which were still extremely wet. As I did, she let out a soft moan.

Tracy then pushed on my chest and told me to lay down, which I complied. She bent over and took my cock in her mouth and slowly gave me a blow job. Licking up and down the shaft, and was now talking.

“You like my mouth on this hard cock, don’t you Baby. Because I love sucking cock, especially yours, since it has given me more pleasure already, than anyone else has in a long time.”

“Tracy, your mouth feels like heaven, but I think I would like to taste you as you did that.”

“Oh yeah Babe, I can handle some pussy eating about now too. Fuckkkkkk, I like your cock Tim.”

Tracy turned around then squatted over my face, and I dove in. As she sucked, I licked and sucked. I could hear her moaning a great deal too. After just a few minutes, I inserted 2 fingers in her and found her g-spot and rubbed it.

“Oh Fuck, Fuck, Fuck. Damn, I’m gonna cum” she yelled out. Then push hard on my face and my lips sucks in her clit, which set her off. “Fuckkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk”.

Her body was trembling and her head was between my legs, as she came. Then she dismounted from my face, turned back around to face me, straddled my waist and impaled my cock into her soaking snatch.

I looked up at her with a smiling face, and she smiled back down at me. “Fuck Baby, I don’t know what you are doing to me, but damn, you have me so turned on. Sorry about the dirty mouth, but I get like this when turned on.”

I chuckled and told her, “Glad you are like that. It turns me on hearing you talk dirty. What’s your favorite way?

“This way. Me on Top, unless I need pounded, then my legs over your shoulders, on my back. Then pound my pussy.”

Tracy then started rocking back and forth on my cock, which was buried deep inside her. Then she would go in a circular motion, then rocking again back and forth. As she did that, my hands were holding her ass cheeks, gently squeezing them, and letting my fingers play with her asshole.

“Oh Baby, your cock is so fucking deep and hard. I could stay here all day”

She then leaned down onto me and we started kissing. As we did, I started pumping into her. As we fucked more, she moaned a great deal now. I think she figured out, not a soul could hear us way out here.

After 15 minutes of solid fucking, she said let’s switch and got on her back. I got between her legs, placed them over my shoulders, and slammed into her.

“Fuck Yeahhhhhhhhhhh. Fuck me like you mean it.Fuck Meeeeeeeeeeeeeeee”, she yelled out.

You could hear the small waves slapping against the boat, and our bodies slapping together with every thrust. It didn’t take either of us long before we started to build to our orgasms.

“Oh God Tracy, I need to cum.” She grabbed my arms and said, “Cum Baby, shoot that cum inside my fucking cunt. Oh Fuckkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk, Cummmmminggggggggggg”

Her pussy grabbed my cock and started pulsating on it, which set me off then, as I shot rope after rope of creamy goodness deep inside her hot box. As we came, we started kissing. I released her legs from her, and she wrapped them around my waist, as our mutual orgasms started to subside.

“Oh Baby, that felt so damn good. I needed this so badly.” I smiled down at her and said, “Oh Yeah. This was by far our best today. You are such an amazing lover.”

We lay in each other arms now, lightly kissing and just enjoying the post orgasmic bliss. Tracy then said, “I bet you think this is a one time deal. But, rest assured it’s not. I definitely want to hook up again with you. Wanna be my fuck buddy?”

I looked at her and said “Sure. But how? Can’t always rely on the weather to be good for us to enjoy it like this.”

“True” she said. “But, we’ll be able to find places. As long as I can find a babysitter, we”ll find a way. God you make me feel like a woman again. And trust me, no one is going to know about us, not even Vicky, and I tell her most everything.”

“Yeah. I don’t think that would be wise if you told Vicky. She may not understand you having an affair.”

Tracy laughed, then said, “Oh shit, she could care less if I fuck around. She hates Trace. He always picks on her and has even told her she is fat, on many occasions. Asshole that he is.”

“Your sister is hardly fat. I’d love to be with her. I hope that doesn’t piss you off.” As I said that, I was kneeling between her spread legs, and was watching my cum ooze from her gash. I couldn’t help myself, and leaned down and started licking my cum from her.

“Oh Damn, I can’t believe you would eat me like this. You are so fucking sexy.”

I gathered in a mouthful and climbed back up on top of her and fed her the cum. Her mouth was hungry for it, and licked and sucked my tongue into her mouth.

“God Damnnnnnnnnnn Timmmmmmmmmmm. Promise to do that again to me. I am so turned on by this. You ever get the chance with Vicky, and do that, she’ll probably want to marry you. She is just as kinky and as horny as me.”

“Oh, and how would you know this?” I asked.

Tracy got quiet for a moment, then finally said, “Ok. This is between you and I. Promise me.” I said that I promise. She continued, “Vicky and I are very close. We tell almost everything and we also take cares of needs when no man is around to do that. In other words, we are bi. Our biggest fantasy is to share a guy, one of these days. Maybe that could be you.”

“Oh Wow. I’d love to just sit back and watch you 2 go at it.” Tracy laughed and said, “Typical male. Fuck watching, we’d want that cock of yours involved lover.”

“Really?” I asked. “Really. Trust me, even if you 2 started dating, she’d be open to it, but, would you?”

“Oh hell yeah I would. Especially knowing how you are as a lover. I’d be nuts not to want to join in.”

As we were talking, my cock was again, growing hard. Tracy, who was laying on her side, noticed it and started stroking it.

“I can’t believe the short amount of time it takes you to get hard again. No sense in wasting that.”

She crawled to her knees and was now on all fours, looked back at me, and said, “Care to fuck me one last time?”

I got behind her, leaned down and licked not only her pussy, but also her brown hole. When I did that, she moaned and told me she also enjoys anal at times. Maybe one of these days she’ll let me experience it, but for now, just fuck her hard again,

I slipped inside her, which was extremely wet from our cumming a short time earlier. We started fucking again. This time I was going slower. My cock felt like hamburg from all the sex, but I wasn’t complaining. As we fucked, Tracy would rub her clit, and I was pinching her hard nipples.

“Fuck Baby, you feel so good. I can’t believe you get hard like this after cumming 3 times.”

“I think it has something to do with my partner here and since I haven’t had any in months.”

“Oh God, I know that feeling. Just think if you were in Vicky right now, and she was eating my cunt out. Turns you on, doesn’t it?”

That made start pounding her harder now, and she was receptive to it. Telling me to fuck her harder, over and over. We only lasted like 10 minutes, and she came. I unfortunately, did not sum this time, but that was ok.

After we rested, Tracy got back on her suit, as I did too. We headed back into the dock, and got back by 3:30. She had to be home by 4, so we made it in good time. She gave me her phone number and told me to call her later this week, so we could make plans again, and also told me she would work on Vicky, to make the 3some come true.

We did hook up 5 more times over the next 3 weeks. Each time was amazingly good too. She is quite the kinky woman in bed, and out of it. She even told me that Vicky is quite receptive to a 3some, as long as I was the man involved. She even gave me Vicky’s phone number, so I could ask her out for a boat ride. Vicky had been bugging me a couple of times for that, before I had taken Tracy out on it.

The 5th time we were together, she told me to come over to her house. The other 4 times we fucked, it was either on the boat, or at her friends apartment. So this was taking a major chance. She told me that Trace wouldn’t be back until Friday night, or Saturday afternoon. Last thing I need is to be fucking the guys wife, and he comes home and catches us.

Now the day before, I was at Mitch’s house and saw Vicky. I got her alone and asked if she wanted to go out on the boat Sunday. She was elated that I finally asked her out. She still did not know that Tracy and I had been out on it, and I think she hasn’t a clue that I have been fucking her sister. Before she left, she gave me her phone number and told me to call her anytime I wanted too.

See, Vicky lives in her mom’s trailer, but her mom no longer lives there. She moved in with her boyfriend. I met her mom a few times over the year’s, at Mitch’s. Nice lady, and definitely a flirt as well. She’s always wearing short shorts, and halters in the summer. Same body style as Vicky, and has even bigger tits than Vicky.Anyways, Vicky lives alone in the trailer.

That night at Tracy’s, I told her I was taking Vicky out this Sunday on the boat. But, Tracy already knew that. “Oh, I know. She told me that night you asked her. She is super excited.”

“I am too. She is very pretty and I won’t lie, I find her pretty hot too” Now mind you, as we are talking about this, Tracy is on top, riding my cock. I found she likes to talk to prolong our sex sessions.

“Well, there is a good chance you will be doing this same thing with her Sunday. She has wanted to fuck you since forever.” I was moaning pretty loud, and had to stifle it some, so we wouldn’t wake her kids. We were in her basement, on a couch.

“You know, if you 2 do hook up, we are done doing this, and I am ok with that. I’ll miss this cock and tongue of yours, but it is ok, if she is the one receiving it, and we might get to do that 3some.”

We fucked 2 times that night, but I felt really uneasy about it. So after the second time, with us both cumming, I said I had to get home and get some sleep, since I had work tomorrow. She agreed and said that it was really exciting doing here, and made her orgasms even stronger.

Saturday afternoon, after I got off of work, I gave Vicky a call. I called to set up what time I would pick her up, and get direction to her place, which was about a mile away from my boat. She too, had just got home from work. She is a hair dresser.

She asked what plans I had for the night, and I told her that I really didn’t, except to hang out maybe hang out at Mitch’s. She said if I wanted to, come over and watch a movie on HBO. I told her that sounded a lot better than hanging out. I suggested getting a pizza, which she said great.

I showed up about 7:30, with pizza and beer in hand. Vicky was dressed pretty comfortably in jean shorts, that were really short, and a red polo top. I could tell she had a bra on. I had on shorts, and a t-shirt.

When she went to the cupboard, to get some plater, she had to stretch a bit, which showed off the cheeks of her ass quite nicely. I love a woman with a nice booty, and she has one. She did catch me staring at her ass, but just smiled and didn’t say a word.

We then grabbed the pizza and headed to her couch, and ate, while something was playing on TV. We were to caught up in talking about our jobs and people we knew, and of course her family. She did tell me that Trace tried on a few occasions to get in her pants, but she rebuffed him every time. She thinks he is a slimeball, but won’t tell Tracy that.

When the movie started, I sat at the one end of the couch, and Vicky sat next to me, with her legs folded under her, kind of facing my way. I couldn’t even tell you what the movie was about, because we were to busy talking and laughing.

About an hour into the movie, Vicky excused herself to go to the bathroom, and asked if I wanted another beer. She returned with two of them, one a piece. She sat down next to me again, with her legs stretched out in front of her, on the floor, and her shoulder rubbing against mine. I did notice that her bra was no longer on, because her nipples were slightly raised through the top.

“Damn” she said. “It is so hot out and this air conditioning sucks” It was a bit warm in there, but not that uncomfortable, but I was glad she was braless.

Vicky then remarked, “Man, my feet and calves are so achy. Standing all day on them for work sucks at times.” I looked at her and asked, “Would you care for a foot massage?”

“Oh God Yes. I would love that” I had her lay on the couch and I turned so I was more comfortable, with one foot on the floor and the other kind of sitting indian style. She placed both feet in my lap then.

I picked up the outside one first and slowly massaged it. She cooed on a few occasions, the moan lightly. Then I massaged up her calf, to her knee, then back down again.

“Oh God, this feel so good Tim. You could do this all night to me and I would be a happy camper.” I smiled at her and said, “Good. Enjoy it and relax.”

While I was doing this, the heel of her other foot was right in my crotch, and she had to have felt my semi erection going. If we were lovers, I would have gone farther up her leg and to her pussy, but, that was for another time, hopefully.

After about 10 minutes of this, I switched to her other leg. She placed the other one so it was now off the couch, which gave me a nice view up her shorts. I could see her red panties, that she was wearing.

I repeated my process with this foot and leg, massaging slowly. I did this mostly, to hear her moan. I bet if I could slip a finger inside her sexy hole, it would be soaking wet.

“God Tim, you should become a masseuse. This feels terrific.” I chuckled and said, “I think it helps when you have a sexy client too. You put more effort into it. You do have sexy legs Vicky.”

She opened her eyes and smiled at me then. I don’t know what came over me, but as I came back up to her feet, from her calf, I leaned in and sucked one of her toes into my mouth. Vicky’s eyes got real wide them, but she also had a smile on her face.

I continued to suck her big toe, then went to each toe, and sucked and kissed it. As I did, she would let out little whimpers, and then a moan of pleasure.I then licked the top of her foot and up her calf. I was so tempted to keep licking up her thigh, but thought better of it.

When I licked my way back to her foot, her body kind of stiffened, as did her leg. I think she had a small orgasm, because I heard her go “Ahhhhhhhh, Damnnnnnnnn”

Vicky then sat up, so I released her foot, and she put it right now into my lap, and onto my raging hard on. She just smiled at me, then leaned in and kissed me softly on the lips. She backed away momentarily then we kissed again. This time her arms going around my neck as we kissed passionately.

As our kiss got hotter and hotter, with tongues dancing over each other, she pulled me down so I was now between her legs, on top of her. My cock was now resting right on her pussy. When she felt that, she started sucking on my tongue.

Her legs hooked on to the back of my thighs now as our kissing continued. She broke the kiss and said, “Damn Babe, you fit real nice between my legs.” then started kissing me again. I pushed up with my arms, so my weight wasn’t fully on her. When I did this, her hands went under my shirt and started rubbing my belly and chest. I moaned into her mouth.

After a bit, she quit rubbing my chest and nipples, so I returned the favor and slipped a hand under her shirt and started rubbing her breast. Our mouths were still locked together, but she moaned a great deal as I gently rubbed her one nipple, which was quite hard now.

As my ministrations continued, she started moving her hips under me, like we were fucking. Damn this girl was hot. But, I played it cool and let her direct just how far we would go.

She finally broke the kiss and said, “Don’t be mad, but we better quit. I just don’t go all the way, on the first date. Sorry.”

I leaned down and lightly kissed her and told her, “It’s ok. It really is. But you are an awesome kisser.”

She pushed on my chest, for me to sit up, which I did. Then she sat up and straightened herself, as I did the same. Then she smacked me on the arm.

“Ouch. What the hell was that for?” She giggled and said, “You jerk. It took you this long to ask me out. Had we gone out already, we’d be in that bedroom right now, fucking our brains out.”

“Well then, something to look forward too next time.” I stood up and pulled her up too, and wrapped my arms around her. “That is, if you still want too, then.”

She kissed me and giggled, “Maybe. But maybe not. We’ll see.” She led me to the door and said you better leave, before we do something stupid, well, really me. We said our good nights and I said I would be by at 10am for boating.

Part 2 coming

Hiking for Love 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

Mark and Carrie never met before, until an accident to Carrie, brought them together, and now maybe for good.

Chapter 1

I’m Mark. 39 years old, single, a computer geek who is lucky enough that I can work from home, and make my own hours. I wasn’t always like this. When I was 18, I had a choice, jail or join the service. I just made some bad decisions back then, doing drugs and getting in fights. So I opted for the Marines. I spent 15 years with them, and advanced to Master Sergeant, which is the forth highest position an NCO can go. Served 3 tours in Iraq and Afghanistan, which are true shit holes. Great thing about the service, besides 3 square meals a day and a place to sleep, you can be taught almost any useful job in the world, which is where I learned computer programing.

Now I pretty much free lance my abilities out and make a good wage. Most times I have jobs to do, but sometimes I don’t and have lots of free time. If I do have jobs, I can make my own hours.

I don’t have a steady woman at this time, and I am ok with that. Being deployed all the time, whether it was in the Middle East, or on some ship with a bunch of Squids, I really had no time for a relationship.

I had been out almost a year this past August, when I decided I needed some down time. I decided I was going to the Adirondacks and do some hiking. I grew up outside of Syracuse Ny., and have always wanted to go there. My one uncle owns a cabin up there and offered it to me when he heard I wanted to go hiking up there. He told me it had one bedroom, a bathroom, kitchen, and a living room with fireplace. It had running water and electricity. He warned me that I would need to turn on the hot water tank, since they shut it down last fall, after they used it last.

I had decided that I would take two weeks to explore all the different mountain ranges this area had, finishing up at Mt. Marcy, the highest of them all. Since it was just after Labor Day, tourism should be at a low, with vacationers and school kids back into their routines. My plan was to hike daily, a different range, and if need be, camp out at night. Being a Marine, we are taught all types of survival skills, so this would be no problem for me. One thing my uncle did ask me to do, is stop at the Ranger station and let them know I would be occupying the cabin for a length of time. People sometimes like to use squatter rights and just use cabins, regardless if they are allowed, or not.

I also like that the temperature doesn’t get to warm up there either. I prefer cool nights and just warm days. Maybe it’s because of my time in that hell hole of the middle east. My trip took almost 4 hours to get to where I wanted to go.

Chapter 2

The skis were quite cloudy when I pulled into the Ranger Station. I got out of my truck and headed to the stations door, and when I opened it, a woman was coming out at the same time and we bumped into each other. We both apologized, then laughed, and then she continued on to her vehicle.

After letting a ranger know where I was going and for how long, I exited the station and headed back to my truck. That’s when I noticed her again. She was 5 ‘7, maybe 130 lbs., caramel colored skin, shoulder length hair. From the side, she did not look like she had any boobs, and if so, they were small, just the way I actually like them. She was wearing camo style shorts, and a tan polo shirt. Boy, she had nice legs, long and muscular, very toned. If I had to guess her age, early 30’s. Whoever was getting lucky with that, was one lucky son of a bitch. One thing I did notice, she was wearing white running shoes, and not hiking boots. Judging from the backpack she was attempting to put on, she was going hiking and camping out. Running shoes are not the smartest thing to wear hiking. No ankle support what so ever.

As I drove off, I stole another look at her, as I drove by. Great looking ass. Bigger than a model would have, but smaller than many of the women I have seen in my lifetime. I exited the parking lot and started heading up Whiteface Mountain. My uncle’s cabin is up about 4 miles from this point, on a long and windy road. If I had to guess, it would be about a third of the way up the mountain, and only because of the road, which I believed was cut out by a snake.

Once I arrived, I unloaded everything into the cabin. Found the circuit breaker and turned them on, especially the hot water tank. Too many cold showers in my life, so no need to suffer this time now. One thing I did notice too, the temp was cooler up this high. It was around 70 down by the station, but I bet it dropped a good 10 degrees.

Next, I unload my coolers, which had meats and eggs, butter, and all of the necessities needed to eat well. I had enough for 2 weeks, if not more. Also brought along 2 12 packs of beer as well, and water. Man I love roughing it.

After stowing away my gear and food, I checked the place out. Nice queen size bed, in the bedroom. They even had TV, which I could care less about. May to use for the weather is all I can see a use for it. I’m not one to sit and watch TV much, except for football and maybe playoff baseball.

I then went and checked the area out. The back porch had a gas grill on it, plus what looked like a cord of wood. I figured if I used any, I could go into town and buy some to replenish, unless Unc had a chain saw, then I would do my own. I then went for a small hike just around the area.

I did not want to venture to far today. It was already after 4pm, and the skies were really getting dark, so some rain, if not storms, were moving in soon. About a 1/4 mile into the woods, was a hiking trail, well used too. I wondered if that lady was on this trail, if she even made up this far yet. If she did, she better start preparing her campsite for the weather that was due in soon. I kept hiking for another 30 minutes before heading back to the cabin. I figured a good early start in the morning, may get me to the top by the afternoon, early evening.

Chapter 3

I was now back from my little hike and relaxing, but also getting hungry. I settled on frying up some home fries and grill up some polish kielbasa. I cooked up the potatoes first, and then set the pan in the oven and set it to warm. Then took the meat out to the porch and fired up the grill.

It was a little after 6 now and the wind had really picked up and the skies hung low, full of rain that to start shortly. As I waited for the grill to heat up some, I thought I heard someone cry out. At first I thought it could be just the wind, but then I heard it again.

I stepped off the porch and headed towards the trail, behind the cabin. As I got on the trail, I heard the cry again, but this time could make out the word Help. I yelled out for the person to keep yelling, so I could judge where it was actually coming from.

Whoever it was, must have heard me because the Helps were coming more quickly. I was at least a good half mile now from the cabin when I came upon a woman, lying on the ground, holding her foot. It was the lady I saw down by the ranger station when I first arrived.

When she saw me coming she said, “Oh Thank God. I wasn’t sure anyone could hear me.”

“What happened?” I asked. “Oh stupid me wasn’t watching where I stepped and then all of a sudden, I’m on the ground from twisting my ankle.” she explained, then went on,

“I tried walking on it, but damn, it hurts. I don’t think it is broken.” I kneeled in front of her and took off her shoe, then her wool sock, and could see the ankle was swollen and just starting to turn a little purplish. I’m no doctor, nor was I corpsman in the service, but I have had my share, and have seen many a sprained ankle, and this sure did look like one.

After looking at it, I looked up at her face and could see the pain written all over her gorgeous face. I then gently removed her backpack, which had to weigh a good 25 to 30 pounds. “Christ, what the hell is she carrying in this.”, I thought. Then I put the backpack on over my shoulders. Just then, the rain started. “Great, just what I needed”, I thought.

“Oh damn. This isn’t good. What are we going to do now?” she asked.

“First off, grab my arm and let’s get you up, then we’ll hike back down to my cabin, which I think is about a 1/2 mile from here.” I said. “By the way, my name is Mark” She retorted back to me “Carolyn, or Carrie to my friends, which you are fast becoming.”

With my help, she stood up, using her good leg. Now I am not a tall man, 5′ 10 175 lbs, and still in great shape, since I workout 4 times a week. I then asked her to put her right arm around my neck and I would hold her waist, and we would try and keep all the weight off of the foot.

We did quite well actually, and she didn’t complain one time. Only twice did we have to stop and rest a minute. That didn’t matter, we were both soaked to our skin by now, and it was quite chilly out. What should have taken maybe 5 minutes to walk, turned into almost 25 minutes, by the time we got back to the porch of the cabin. At one point, I felt I should have just carried her fireman’s style, just to speed this up.

We then entered the cabin. Luckily it was still pretty warm in there, but I knew that wouldn’t last long. I guided her over to a leather chair and had her sit. Then went and got some towels to at least dry off some of the rain.

I then went into the bathroom and saw that my uncle had 2 inch wide medical tape and some gauze. I went into my pack and pulled out some aleve. I came back out, got some water and then handed her the medicine. Then I knelt down and removed her shoe again, sans the sock, since we didn’t put that back on. I carefully dried her foot and ankle, and then wrapped gauze around it, then taped it up.

After I finished, I could see she was shaking from being cold now. Both of us were soaked to the skin. I went into my uncles dresser and looked around. My aunt had a set sweats in there. I hope they fit her. My aunt is only 5’4, but is big chested, so the top should be fine. I also pulled out some socks for her as well. I then looked in the closet, and in the back, found a pair of crutches. Unc’s family comes up here a lot to ski, so crutches would be a wise investment, especially for my one cousin carol, she is a klutz.

I came back into the living room and looked down at her. ” How does that feel now Carrie”

“Still hurts, but not like it was, and thank you.” she said. I extended a hand to her and told her to grab it, then pulled her up. “I got you some clothes to change into, and these crutches. The shower is down the hall. A good hot shower should help you warm up a bit . Also, take this baggie and wrap it around your foot and ankle and tape off the top, to keep it dry.”

“Oh My God, you are so nice. I am so sorry for being a pain in your ass, but thank you so much.”

She trudged down the hall to the bath. I couldn’t help but look at her great legs and chubby butt as she went. I did notice she wore no wedding, or engagement ring, so that was a good thing. Just before she opened the bathroom door, I told her I was going to finish making dinner. She just grinned, but said nothing. Before I did that though, I pulled out some sweats. Both the top and the bottoms had the Marine logo on it. Those sweats last forever.

I had to reheat the fried potatoes and then went and relit the grill. The kielbasa was done in about 10 minutes. So when I came back in, she was still not out of the shower. “Women”, I thought. They take so fricken long to get clean. Although I did have some thoughts about how she looked in the shower.

I had just finished setting the table, when she arrived back out in the living room. The sweat top was definitely tp big for her, yet looked cute. The sweat pants were a little snug and stopped short about two inches from the top of her feet. She was like staring at me, but didn’t speak.

“Is something wrong?” I asked. “No, not a thing, except for those Jarhead sweats you have on.”

“What? You don’t like Marines?” She laughed and said, “They are ok, but to a Navy gal, they don’t get my motor running”

“Oh shit. I helped a god damn Squid? Christ sakes”, then laughed, and so did she. “Come on, let’s eat”

I asked her what she would like to drink, which was limited to beer or water. She chose a water, as I did too, and sat down to our little feast.

Chapter 4

She was quiet at first, so I broke the silence and asked her “So Miss Carrie, and I presume Miss, what has you up here by yourself?”

She chuckled then spoke ” I love hiking and always wanted to come explore these mountains. And Yes, I am a miss. Divorced actually, 5 years now. I have a 20 year daughter too, who attends Syracuse University. I spent 14 years in the Navy. I was also a Navy brat too. My dad and mom live in Pensacola, after he retired from the Navy as a Master Chief. I left the Navy 7 years ago, but that’s another story.”

She took a drink of water, then continued. ” I live right outside of Syracuse now, mostly to be close to my daughter. She was adopted when she was 3 years old. I couldn’t have kids, and she was orphaned when her parents were killed in an auto accident in Norfolk. What about you Mr. Mark?”

I smiled at her and looked her right in the eye, which were hazel in color. “Let’s see, I spent 20 good years in, and then retired from it. I did pick up a good vocation, programming computers, so that’s what I do now. Mostly free lance myself out. I make a good wage doing it. My uncle owns this cabin and I needed a vacation, so I too, wanted to explore here. I took the next two weeks off and hope to finish up on Mt. Marcy. I grew up just east of Syracuse and moved back there. Both of my parents are deceased now, and I have one sister, who is two years older than me”

She then asked, “What did you end up at?” “An E8, Mater Sergeant, and you?” She chuckled and said, “E8 as well, Senior Chief. How many deployments?”

” 3 tours in the sandpit, then countless boat rides. Served on the GW (washington) and the Lincoln, and ended my career at Quantico.”

“OH shit. My dad served on the Lincoln too, John Reynolds. Master Chief of the Boat.”

I laughed and said, “I know your old man. I served with him on the Lincoln for 6 months. At the time I was a E6 (Staff Sergeant), but I got to know him well. I even got to meet your mom too, when we got done at Norfolk. Beautiful lady and not being forward, I can see where you get your looks. Your old man had a way with the crew. They all respected him and did anything he told them to do. I can still remember his one saying, “Son. Don’t fail me, or I will open a can of whoop ass on you”. Usually scared the shit out of some teenage kid”

She laughed and said, “Yeah, he did have their respect, but at home he was a teddy bear, at least to me and mom. I remember in high school, any boy I would date, he would just stare at them, which usually scared the shit out of them”

We laughed and told stories about our time in the service. Then I did the dishes up while I had her go relax on the couch. When I finished, I asked if she would like a beer now, which she gladly accepted. Before I came out with the beers, I wrote down my name, address and phone number, and handed it to her.

“What’s this for?” I told her, “Look. You were injured and I would like you to call your family and tell them and that you will be staying here tonight. Plus give you peace of mind that you are not bunking with some crazy guy in the woods. So let them know that info, and all should be good.”

She chuckled then said, “Well, for one. all of you jarheads are crazy, so I am not to sure how safe I am with you, but so far, you haven’t shown any craziness. But I will call my daughter and let her know.”

She then called her daughter and explained the situation to her. They chatted for about 10 minutes or so. Her daughter must have asked her if I was cute, because she softly spoke, “yeah. pretty cute” After that she hung up her phone and sat back on the couch.

“I want to thank you again for saving me from a very bad situation. I know I have to be a pain in the ass to you, and you weren’t planning on someone screwing up your vacation like this.” Carrie said.

“Number one, you are not a pain in the ass at all, and two, you haven’t screwed anything up. I rather enjoy your company, if I am being honest here. Granted, I came up here alone, but now I have made a friend, or at least, an acquaintance, and if I may add a very beautiful one at that..

Carrie blushed, “Thank you. I mean for a Gyrene, you are pretty nice, and a bonus, you can cook too. How come some pretty woman hasn’t snatched you up?”

I just chuckled at that, “Well, you know how it is in the service. Always deployed to some ungodly place, or never being able to put roots down in one place. That’s not fair to anyone. Plus, there has been no one who really rocked my world. The closest I came was living with this one girl for like 6 months, but she opted out after seeing me off to Iraq, and just couldn’t handle the unknown. When I got back 8 months later, she was long gone. Never heard a word from her either, except for the letter she left behind. So from that point on, I just dated here and there, nothing steady. And now, I haven’t really looked. You say you are divorced, what happened there, if you don’t mind telling.”

She smiled, and when she did, her whole face smiled. Her almond shaped eyes were to die for. A man could get lost in those eyes. I know I was. I also wondered if she had a special man in her life. If so, he was a complete idiot for letting her go on this by herself. Not to keep her safe, or anything like that, but just to be with her.

“We met at Pensacola when I was just 2 years into my first term. He was a Seal. So of course he hung the moon and stars. But growing up Navy, I knew what this entailed. We had a great marriage, at least I thought we did. Only when he got deployed, did I get scared. You know how it is with them, they are not going to some amusement park. When he got transferred to a base, I got one too, since I worked in procurement and distribution, it was no big deal.”

She took a swig of her beer and breathed out, then continued. “We tried having kids, but I came to find out that my tubes were closed and I couldn’t have any. So we started looking at adoption and then about a year later we were informed about Jenny. Her parents killed in an auto accident and she had no living relatives. We took her in as a foster child and then about a year after, we adopted her. Things were going good for us. We both got transferred to Norfolk, and luckily, Dad was stationed there too, but as usual, out on a boat. Then Jack started to change. He became withdrawn and started drinking more.”

I put my hand on her shoulder and told her she didn’t have to continue. I knew this story well, which was one of the reasons I never settled down. Seen to many start drinking, and relived the action in their heads, and shut out their loved ones.

“No. I’m good. Any ways, about 9 years ago, he went on deployment and was gone a month. Who knows where, but called the night before and said he’d be home around 1700 hours. I was excited, yet nervous too. So, and I can’t believe I am telling you this, (chuckled), but I left work early that next day. I wanted to make it special for him. Jenny was going to stay with my mom. So I left around 2 and went home. When I got there, his car was already in the drive. We lived off base then. So I rushed from the car and went inside. I didn’t see or hear him, so I thought he was upstairs. Oh God… (chuckling again), I stripped down and figured I would surprise him being nude. I walked silently up the stairs and saw the bedroom door closed. Then I heard muffled sounds, so I opened the door, and there he was, on the bed. But he wasn’t alone. Our neighbor Joann, who lives two doors down, was there too. She was on top of him fucking him.”

“Oh shit Carrie, I am so sorry” This must have been bad for her, because tears were streaming down her face now. I didn’t know what to do actually. I am not good with women crying, and since I hardly knew her, I knew not to reach out and try and hold her.

She fought through it and smiled a little, “It’s ok, it really is. Joann was a divorcee and always flirted with the husbands around her. Lord knows how many time she and Jack fucked before I caught them. I shouted at them, which startled them both and I told her to get her skanky ass out of my bed. Then I told Jack to pack his things and get out. He did too, never saying a word to me as he did. About a month later, he was transferred to San Diego. I know in my heart, my dad had something to do with that. He had many big wig contacts. It took 2 years for the divorce to be finalized because he was never in the area. I had just ended my time in the service and wanted to get away from there. Dad and mom had already moved down to Florida, so I had really no one, so why stay. The next 5 years, I lived down near my parents, so I could give Jenny a new start, like me. Then she said in her senior year she got accepted to Syracuse. I was working for a big fabric company, in logistics and put in for a transfer, since they had a big distribution center up here. Another good thing is, my mom’s mother still lives in Syracuse, and I have lots of cousins I never knew I had until now.”

“Wow”, is all I could say at first. “Now you see why I never married? Could have easily happened to me, but I come home and find her sleeping with some asshole.” Then I chuckled, which turned into a laugh. “What’s so funny?”

“When I was aboard the Lincoln, I was hitting on this young petty officer. Your dad took notice and pulled me aside. “Son. One thing you never do is shit where you eat. So keep your dick in your pants and stay away from them broads. Remember, you knock one up and they’ll throw you in Leavenworth for destroying government property.” I took him to heart too, that, and the fact your old man scared the shit out of me.”

She sat there and laughed and laughed, “Yep, that’s my dad. Gruff and to the point. He must have liked you, otherwise he’d let you screw up on your own and not say anything to you.”

It was now going on 10 pm, and she was getting real tired. I went into the bedroom and found a sheet and a blanket, and took one of the pillows off the bed. I came back out and threw them in a chair. I reached my hand out to her, so I could help her stand.

“Ok Squid lady, you take the bunk in the bedroom and I’ll be out here.” She shook her head, “No way Mark. I’ll sleep out here.”

“Please just take the bed. You’ll be much more comfortable in there, than on this couch. I’ll be fine. In the morning we’ll have breakfast and see how your ankle is. Maybe you should take a couple more aleive too.”

“See. I told Ya. I am a pain in the ass.” and huffed, as she got her crutch and started moving towards the bedroom. I just stared at her ass as she hobbled away from me. “God damn, what an ass”, I thought to myself.

After she went to the bathroom, I heard the bedroom door shut. I got my area ready for sleep. As I lay there, I could just think how sexy she had to have looked coming into the bedroom naked, ready to fuck her husband silly too. My dick started growing then, just thinking how hot I bet she looks naked. But, there was no way I was going to pound one off now, with her just down the hall.

Chapter 5

I awoke the next morning around 6 am, which is about normal for me now. It used to be 4:30am, when I was in the service. But I don’t run and do workouts like that anymore. I still work out, but nothing crazy like that. After relieving myself, and getting rid of the piss hard, I went out to the kitchen and opened the back door. It was quite chilly out and still raining. Now that could put a damper on the day. I thought I should check the weather a little later, once Carrie got up.

I was on my second cup of coffee, and had bacon in the oven when I heard the bedroom door squeak open. Then a few minutes later, the toilet flushed. So I got up and started the stove to cook some eggs. As I was preparing to cook, Carrie came into the kitchen. I turned when she said good morning, and was awe struck. All she was wearing was a red, plaid flannel shirt that came about mid thigh on her. Of course my depraved mind wondered how sexy she looked without it, but I’ll take this any day.

One thing my mind did wonder about, was if she was wearing anything under it. When I went to pee last night before bed, she had draped her shirt, shorts and a black pair of thongs over the top of the shower curtain bar. Oh well, one thing to ponder over and never find out.

“Morning Squid. How did you sleep and how is the ankle?”

“I slept really well, actually. It throbbed at first, but this morning it feels so much better. Not even using the crutch. That bed is so comfy. Thank you again for letting me use it. And, thank you again for everything you have done for me. Even if you are a bonehead Jarhead.”

“Ouch. That hurts. And here, I thought you liked me”, then chuckled. “Sit. Let me get you some coffee and the eggs will be done in a minute or so.”

We sat and ate, with little talk between us. Once we were finished, she made a remark about the weather looking quite shitty out. I agreed with her on that and told her I checked the weather channel, and it said it was going to rain all day today and finally move out this evening, then the next few days it would be clear and cool, up in the mountains.

“Well, I have another favor I am going to ask of you. Could you possibly drive me down to my car? Then I am going to rent a room for tonight and see how my ankle feels tomorrow. If all is well, I’ll try and tackle this mountain again.” she said.

I looked up at her and smiled, “I was thinking.” She laughed, “Now that will be a first. A Marine that thinks. No. Go on”

I grinned at her, “I see you have your dad’s wit too…. I was thinking, why don’t we do this together. I mean, we get along well, and it would probably be more fun doing it together, than alone. Your virtue would be safe with me. And, not sure if you know this, but there are quite a few animals out there that don’t really care for humans. Having a buddy around would make it safer.”

She sat and pondered for a moment, then after a bit, finally spoke. “You know, that isn’t a bad idea really. But understand, I am not going to cook every thing and do the cleaning, we share duties. As for my virtue, I think I am pretty safe with you. Plus, I have been around 41 years and done quite well, taking care of my own virtue. Plus, if I know Jenny, she was on the phone with dad and mom last night telling them everything that went on here. And daddy would hunt you down, if you hurt his little girl.” then laughed at her remark.

I started laughing, and shook my head. “What?” she asked. I calmed a bit and said, “Well, I should never try and do that age guessing game at carnivals. I’d lose big time.” She grinned and asked what I thought she was. “When I saw you at the ranger station, I put you in your early 30’s, not 40. Just a tad off I’d say.”

She laughed and said, “Yeah, just a little bit off, but thank you. I might like you more now.”

I told her the rest of my thoughts. After cleaning up and showering, we could go into Lake Placid. I need to get more tape and gauze, for her ankle. Some more food. And, she needed to buy some hiking boots, so her feet and ankles had better support. Depending on the time, maybe grab dinner down there too. Then pick up your car and drive it up here and we’ll make this our base of operation. She laughed at the last statement and I asked what was so funny.

“Oh nothing, except, you can take the Jarhead out of the Marines, but you will never take the Marine out of the Jarhead, that’s for sure. Base of operations? sheesh.”, then laughed again.

I started doing the dishes, and she joined me. Drying as I washed. I told her she didn’t have to, but she said to shut up. I was beginning to like her more and more. I like a woman with spunk, and speaks her mind. Granted, I like a woman who is also feminine too, which I believe she is. There is 3 things I find so sexy in a woman. Her eyes. They hold the keys to her being. Next is her attitude. If she doesn’t wilt when faced with conflict and then the sexiest is her ass and legs. If she has that, she is the total package to me. I just never found one yet. But now, I think I may have found one. Only time will tell.

We decided to take off around noon, and about 20 minutes before we left, my phone chimed. It was a text coming through. Only a handful of people knew I was going up here, and any of the companies I was working with knew I was on vacation and wouldn’t be available.

I was sitting in the leather chair when I opened the text. It stated, “You fucking Devil Dog. Thank You for taking care of my baby girl. Just remember who her old man is and not take any liberties that I would not approve of.” I sat there and started laughing. Carrie came out of the bathroom and asked what was so funny. So I showed her the text. She too started laughing.

“See. I told you Jenny would call them. She even gave them your number. Too funny.”

I texted him back. “You fucking OLD sea dog. Shock was an understatement when I found out who her old man was. Small world. We are going to tackle these mountains together. She’ll be in good hands Sir.” and I hit send.

A minute later, the phone rang. Carrie laughed, then I answer it. “Sir? you fucking idiot. You save that for those weenie ass officers, who still need their mommy’s to wipe their asses.”

(me) “Aye Aye Master Chief.”

(chief) “Mark. Not sure how you two stumbled onto each other, but actually I am glad. She’s a tough girl, but knowing you are there makes my stomach calm a bit. I wasn’t too keen on her doing this alone as it was. I know those woods. Lot’s of animals up there that don’t take to humans, especially the cougars and bears. So please be careful.”

(me) “We will Chief. No harm will come to either of us. Your daughter will be in good hands.”

(chief) “Now why’d you have to say that shithead. Remember what I told you back when you were eyeing up that young PO. It definitely goes for now (laughing). Seriously Mark. I know she is. Just keep my bay girl safe. And for now on, call me John. We served our time.”

(me) “Ok John. I will. I’ll let you speak to Carrie.” and handed the phone to her. They chatted for a few minutes. I caught her rolling her eyes a few times, but she was also glad her dad had called.

I wish I had a dad that care, like he did. Mine was a cruel SOB. I am not sure why my mom ever stayed with him. Hell, when he died, I did not even make an attempt to go home for the funeral. My sister did, but only because she wanted to be there for mom. I did go home for mom’s, when she died a few years later.

Carrie said her goodbye’s, then handed the phone back to me. She just shook her head and then laughed. She kept on laughing then too. I was perplexed, as to what she found so funny.

She calmed a bit, then said, “God Mark. When you answered the phone and heard his voice, you went parade dress attention. I bet you didn’t even know you were doing it. It was so cute. But you know what, now that I really think of it, you are a lot like him in so many ways”

“Is that a bad thing?” I asked. “Hell no. Just funny though. He never liked Jack. Jack would never look him in the eye, and that bothered dad. Can’t trust a man who won’t look you in the eye, he used to say. Guess he was right. He must like you some, or he wouldn’t have called you like that.”

Chapter 6

Carrie was dressed in tight jeans and a sweat shirt, This sweat shirt hugged her body nicely, and judging from the two peaks I saw, she wasn’t wearing a bra either. Her ass was like a dream to me. Nice and full, and the way the seam disappeared into her as, just made me think of badly I would love to be those pants right now.

We got the Lake Placid and found a sporting goods store. Inside, she tried on a few pairs of boot, until she found one she said really fit her nicely. Even the swollen ankle fit into it, which kind of surprised me. She also bought some socks. A couple of thin one’s to use on her bad foot and some thicker woolen type socks. Of course they matched.

Carrie also bought a new rain slicker, with hood, and I figured, what the hell, and bought one too. Mine was old and ragged looking. After our purchases, she sat down in a chair at the front of the store and put on her new socks and boots. She said she wanted to start breaking them in. Of course I asked how they felt around her injured ankle, and she said great, but who knows for sure.

The rest of the afternoon, we did the basic sight seeing around town. Every once in a while, we found a place to sit, that was out of the weather, so she could rest her ankle. She said it felt fine, but never complained when I suggested a rest.

By 5pm, we were both pretty hungry, so we started looking for a place to eat. We found this quaint little restaurant that served american flavor. I opted for a steak, and she did too. The girl could eat, but lord knows where it goes on her. We had a really good time while eating. We found out stuff about our early lives. Of course, hers was moving from base to base, and mine was not really giving a crap about school and getting into stupid trouble. She also found out how I detested my father when I was a teen.

For me, this felt like a date. I usually am tongue tied during these events. But with her, I felt really at ease and conversations moved smoothly, like we have known each other our whole lives. One thing I did notice, that anytime her parents were mentions, she had this twinkle in her eye. She adored them, which was hard for me to understand. My parents weren’t all that interested in what I did, and I pretty much gave up trying to get them to show me any affection or love when I hit 14, it just wasn’t going to happen. To my mom, my sister was an angel, and I was the devil. For Carrie, she was their parents whole world, especially her dad.

She had me in tears with some of the dumb things her dad used to do with her. Playing dress up and Barbies and such. If you knew her dad the way I know him, you would never think in a million years he would do things like this. For some reason, the more she talked, the more I was beginning to really like her, and I mean like in how a man wants to be with a woman. To share things with, and be with.

We left the restaurant about an hour and a half later. The rain had stopped, so we decided to just walk around a little more. As we walked, she took my hand in hers, like two teens would do. Now I am not the type that shows public displays of affection. I never did that, only because I really never saw it from my parents when I was growing up. But, her hand in mine felt so good to me. Then she just leaned over and kissed me on the cheek.

I looked at her with a questioning look. “Thank you again. My vacation could have been ruined, or even worse, still stuck up on that mountain side.”

“Actually” I said, “Maybe it is fate, we found each other. But I will say this. I really like being with you” She just looked at me and smiled, and gave my hand a little squeeze in acknowledgement.

“Mark? Weird question.” she paused, then asked, “What’s your perfect woman to be with?”

“Oh God” I said, “Actually, I don’t want a perfect woman. I want one that when we are together, we can laugh, or cry, without feeling it’s not right to do. I’d want one who is independent, and doesn’t need me to keep her happy, but also, wants me in her life because I do make her happy, and she makes me happy too. She should be one with a strong mind and not afraid to speak her mind, or argue. But if we do argue, it is about something important in our lives, and not something petty, like I see so many do nowadays. When I commit to someone like that, I want that same commitment in return. It’s either all or nothing, because I only want to do this once in my life, and as you can see, I have never found her, nor have I really looked all that hard either. And lastly, when we are apart, she is the only person I am thinking of, and wishing I was with her, even if it is occupying the same room with her…… What’s your perfect man you want to be with ?”

She laughed, then got a very serious look on her face. “To be honest, I am not sure anymore. I thought when I met, and then married Jack, he was the perfect man. Rugged, good looking, and always attentive, when he wasn’t deployed. But as time wore on, he quit being attentive and acted like I was there to serve him. I felt as though I was raising two kids at times. I guess I want what you want, but in a man. I want it an equal partnership, and I base that on dad and mom, because they have that and always have, and it is what I grew up with. I want him on my mind 24 / 7 when we are apart, and when we are together, there is no one else alive that makes us happy, well except Jenny. I want to be able to look across the room at him and just make love with our eyes. I know, sounds corny, but that’s what I want. As for love making, that’s exactly what I want, love making. Pleasuring my man like no other woman can, and he pleasure me in the same way. To that end, it is a two way street. If you give 100%, expect to receive 100%. back. The last couple of years of marriage, now that I think back on it, it was mostly I gave, he took, and could care less about my needs at all, and I doubt highly he was even thinking of me then.”

With that, I just looked at her and said, “Well, sounds like we have some things in common again. As silly as this sounds, but this feels like a date we are on. But you know, it feels good. I’ll be honest Carrie. I have never been in love before. I am not sure what that feels like. But I won’t lie either, never have since being in the service, and I never will either, I like being with you.”

“Good to know Jarhead. I like being with you too. But, does my race bother you at all?”

“You’re kidding right? I think you are one beautiful woman. And if I may be so bold, a very sexy one too. Granted, you have a better tan than me, but that’s only because of my Irish blood. We don’t tan well. All kidding aside, why would you ever think that it would bother me?”

“Oh Mark. I didn’t mean it in a bad way but, when I was growing up, kids weren’t so nice about, from both races. About 4 years ago, I was dating a guy and he met my parents. Even though mom comes from a mix race parents, she is darker than me, and when he saw that, he sort of just couldn’t handle that. Since then, I haven’t dated at all.”

I chuckled, then said, “Good thing I already know your parents and I like them. I definitely respect them even more. Back when they got together, and hell, even your grandparents, that was a lot harder to live with. People are so judgmental and mean. But No, your race means nothing to me. To me Squid, you are one Hot looking woman.”

“Keep talking like that Jarhead, and I just may let you stick around me another day or two.”

After driving back up to the cabin, our talk turned to our hike in the morning. We decided to look over the maps and see how we would tackle it and what to bring. I asked her if she minded sharing a tent with me. I told her it was a 4 man tent, and would lighten the load of the pack. She even agreed to that. My backpack was almost as big as the one I had in the service, which is called a rucksack. I will be bale to get the tent and my sleeping bag in it, along with a small shovel and then a lighter, and food. If I pack right, i can get her sleeping bag into it and give her the lighter things like a coffee pot and water, and her carry the food. Just take enough for the day, and no more. Plenty of food bars and the such and canned stew. After eating MRE’s most of my life, canned stew is gourmet eating.

Once we got back to the cabin, we laid out the map and plotted our course. Once that was done, I went and showered, then packed my pack. Carrie was showering then. I changed into just running shorts and a t-shirt. When Carrie finished, she came out wearing just a flannel shirt again. Last time she had it on, she had it buttoned all the way to the top, except for the last button. This time, the top 3 buttons were left undone. “Damn. She does look sexy like that.” I thought.

We packed up her backpack, with food and such, and even a change of clothes for the both of us. I recommended sweats for at night, since it will be chilly up there, but she also pack a flannel, which she said she prefers sleeping in. One thing I did pack in my pack, was my 9mm glock. I have a permit for it, and I did inform the rangers that I was carrying it up there. Way too many wild animals that could prey on us. But, I did not tell Carrie this. Not sure how she would react. Hopefully, we’ll never have to use it. One thing I did pack, was a roll of toilet paper. Carrie laughed at that one. But once you are in the field, like I have been on patrol, it’s a comfort of home you want more than anything, and it beats leaves.

After packing, we retired to the living room, where Carrie turned on the TV. Checking the weather first, then some sappy movie she liked. I got us some beers, to which she toasted, “To a great adventure tomorrow.”, as we clinked bottles together. I then pulled out the ace bandage we bought earlier that day.

As she sat on the couch, she placed her bad leg over her good one and let me take off the tape, It ankle was a bit swollen, but not like it was yesterday. It was very hard to keep my concentration on her foot, because of her sexy legs right there. “God, I wish we were lovers. I would love nothing more than to kiss my way to heaven right now.” is all I could think about. But I pushed those thoughts aside, knowing my chances of that were quite slim, for now.

Once I had her all wrapped up, I suggested she use the thinner of the socks tomorrow. She said her ankle feels really good wrapped like this. She then patted the couch seat next to her, for me to join her. She was sitting next to me with her legs folded under her. As we watched the movie, not much was said. We just enjoyed each other’s company. I wondered if this how couples spent evenings together. I had never been in one before, and still am not in one, but this is close, I guess.

I have never let a woman get that close, even the one I lived with. To her, I was a place to live and a fuck. And I viewed her pretty much the same way. We never got mushy or even showed PDA. We just existed together and pretty much fucked. Of course, back then, I was in my 20’s and sex was all I had in mind. Not once was, I love you, ever spoken between us…. When the movie ended, Carrie stretched and said she was tired and needed some sleep.

“So Jarhead, you take the bunk tonight and I’ll use the couch.”

“No. You take the bed. Please. I am fine out here. This couch is pretty comfortable actually.” though I was lying through my teeth. The couch sucked. But I was raised with some manners, mostly obtained in the Marines.

“God. You Gyrene’s are so bull headed. Next time, I take the couch.”

I don’t know what possessed me, but I leaned over to kiss her on the cheek, and as I got close, she turn her face to me and it landed on her lips. It was a quick one, intended for her cheek.

I stammered then saying, “Sorry. That was meant for your cheek. And thank you for a great day. I really like being with you”

She giggled, then grabbed my face with both of her hands and kissed me on the lips.

“I prefer the lips to a cheek, any day of the week Grunt.” then stood and walked towards the bedroom. I couldn’t help but watch her fine looking legs and ass, as she disappeared down the hall, saying good night to me, softly.

Chapter 7

I was up at 6am. I got coffee going and changed into jeans and a polo shirt. About an hour later, I heard the toilet flush, so I started breakfast, It was best to eat a big breakfast, since lunch would consist of power bars and water.

Carrie came out in the same flannel that she had on the night before. “God this woman makes me crazy for her. ” I thought. One thing I have noticed, she is not big with wearing make up. She doesn’t need too. She’s one of those women who could easily go with out it. I bet she is smoking hot when she is made up.

After eating, I did the dishes up, and she went and changed. The weather called for a daytime temp of 70 and tonight in the 50’s. But on the mountain top, it would be in the 40’s.

Carrie came back to the living room, dressed and ready to go. She had on a pair of khaki shorts, that hugged her frame nicely and a light green shirt, and judging from the way the nipples were poking through, no bra. This could be a long hike today. I must keep my mind out of the proverbial gutter.

I asked how her ankle felt, and she said fine, just a little bit of stiffness. I told her we would rest as many times as she thought it was needed. It should take about 4 or 5 hours to get to the top. After putting on our gear, which included now, a thermal mat to put under the sleeping bags my uncle had, we left, making sure the cabin was secure.

The trail we chose was not all that hard, compared to some of the places I had to climb in Afghanistan. Carrie was keeping up too without a problem, If her ankle hurt, she surely didn’t say. Most times I would let her lead, and got to watch not only the scenery, but also her lovely ass and legs. Now that was picture perfect. Her body could put 20 something year olds to shame.

We stopped for lunch about a mile and a half from the top. There was a clearing that overlooked a valley below, and the sight was breathtaking to say the least. Carrie was all giddy about this and took out her phone and started taking pictures, commenting how beautiful it was. I too, took a few photo’s with my phone as well.

After a brief rest period, we continued our trek up the mountain. The higher we climb, you could feel the air getting cooler, but not cold. That would come later this evening, but we were prepared for that.

I was letting Carrie lead us this time, and I could not help but watch her body as she walked up the trail. She had asked the previous day, what my perfect woman would be. Well, if it was just the body, then hers would be it. Toned legs, and a great ass. Slim waist line, and a shocker to most, but small boobs. I have always preferred a woman with smaller chests. I just think they look incredibly sexy. So Carrie fit that build to a tee.

Would I like to be her lover? Hell yes. Who wouldn’t want too. But, there was no way I would ever make the first move. Not only out of respect for her, but also for her dad, who I respected a great deal. If sex was in the cards for us, she would have to initiate it. But in reality, any time you have sex with a woman, it is always her call, unless you are a complete asshole.

As we continued our climb, a couple, not more than 25 I’d say, was descending from the top. They greeted us and told us what an awesome view we were to behold, once we made it to the top. We found out too, that they were on their honeymoon. They, like us, camped overnight up there and said it was the most romantic place on earth. They then departed after a short rest, and we wished them well on their journey down.

Finally, around 3 in the afternoon, we were at the top. The air was cool, but not too bad actually. With the sun beating down, I would venture to say it was in the 50’s. I saw a clearing and put my rucksack down, and took Carrie’s from her. She ran up another 1000 feet to the top and a clearing. One thing about up here, it is a tourist attraction and has manmade lookout observatories, which takes away from the place. We are going to camp right by a wooded area, away from the trails.

Chapter 8

“Mark, Mark” she yelled. “Come up and see this.”

I dropped what I was doing and trekked up to her and she grabbed my hand, pulling me along faster. She was so excited, almost like a kid on Christmas morning. Once up there, we could see all around, and off in the distance, loomed Mt. Marcy, the tallest of these over 40 high peak mountains that made up this range. It was a majestic sight to behold.

She skipped up and onto a rock formation to get a better view, and left me with another beautiful view, her. God she was intoxicating to look at.

“God. This is so awesome. What a beautiful site. Don’t you think Mark?”

I chuckled to myself, then said, “Yes. It is a gorgeous sight to behold” Now I was staring at her body, and had no thoughts of the surrounding area then.

She turned her head, back towards me, and just smiled, and motioned me to join her. She was right, it was breathtaking to look out over the area. Ponds and streams below us. We could actually see a herd of Moose below, by one of the streams. We both took out our phones and took pictures. Carrie cursed herself for not bringing her digital camera. I don’t own one, and thought may be when we got back down, we could go to a store and buy one.

I suggested she explore a bit while I set up camp. One great thing about this place, it had bathrooms. One for men, and one for women. I figured they were outhouses, but was wrong when I went to relieve myself. Actual running toilets and sinks. I knew some of the other areas we were not going to be that lucky.

About an hour later, she came strolling back to where I set up the tent. I had just finished laying out the pad, and placed the sleeping bags on top of it. I wasn’t to sure how she would feel about being right next to me, but the pad was only so wide, like the width of a queen size bed.

She came inside and looked around. “That looks cozy”, then smiled at me. That made me feel a little better. I surely did not want her to get the wrong ideas, like I wanted to do something with her, even though I really did.

I got us a fire going then and cooked up a scrumptious dinner of beef stew, and canned corn. We even had bread for dipping. We ate without complaint. In fact, it was quite good. Trust me, after eating MRE’s (meals ready to eat) in the service, your own boot would taste good.

After cleaning up, which included taking our bowls, and the pan to the bathroom and washing them in the sink, I came back and made sure the fire stayed nice. We again sat and talked about our adventure so far.

“Mark. This has been so amazing today. I cannot believe the sights I have seen so far. And being totally honest. I am so glad to be spending this time with you. God. I love it up here.”

“I’m glad you feel that way. I am not sure I would find this as amazing as I do now, with you with me. What I am really looking forward too, is the night sky, with all the bright stars. It has to breath taking. Just like you.”

I think the comment just flew over her head, because she made no remark at all about it. Then said, “I bet sunset is really cool looking up here. Especially when it starts dipping behind these mountain peaks all around us.”

We finished cleaning up the area. No need for unwanted guest later. I suggested going back up to the top and watch the sunset. I was surprised because as we walked, she hardly limped at all. I figured with the rest we just had, her ankle would be screaming to her.

We reached the summit again and surprisingly, no one was there, except for us. We sat on this crop of rocks and just marveled at the sight. The majestic mountains all around us, and the sun slowly setting in the west. A big orange ball.

Carrie grabbed her phone again, turned it on and took a picture. Then she asked me to sit close to her and face away from the sun, so she could do a selfie of us, with the sun behind us. That took a good minute to set up, and get it just right in the picture.

As we were doing this, a lady ranger just happened to be walking up our way. She was checking the area out, making sure all was fine up here.

“Would you guys like me to take the picture of you two, with this gorgeous sunset?” she asked.

“Oh God, would you please?” Carrie answered back.

Carrie set the camera back to take normal pictures and handed it to her. The lady gladly took a couple for us, then asked, “How about you two love birds kiss while the sun is behind you. It’s so romantic like that.”

I looked at Carrie, and she at me. I raised my eyebrows like Groucho Marx used to do in his movies. That made Carrie giggle, but then she leaned in and softly kissed me on the lips. I so wanted to part her lips and taste her tongue, but why ruin a good moment. The only lasted a few seconds, when we heard the ranger say she got it. But during that time, Carrie’s hand rested on my one thigh. The kiss alone brought a strange sensation to me. One I have never felt before. Maybe it was fear if her dad found out we kissed up here. “Christ”, I thought to myself, “I’m acting like some dumb teenager.

When we broke away, she smiled a very bright smile. I smiled too, then thanked the ranger for helping us out. She did caution us on making sure we take care of the fire we had, and to make sure all food was secure, and away from our sleeping area.

Her hand was still on my leg as the ranger walked back down the hill, towards her car. I looked back at Carrie and she sort of had her head down, like she was embarrassed. I surely wasn’t. The kiss brought me alive actually, and if her hand was any closer to my crotch, she may notice that something else enjoyed her lips.

“Sorry about that” she said. “What. I found the kiss very nice. You have soft lips. Very kissable lips in fact. If given the opportunity again, I would jump at the chance.” I boldly stated.

We turned again and sat there and watched the sun start to sink behind the mountain tops. As it did, we just talked about our work lives, and things we did during the course of a normal day. Mine is pretty boring actually. I work a great deal. I don’t go out much. I am not a bar type of person and have just a few select friends. It’s been ages since I went out with a woman. Most that I do know are either married, or divorced with young kids. It’s not that I don’t like kids, I just don’t relate well with them. The only two I get along with are my niece and nephew, but they are teens now and could care less about old Uncle Mark.

With the sun dipping behind the mountains, the air was changing. It had to be around 50 now, and it would probably get a bit colder. We walked back to the campsite. Carrie had to use the restroom, so I went with her, and also took care of business. Once back at the site, she went inside a put on a sweatshirt. I did as well, after she reappeared from the tent.

We then sat around the fire ring. I’m sure I must be a bore to her. But she too, is kind of quiet. We did talk more about life, and things we had done. I found out she loves to ski, both snow and water. She even likes to fish, and can bait her own hook. She told me that she hasn’t dated since moving here, and it’s been four years since she dated anyone, since that guy who couldn’t handle her mom and her being part black.

“Carrie. Where do you see yourself in 5 years?” I asked. She giggled, “That’s a real deep question coming from a Jarhead”. I gently shoved her a little. “Really. I have no idea. I’d like to meet a nice guy and settle down and hopefully grow old with him, and help Jenny any way I can, especially if it involves grandkids. But who knows. I am pretty picky. I settled once, and I won’t do that again. What about you?”

“I’m kind of like you and don’t know. I don’t go out much, and I’m not a bar person. Plus, I don’t think you can meet a quality person in a bar. I’d like to meet someone special and see where it goes. It’d be great if I could meet that one I could grow old with, but those prospects look kind of bleak. I mean my sister, Ann, has tried setting me up with her friends, but I hate those dates. I only do it to make her happy, and to quit bugging me. But who knows.”

It was very dark now and I told her to look up and look at the stars that seemed like they were closer than ever before, to us. “God. It is so amazing up here. Had I been by myself, I would probably scared shitless about now. But being with you, makes me feel safe, and the company has been quite good.”

I started banking off the fire, so it would go out in a little while. I suggested going back to the bathrooms and changing into sleepwear. She agreed. As we walked down, she grabbed my hand, which was quite warm, and felt so good in mine. She was making it very hard to act like a gentleman. I wanted to just scoop her up, and take her to the tent and make love to her all night.

After changing, I came back out, in just my marine shorts and a t. She emerged a few minutes later, with that new flannel she bought the day before. The shirt was cut like a dress shirt. Tails in the front and back and scoop up on the sides. though I couldn’t really see all that well. We had to look a sight though, we both had on our hiking boots. Not the sexist combination, that’s for sure.

She laughed as we started back to the cabin. “Bet we make a sight, the way we are dressed. The boots really set us off.”, then laughed again, and so did I.

Once in the tent, the only light we had was from the flashlight I had on. But boy, did she look sexy as hell kneeling there, unzipping her bag. I also noticed she had the top 3 buttons undone again, like she did last night. “She’s killing me” I thought. She was rubbing her arms, like she was cold. Granted it was chilly out now, but once in those sleeping bags, it would be fine. We both had the same type, except for color. Her’s was blue and mine was black.

“You know”, she stated, “It might better serve us if we put our bags together and made it one big bag. Our body heat will help keep us warmer.” I wanted to chuckle at that, but thought better of it. “Sure. If you feel that would be better.” She didn’t hesitate. She opened them both up and then zipped mine to hers. She had me get in first, so the zipper would be on her side. I guess in case she needed to escape from me.

We were both laying on our back’s, and I was just closing my eyes when Carrie spoke softly.

“Mark?, do you think we’ll be bothered by bears tonight?”

“No. We put our food up and away from them and nothing is in the tent with us, so we should be fine. And, if feel the need to use the head, please wake me, so I can go with you.”

She gabbed my hand and squeezed it. “Ok. I will, but I probably won’t need it until morning.”

I started closing my eyes again, but also felt that she did not release my hand. That made me feel good, actually. A minute later, she said, “Mark?” softly. “Yesssssss” I answered.

“Remember out on that rock, after we kissed?” “Yes. I do remember.” I said. she sighed, then said, “Remember you said if you got the chance again, you would like to kiss me again.”

“Yes. I do remember, and I meant that. I hope I didn’t offend you.” She giggled, “You Jarheads are pretty thick aren’t you. Will please just kiss me, and mean it too.”

I turned towards her. She let go of my one hand, then grabbed the other, as I leaned in and touched her lips with mine. As our lips touched, her mouth open and so mine also and our tongues met. The longer our kiss continued, the hotter it became. “My God. This woman can kiss”

Our tongues now explored each other, our eyes open to each other, looking into each other’s souls. Her hand then took mine and brought up to her chest, then under her shirt, and placed my hand on her one breast. Her nipple was like a rock, and her breast, small yet filled my hand. I started to massage it as we continued kissing. She took her hand then, put it around my neck, as she rolled to her side and pulled me in closer to her.

She moaned in my mouth as I lightly pinched her nipple. So many thoughts moved in my head then. All the things I wanted to do with her right now, but, I wanted her to lead this, wherever it was going to go.

We continued kissing, and she also kept moaning more and more. I moved my hand to her other breast and massaged it as well, again, lightly pinching her nipple. It too, was hard as a rock, and her breast seemed to get firmer, the more we made out.

I pulled my hand from her breast, then reached it around her and pulled her into me. She kissed me now with a passion I have never felt from any woman. My hand was rubbing her back, and her knee slid between my legs now, so I know she could feel my hardened member against leg.

When my hand slid down her back, and then over her butt, she moaned loudly into my mouth. I couldn’t resist, and moved it so it would go under her shirt until it felt her naked butt cheek. I lay there caressing this beautiful ass of her’s and her moans grew louder still. She somehow got both her arms around my neck, and I was hoping it wasn’t too uncomfortable for her.

Our lips have yet to part, but neither of us cared at this point. We both knew in short time, we’d have full carnal knowledge of each other. He hand then came down my chest, as I moved slightly, to give her access. She snaked her hand under my shirt and was rubbing my chest and nipples now. I too was moaning into her mouth. How could I not. This beautiful woman was making love to me. It was so sensual, and sweet. My hand was now exploring both cheeks and now started toward her crack. “God. will she freak if I go further than this?” I thought.

But, her hand made it’s way down my belly, then went under the waist band of my shorts, where she lightly grabbed my hard cock. “Oh God.” I moaned into her mouth. She lifted her one leg, which now gave me access to her sex. My fingers found their way to her moist thong, and gently moved it to the side. I started rubbing her labia, which was coated already soaked with her fluids of delight.

She broke the kiss, and softly said, “yes. make love to me Mark.” Her hand was now stroking my cock gently, yet with a firm grip. Every time she would come up to the tip, her finger would play with the head and smear my pre-cum all over. My finger was gently massaging inside her, which was driving her crazy.

I started teasing her some. Slipping my finger in, then pull out and rub her clit, which was quite pronounced. God I would love to see that right now. I love eating a woman, but right now, I don’t think that is in the cards at this point. She kept darting her tongue into my mouth, with each entry of her pussy. I loved hearing her moan, as I did this.

I now inserted my finger again, but this time deeper, and took my thumb and rubbed her clit. When my finger found that rough patch of her g-spot, I concentrated souly on that.

Then her body tensed up, “Oh God Markkkk. Oh God” and she started cumming for me. She couldn’t kiss now, as her orgasm took over her body. I could feel her body tremble, and I know it wasn’t because she was cold. We were both hot now.

I held as she kept cumming, then as she started to relax, she removed her hand from my member and then tried to push my shorts down.

“Mark. I need you inside me. Make love to me. Please”

I got to my knees and removed my shorts. I then unbuttoned her shirt, and opened it. I left it on her, so she was protected from cold on her arms. I unzipped the bag, to give us more room to move and got between her legs. I carefully then started to remove her thong, and when I had it off, started kissing up her leg. When I got to her thigh, she said to do that later. Please get inside me. I can’t wait anymore.

“Are you sure Carrie? I mean we are definitely crossing a line here that I have never crossed before.”

She smiled up at me “Yes. Please. Yes”

I already knew she was extremely wet from her orgasm, just minutes before. I line up my ridged member to hew slippery sex and gently pushed in. In unison, we both said, “Oh God”. With good reason too. Her pussy was so hot, so wet and yet felt velvety soft as it engulfed my cock.

“Go slow Mark. It has been 4 years since I have done this. Oh My God, you feel so good.”

I slowly, and I mean slowly, inched my 6 1/2 inches into her. I am not a big man, by porn standards, but pretty thick and can usually last a long time, but right now, I could feel I could cum in no time flat. Once I was in all the way, I stopped and rested. I could feel her pussy muscles contract all around my cock, like it was milking it. I was still kneeling, keeping my weight from on top of her, but my hands were on the ground, next to her shoulders. Her hands were gripping my forearms tightly.

I pulled back slowly, then forward again slowly, thinking of anything I could to stave off my impending orgasm. She was moaning and cooing, as I did this. “Faster Babe” she said.

“Sweetie. If I go faster, I am going to cum quickly. It’s been along time for me too.”

“Don’t worry about that. I want your cum. I need you to cum”

I leaned my head down and took her one breast into my mouth. I could suck the whole breast inside. Then, while sucking, pulled back to suck only her nipple.

“Oh God Mark Yessssssssssssss” is all she said. Then I did the other. In my mind, her breasts were perfect, and her nipples were divine, and so sensitive to the ministrations I was performing.

Her arms came around my head and pulled me tighter to her breast, then her legs came up around my waist and she called oout, “Awwwwwwwwwwwww Goddddddddddddd” and started cumming, yet again.

That did it for me. I couldn’t stave this off any longer and grunted, “Goddddddddddddddddddd”, and started pumping rope after rope of cum, deep inside her. My mouth left her nipple and found her lips, as we tried to kiss as we rode our orgasms out, but all either of us could do was touch lips and moan. I then had to concentrate on keeping my weight off of her. I’d be too heavy for her, since no bed was under us.

After a good minute of heavy panting, I somehow got my arms around her neck, grab firmly and rolled us over, so she was on top now. Surprisingly, I did not lose my erection, and was still inside her. She giggled when I did this. “Good Job Jarhead”

We started kissing again, but this time I had free reign to her ass. My hands immediately went there. Gently squeezing her round cheeks, then massaging them. She was laying on me as I started to pump in and out of her again. She would moan into my mouth with each penetration I delivered. Her pussy fit to me like an expensive glove. My one hand did leave her butt to find the top flap of the bag and pulled it over us, keeping our body heat inside.

“Oh God Mark, you feel so good” she whispered in my ear.

“Oh Carrie, you have no idea how you feel to me. Incredible. Just Incredible. You are beyond beautiful and sexy my Dear”

As we continued to make love, she pushed up some, revealing her breasts to me again, which I took advantage of and began sucking them both again. This I am finding out, is a huge turn on for her. Her moans were soft, yet reassuring, that I had her where she wanted to be.

I started picking up the pace. I didn’t want her to work at all, trying to keep any pressure off of her ankle, which I was trying to be mindful of. We were still going at it for now almost ten minutes when she pulled my head into her chest, harder, and moaned out, “Christ Yesssssss. Ohhhhhhhhh Markkkkkkkkkk: and started cumming again.

Her whole body began to quiver and shake. This then set me off again, and all I could do was grunt loud, and started cumming again. Once I was done shooting deep inside her. my body felt like it did, when we had to do 10 mile run’s, in the service. I was totally spent, as she was.

She put her arms around my neck, loosely, and her head on my shoulder, and all I wanted to do, was lay there and listen to her breath. All I could think of was how she is a woman that I have never known before. A woman who could make you forget everything going on in life, except for her. I have never felt like this before.All past lovers, including the one I lived with, never had me feeling like this. It was strictly sex, for the sake of sex. Once I came a few times, I was done. I would either then leave, or roll over and go to sleep, like I did with my former girlfriend. But Carrie, I did not want to let go of. We lay in there for another 10 minutes. Neither saying anything. My hand would lightly rub her back, and she would just coo.

After those ten minutes, she rolled off, and onto her back. My whole groin area was soaked with our combined juices, and it felt great. I did reach over to my pack and fished out the toilet paper. I know most women don’t like the feel of cum draining from them, and I am pretty sure Carrie would feel the same. I ripped a good portion off and leaned over and began wiping it up from her pussy.

“You are a Sweetie, aren’t you? But here, let me get that.” After she did herself better, she took some more from the roll and cleaned my groin area, then threw the tissue’s to the corner of the tent. I then kissed her lightly on the lips and thanked her.

We didn’t say a word to each other. I didn’t for fear of what I may say. I am having very strong feelings for her, but if I said that, she’d probably freak out, or something. When she nestled her hand in mine, I knew she was good with what just took place. Love making twice, and by me. Not the normal fuck, like I was accustomed too. This had feelings involved and meaning.

It must have been a good ten minutes of laying there. I really thought she was starting to sleep. I figured we could discuss this in the morning, if at all. Then, as I slowly started to close my eyes, she spoke.

“Mark. You awake?” I had to smile at that one.” Like really? you really think I could sleep after what we just experienced?” I thought to myself.

“Oh yeah.” I said. “Me too” she said, then giggled. “What we just experienced is beyond words for me right now. No man has been that selfless in bed with me. It was fantastic for me and I have a lot of feelings running wild right now. But, if this was a one time thing, then so be it. It was fantastic and I will cherish it. But if it is more, then we’ll deal with that, if you want too. I guess I’ll know in the morning, after you can process it and sleep on it, just like I will.”

I started to say something, but she just put a finger to my lips, to hush me up. Then rolled over on her side, facing away from me. At this point, I was very unsure of what to do. Leave her alone? or cuddle up next to her and hold her against me, spooning, like real lovers would do. I chose the later and cuddled up to her. To my surprise, she grabbed my one hand and held it softly, as her butt wiggled into me. She felt so good, molded into my body like this. “Is this how a couple really acts like?” I thought. I fell asleep a few moments later.

Chapter 10

At some point in the night, I awoke, and felt that we had not moved. Her butt was still nestled against my thigh and groin, but my cock was hard. My hand was still with her’s, yet it was also pressed against her one boob. God I loved her boob’s. Seeing I didn’t have my watch nearby, all I knew that is was oh dark thirty out, and went back to sleep.

When I awoke, the sun was up. The tent felt warm inside now, but Carrie was gone. “Uh oh”, I thought. My mind was reeling now. I figured she got freaked out over last night. “Well, this could be an awkward hike back down to the cabin.” I got up and put on my watch, which said it was almost 8am. “Damn. I never sleep like this.” I got out a pair of sweats, and a sweat top, since it was probably still chilly out. Took my kit and exited the tent. Carrie was no where around the area. I headed to the john, since I had to pee real bad. After relieving myself. I washed my face, then brushed my teeth, and exited the bathroom.

I finally looked up towards the summit, and saw Carrie sitting on the outcrop of rocks we first kissed on. I hesitated at first, going up there, but being a true Marine, we never run from anything. Once I made the trek up the hill, she saw me. She too, had sweats on, which were navy blue, with Navy written on front of the top and pants.

“About time Gyrene. Plan on sleeping your life away?” All I could do is just chuckle, then looked out over the valley below. It had a nice haze, or fog enveloping the ground below, or at least it gave that appearance.

“Sorry. I didn’t hear reveille this morning.” as I smiled at her. “Well, watch it next time bucko, or if we were on a ship, you’d be up for Captain’s Mast” she said then laughed.

Well, at least she was in good spirits and not freaked out. “What time did you rise today? I’m kind of surprised I didn’t hear you leave.” I said.

“About an hour ago. I had to pee and got up very quietly. I tried not to disturb you. Guess I was good. By the way, you do snore, but softly. Not like my dad, who could wake the fricken dead at times.”

I just chuckled. I didn’t know if she did too, except for the time I awoke a few hours ago, and then, she was just softly breathing. One thing I did know, after looking at her now, with no makeup on, she is one woman I could see myself waking too on a daily basis. She just has a natural beauty to her. Right now I was getting lost in her eyes. I really wanted to pick her and take her back to the tent and make love again, but that was something I wouldn’t permit myself to do, until I knew exactly how she felt.

She then stood up and started walking back to the campsite. I caught up to her and was walking next to her. “What’s for breakfast” she asked. I just shook my head. She was acting like nothing took place last night. “Ok”. I thought. “So nothing happened last night. It was a dream. Either that, or she thought it was a huge mistake and ignoring it, would make it go away.” I continued in my thoughts.

“You have your choice, Fruit and nut power bar, or peanut butter and chocolate chip power bar.” I said,

“Hmmmmm. nothing else on the menu then? Guess I’ll do the peanut butter and chocolate bar. Hope the service is better than the menu.”

I took out a couple of bars and handed her one, plus a bottle of water. Right now, I had no idea what is going through her head. And I am too damn afraid to ask. Maybe this was a get back on me, for how I have treated others in the past. Like sex was no big deal. No emotions or feelings involved.

We talked little, as I tore down camp and packed everything away. Once we geared up, we started our trek back down the mountain. It should take a lot less time to reach the cabin, since it was all down hill. I did ask how her ankle was and she said it felt good. Almost back to normal.

When we came upon that lookout, that overlooked all the streams in the valley, she yelled out, “Selfie Time”. There was a mist still hanging over some of the streams, but this time, no moose were there. She took a few of her, alone, then asked me to join her. Just before she said 3, on the count of 3, Ieaned in and kissed her on the cheek. She didn’t say a word, but just put her phone away, and said “Let’s go. I could use a nice hot shower.”

We were about a half mile from the cabin, when she finally slowed up and walked next to me. I mean I really didn’t mind the view I had of her ass swaying in those sweat pants, but this felt better. She grabbed my hand and squeezed it tight.

“Thank you for a wonderful time. I just loved it up there.” and then smiled at me. I smiled back to her, “It was a pleasure, and I too, had a wonderful time up there, especially sharing it with you.”

She picked up the pace, like she had to pee or something, and before to long, we were on the back porch of the cabin. I opened the door and she ran to the bathroom. While she did whatever she was doing in there, I started unpacking my backpack. I put the tent over in a corner, and took out my clothes and all the other crap I was carrying. I felt like I just crossed a 100 miles, even though it was just a couple.

About 10 minutes later, she came out with a robe on. It was one of my aunt’s. All pink and fluffy, like an aunt would wear. She basically marched right up to me, put her arms around my neck, and kissed me deeply. We stood and kissed for a few minutes, until she broke free and told me, “Come. Shower with me.”

“Whoa” I said. “What?” she asked. “What do you mean What. This whole morning you acted like nothing took place last night. I don’t know about you, but that was pretty god damn special to me, then not to even acknowledge it.”

She looked down at the floor, like a child getting ready to be scolded, then looked back up at me. “You don’t think I found that special last night? Christ Mark. I was made love too last night. I wasn’t fucked. I have never oragsmed from intercourse, and you had me twice like that. It was wonderful and amazing and I loved it. It’s all I thought of since I went to sleep and all day now. When you didn’t press the issue at first, I thought you didn’t want anything to do with me, but then I realized you were giving me space, to let me think this out. When you kissed me on the cheek for that selfie, I just knew in my heart, you want more than a roll in the sack.”

“I don’t want a roll in the sack either. I did make love to you last night. I’ve never actually done that before, and it felt fantastic to me. I’m falling for you big time, and if that scares you, then walk away now. By the way, you are the first woman since the ex girlfriend, that I didn’t wear a condom.”

She looked me in the eye then, which looked like they were smoldering now, “Good. Let’s go shower, then go to bed and make love again. Then spend the rest of the day in bed making love. But, you need to know, I too have primal urges, so a good fucking thrown in would be nice too”

I chuckled then watched as she turned and walked back towards the hall leading to the bathroom. As she did, she let the robe slip off of her, exposing her naked body to me. “Holy shit”, I thought. “What a sexy body.” After picking my jaw off the ground, I stripped right there in like 10 seconds and caught up with her in the bathroom. She was leaning over turning the water on and getting it warm for us. I couldn’t help but check her out, bent over like that, exposing her sex to me. My dick must have noticed too, because it was growing to its full potential now.

Carrie turned around and gasped. “Oh My. You are even more impressive now that I see you. God. You are one sexy man.”

I just blushed a little. She was equally as impressive. One thing I did notice is that when she tans, she wears a thong style bikini. Her but cheeks had just a thin lin above her crack and then around her waist. It barely covered her pussy and she only had a landing strip of hair above her clit. Her breasts were lighter in color too. To me, she was an angel sent from heaven. “My lord Carrie, you are breathtaking to me. I have never been with such a beautiful woman before.”

“Come on Gyrene. We have a bed awaiting us.”

We did wash each other, and it was quite sensual. We paid particular attention to our private parts, in between kissing a great deal. Once done, we helped each other dry off, then damn near raced to bed.

Once in bed, I pulled her on top of me and kissed her deeply. As we kissed her body kept moving back and forth across my cock, soaking it with her love juices. Some how, she reached down and guided my aching member into her love hole.

“MMMMMMMMM I love how you fit me so right. I want to stay here all day like this.” she cooed out

“Fine with me. I love you just like this. You are so beautiful.”

She sat up, letting me take in her beauty even more, then smiled down at me, “You know. I do love oral too. Both giving and receiving. Something to look forward too later.”

“Good to know. I love giving, and really don’t care if I receive. But will never turn it down. But, one thing I really adore on you, besides your butt, is your beautiful breasts. They turn me on big time.”

“Goddddddddddddd. I loved how you sucked them last night. I’ve always been self conscience of them, but you, you made me feel like a woman with huge one’s.”

I sat up and took one in my mouth, and that was all she wrote. She came like a minute later. Then came again after only a few minutes of faster penetration. She was on fire.

We made love one more time that afternoon, then took a nap. After our nap, we did leave the cabin for a good dinner. Neither of us felt like cooking. After dinner, we went walking around Lake Placid again. This time holding hands, and kissing like two teenagers out on a date.

As we walked along we talked about our next adventure. Which mountain we were going to try next. I really didn’t care if we went at all. I’d be happy to spend the next 10 days, holed up in the cabin making love to her and shut out the rest of the world. Then she shocked me when she said,

“You know, you made me wet the first time, when I caught you looking at my butt, as we climbed the mountain. Don’t know why, but you did. For some reason, I felt super sexy then. Then after you kissed me on the rock, I had a small orgasm, but nothing compared to later that night or today.”

“I was hoping you didn’t notice.” I said with a laugh. “Oh, I noticed Bucko. I also caught your remarks too about the beautiful sights, when the whole time your eyes were on my ass. I notice everything JH. I just choose not to say anything. But, it did make me feel good.”

“Shit”, is all I could say. She laughed, which I find intoxicating to hear. We then headed back to the cabin. We both changed into comfy clothes. Me in shorts, no boxers this time, and she in her one flannel again. I hope one day I can ripped that off of her and make passionate love to her.

We both drank a beer and watched a little TV. Her mom called about 30 minutes into our relaxation, and she excused herself to go talk with her. I can just imagine what she is telling her. “Christ. I hope she leaves out a few parts. Last thing I need is her dad on my ass.” is all I could think.

Just then my phone beeped with a message. It was the picture of us kissing on the rock, Her dad sent it. Then another text right after.

“You pissant fucking Jarhead. I said take care of her, not put your stinking lips on her.”

I was going to reply back that it wasn’t my fault, but got another text.

“Relax Mark. You just be good to my babygirl. She needs a good man in her life, and I can’t think of a better one than you, son.”

“I will be, and thank you.” is all I wrote back to him.

Carrie came out smiling at me. “Daddy gave you some shit huh?” I chuckled, “Yeah, then turned nice on me.”

“You’re lucky, he really likes you. Just like his daughter. Tell you what. I’m ready for bed, but tonight, come share it with me.”

I got up and she led me to bed. Once in the bedroom, we stripped down and crawled in bed. I was already hard, just looking at her. She smiled as she lay down and slightly spread her legs. I grabbed her hurt leg, and gently brought up by my face, and kissed her ankle gently.

She looked at me with a weird look on her face, “Foot Fetish?”

“No. Actually this is the one part of you I totally love all ready. Because of this ankle, it brought us together. Had you not been a klutz, we may never have met. And now I working hard on falling in love with the rest of you.”

She smiled then softly said, “Well hurry up and fall quicker, so you can catch up with me Mark. I am in love with you………………..

Deli Girl 2. Porn story 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

50’s something couple start to date, then start to enjoy sharing

PLeas read Deli Girl to get a better understanding.

My name is Tom, I am 54, separated now about a year now, with the divorce becoming final soon, from an 8 year marriage that should have never happened, but oh well. I was married before too, that one lasted 24 years and two kids. She wanted to live a single life, one she really never got to experience because we married so young. I am 5’ 10, about 185 lbs, with salt and pepper hair. I guess I am of average looks, with a slight gut now. I work as a software specialist, and have been with this company 15 years.

My girlfriend Debbie, is an attractive woman, but not drop dead gorgeous. She is 5’2, 140 or 145 lbs., with brown hair, and I know she is 55 years old, and is a widow of 3 ½ years. Her husband of 30 years had a massive heart attack while cutting the lawn back then. Debbie also has a very nice chest too, I would say 36D, and nice bubble butt, but also has that pouch many women have, at that age, in the belly area, but all in all, she is cute.

We’ve been dating now for a few weeks and the sex is just mind blowing. There is nothing she won’t do sexually, and we love many of the same things in life too, which makes this relationship so much better. We are on our way to her best friend’s house, for a birthday party she is throwing for her 5 year old grandson. Her friend Darlene, and her husband Ben, are also in their 50’s, and sound like a great couple, and when Deb’s husband was alive, they all four got into swinging.

On the ride to their house, Debbie filled me in on how they are, and how laid back they both really are, except when it comes to sex, then they are two of the biggest whore’s god ever put on this planet. She also said that when with friends they know and trust, they do like to smoke weed.

Debbie laughed and said, shit if those two could have been in college in the late sixties, they would have been Hippies.

I said no way, and she said, oh way honey.

Debbie asked if I ever smoked weed. I said that I have in my past life, but have not in years. I asked if she has in recent times, and she meekly said yes, two weeks ago. She looked at me and asked, does this bother you? I said, hell no, why should it, it is no worse than drinking, and the only reason it is not legal, is because the government hasn’t figured out how to tax it and make money from it.

Debbie then warned me that knowing Darlene, or as everyone calls her, Leenie, she be rubbing all over you when people aren’t around, and if she thought she could sneak you away for 10 minutes, take you somewhere and try and fuck you. I laughed and said no way, and she said, Tom, trust me, I know her well, and have for over 25 years, so yes she would. I said well sweetie, I don’t think I will let that happen. Debbie said, don’t let me stop you, I totally trust you.

I asked what Ben would think, and she said, well he’ll probably try and get me alone too, to at least play with my tits and ass, but with all those people around, he wouldn’t let it get out of hand. She then asked, would it bother you, and I said no, of course not, especially since you know him that well already, and I trust you as well, totally.

She then said good, because with all of the people that will be there, we don’t need any drama. She then said, but I’ll tell you, I wouldn’t mind sucking that big cock of his again someday soon. I reached over and put my hand on her bare thigh, and inched it up, under her gray shorts, until I came to her pussy, which was quite wet right now.

She looked at me and said, find something you like there? I said no, I love what I found there. She giggled and said save it for later sweetie, but trust me, it will be all yours tonight in my bed, if we make it that far in the house. I just chuckled and said, no problem love, good things always cum to people that wait.

She also informed me that her daughters would be there, with their spouses and kids. I asked if they knew I was coming, and Debbie said yes, and are excited to meet you. I won’t lie, I was nervous, only because if the kids don’t like the man mom is dating, it could put a strangle hold on the relationship.

We arrived little past twelve, and there was lots of cars parked all over the neighborhood. Ben and Leenie’s house was pretty big, one of the newer types, in a gated community. We parked about 8 houses down from their house.

When we went inside, Leenie rushed up to Deb and gave her a big hug and a kiss on the cheek, and said she was so glad that we came today. Now Leenie is a good looking woman, 56 years old, 5’4, and about 150 lbs. she isn’t fat, but carries her weight well. Nice size breasts, 34D’s, and has auburn hair, that is shoulder length. She is wearing a tan button down top, that did show some cleavage, and a white denim skirt that came mid-thigh. Her thighs were a little chunky, but looked good on her.

Debbie then introduced me to her, and she came over and gave me a big hug, which lasted a little longer than it should have. She then kissed me on the lips quickly, and said, my god, you are a handsome man. I thanked her and said she was a beautiful woman and I have heard so much about you. She giggled and said, oh yeah, I bet you have. Leenie looked at Deb and said, well if she is telling you this shit, it pretty much is true, and laughed.

Ben came up and hugged Debbie and kissed her on the lips, and then squeezed her ass. Then he was introduced to me. We shook hands and said, it was great to meet you Tom. I said, likewise. We were then shown to the back yard deck, where there was probably 25 people out there, and about 10 small kids. The kids were playing in the pool. I was introduced to quite a few of the adults, then Deb took my hand and walked us over to her two daughters and their husbands.

Ben is about my height, which is 5’ 10, and goes about the same weight, 180 lbs. He is completely bald, and can tell he shaves his head. Debbie said he is shaved below too, or at least, used to be. He is wearing khaki cargo style shorts, and a light blue polo shirt and wearing sandals.

Introductions were made, with both girls, Katie and Jan, giving me a hug. Katie is 32, and Jan is 30. Katie has two daughters, 6 and 4, and Jan has a 3 year old son. The grandkids saw Debbie and came running up to her, yelling Nanna. I was introduced to the kids then. The kids then raced back to the pool, except the 3 year old, who sat in his dad’s lap. We had some small chit chat, until Ben found me and asked if I would give him a hand with grilling. Deb said for me to go on, and she was going to go help Leenie.

As he started grilling, Ben said that he has heard a lot about me already, since the girls talk all the time. He said that Deb has had her eye on me for a long time now, and was over the top excited when I finally asked her out. I told him I wasn’t sure at first, if she’d even go out, not knowing how she felt about dating. Ben said, that he was glad she finally laid that part of her life to rest and is moving on. He then said, just please, don’t string her along, if you don’t feel it is going to be something that ends up permanent. I said to him, well, for right now, we are going at a slow pace, but feel it is growing into something more than friends and sex.

Ben laughed, and said, oh yeah, you two are definitely into the sex part. Great shots you took, by the way, and chuckled. I laughed and said, yeah, your pics were nice as well. Ben said that, the pics were Leenie’s idea, since Deb sent those ones of you guys. He then looked around, and turned back to me and said, well, you probably know about our lifestyle too. I answered yes, I am aware of it. He asked, are you ok with it though, and I said yes I am. I then told him about the lady I dated some years back who introduced me to the lifestyle. He laughed and said, that is so cool. He said it has been a long time since he has been with Deb, but knows first hand what a dynamo she is in bed, and wished me luck in keeping up with her. I laughed and said, well, since neither of us have had sex in a long time, we are making up for lost time.

The girls then came out, gabbing away, and carrying plates of food. Leenie looked at us and said, ok you two, what are you talking about. Ben looked around, and said we were comparing you two girls and your gifts in the bedroom. She laughed, walked up to him and kissed him on the lips and told him, behave and you might just get some gifts tonight, after the kids go to sleep. We all laughed at that.

The food was great, and I got to know Deb’s daughters and son in laws better. When Deb was in ear shot, Katie said not to hurt her mom, or I’d have to answer to them. I said no worries there and said I would never hurt their mom. Katie said good, because she can see it in her mom’s eyes, that she is in love with me.

I was helping with the cleanup later, when most of the people left. The only ones left were Ben and Leenie’s one daughter and her two kids, which were spending the night, a couple who I really didn’t know, and Deb. I came in carrying some food, and Leenie was bent over, looking in the fridge. Her skirt were riding up her backside, and gave me a nice view of her ass cheeks. I asked where she wanted these bowls, and she turned around and asked me if I enjoyed the view. I got a little red, but answered, yes, it was a great view. She giggled and said, too bad were not naked right now, you could have put that gorgeous cock in there then. I looked at her and said, maybe sometime soon I can have that pleasure. She said, oh I think it will happen quite soon sweetie. Leenie then kissed me on the lips, slipped her tongue in my mouth and said, mmmmmmmmm, can’t wait to feel it, and then grabbed my cock, through my shorts.

After cleaning up, Ben suggested we go down to the rec room, in their basement. Their daughter was bathing the kids and getting them ready for bed. The 4 of us, went downstairs to the rec room, that was nicely furnished and had a pool table and bar.

Ben asked if I wanted anymore beer, but I declined since I had to drive, but the girls, wanted wine, which they had been drinking most of the day. I know Deb had a nice buzz going, and so did Leenie. We sat at the bar and chit chatted. I told them what a great time I had with them today, and thanked them for inviting me. Leenie said it was great that I came, and I am now part of the family, so get used to stuff like this and so much more, and winked at Deb.

Just then, their daughter came down and said that they were leaving now, since the kids were in bed. The all kissed and then she thanked me for coming today and for their son’s birthday gift. I guess Deb signed my name to the card too. After she left, Leenie walked over to Deb, put her arms around her and kissed her, not a little kiss, but a passionate kiss, with lots of tongue. After a few minutes they broke the kiss and Leenie said, damn, I have been waiting all day to do that. She looked at Ben and asked, why did we say yes to the kids sleeping over again? Ben chuckled and said that Bobbie needed some alone time with Sam tonight. She laughed and said, oh yeah, I forgot about that. She then said, well maybe they’ll make a baby tonight.

Leenie then asked Deb if it was alright if she kissed me, and Deb said of course. Deb said to me, are you ok Honey with that, and if I made out a little with Ben. I said sweetie, do whatever you like, but save some for me later. She winked and went up to Ben and started kissing him. They were locked in a very passionate, yet raw kiss, with lots of moaning going on and Ben’s hands all over her ass, and when I say on her ass, his hands hiked up her shorts, so they were on her skin. I have to admit, it was getting me hard watching.

Leenie stood next to me and watched too, then finally moved in front of me, and started kissing me. Her tongue snaked its way into my mouth and we let our tongues dance over each others. My hands found their way to her ass, and under her skirt, only to find she wasn’t wearing panties. As we kissed my finger found her puckered hole and played with it. She moaned out and softly said, oh good, an ass man. Her hand went to my crotch and rubbed my now hard cock, and out of the corner of my eye, Debbie was rubbing Ben’s cock as well.

We all sucked face for about 10 minutes, but finally stopped when Leenie said that this was unfair and if we all cant naked, we better quit, before one of these guys waste a load of good cum in their shorts. We all laughed at that. We then sat at the bar and I said, what are you guys doing next weekend, and Ben said that unfortunately, he had to be at a conference. So I said, how about the following weekend? He looked at Leenie, and she said nothing is planned, and what do I have in mind.

I told them about my camper and pontoon boat at the lake and said we can go down early Saturday morning and come back Sunday evening. Cookout, ride around the lake and just enjoy the experience. Ben said it sounded good with him, and Leenie said it sounds great, as long as we all can get naked at some point. Debbie said that sounds great to her, for she already knows she has nothing planned, except being with me. We made the plans and then bid them a good night, it was around 10pm now and left.

As we started driving home, Debbie reached over to my crotch and asked if I was horny now. I laughed and said I have been horny all day. She goes good, I am extremely horny. Then she looked at me and said, Tom, I hope you don’t get mad at me, but when Leenie and I were gone for like 10 minutes, while everything was getting cleaned up, we snuck up into their bedroom and smoked a bowl, which lead to a little playing. Leenie said she just had to see my shaved cooter. I laughed at that, and asked if she inspected Leenie, and she just nodded. Debbie goes I wish we were home already, so I can just rape your ass, I need to hard fucking tonight Baby.

I asked if it was the combination of wine all day, and the pot, that is making her so horny, and she said mostly the pot, it makes her super horny. I chuckled and thought, man, this woman is something else. 55 years old, and still acts like a 20 something woman who wants sex all the time. Not that I am complaining, but I hope I have the stamina for her.

Then she surprised the hell out of me, when I looked over, she was undoing her shorts, and then slipping them off her legs, then pulled down her black thong she was wearing. She turned and faced me and positioned her legs so I could her pussy with ease, then started playing with herself. She giggled and said, I can’t help it Babe, I need some relief. She then asked if I was alright with all of this, and I said that I was, and blew her a kiss. Luckily for us, all roads leading back to her house were neighborhood streets and not main roads in town.

We were about two blocks from home, and she looked at me and said pull over. I asked why? She said please, so I did. Once pulled over, she leaned over to me, kissed me seductively, then started loosening my belt, then unbuttoned my shorts, and pulled down my zipper. Then she goes, take them off, so when we get out of the car, we’re dressed alike, and think about it, it is so naughty knowing we are basically naked going into the house.

My mind was racing thinking of the what if’s, especially getting pulled over, but common sense said that really should be a problem since we are so close to home now. So I slid them off, along with my boxers, so now my hard cock was out for anyone to see, if they could. She then grabbed it, and stroked it a little and said, home James. I had to laugh at that remark. I reached over and stuck a finger inside her, and she moaned and said, please hurry baby, I really need you bad.

We were home within a minute, and thankfully, she did not have the front outside light on. That would have been an eyeful for the neighbors, seeing our two naked asses out for all to see. Once inside, we threw our clothes on the couch, turned to each other, embraced and kissed hard, letting our tongue dance over each other. She pulled my top off of me, and I did the same to her, along with her bra, so we were both naked now. We were hugging and kissing again, my cock poking Deb in her stomach, and her tits smashed against my chest. She then started walking us towards the dining room and her big dining table.

Once we were by it, she moved the chair out of the way, and scooted up on it, and spread her legs. She said it is time for your dessert lover. I pulled the chair in front of her, placed her legs over my shoulders, and dove in. I didn’t even fool around with teasing or going slow, I just started tongue fucking her wet slit. She moaned out, yessssssssssssss, eat me baby, fuck my pussy with that talented tongue. I was too, probing and licking, sucking her clit. Then I insert a finger inside her and found that rough spot, and started rubbing. She was going wild, pushing her pussy hard into my face, then went over the top when I put a finger in her ass, as I sucked her clit. In no time, she was cumming, and as she did, was yelling out, god yessssssssss, I cumming, eat me, eat me.

Her body was in a spasm, hips gyrating all over, like a woman possessed. As she started cumming down, she said, Fuck Baby, that was awesome. I stood up and then slammed my cock in, not really giving her any time to calm down. She looked at me, and said, oh god babe, feed me that cock. I stood there and fucked her for only a few minutes, not wanting to cum yet, but Debbie did again, or it could have been a continuation of her first orgasm.

I pulled out then, and she asked what was wrong. I said not a thing lover, but I think we need to take this to bed. She said, good idea, but first, let’s do something. I asked what? She said to just hold on. She went to her purse, got something out, then went to a drawer in her kitchen, then told me to follow her. We went outside on her deck, and she lit up a joint. She looked at me and asked if I was ok with this, and I said, sure, why not, we’re not harming a soul, and if it is something you enjoy, then why not. I said that when I used to partake, it made me super horny too, but mellow, and I could last a long time.

She giggled and said, good, because I really want to fuck a lot tonight, but morning time, I want to make love to you. I chuckled and said, Babe, you lead, I’ll follow tonight, for you are in charge. Mmmmmmm she said, I like that thought. As we smoked, I recounted what happened in the kitchen with Leenie. Debbie said I should have got down on my knees and licked her, she would have enjoyed that. I said, no, too much of a chance of someone walking in on us, like you for one, or her daughter. That would have been hard to explain, why my tongue was in her mom’s crack. She laughed and said, yeah, that would be hard to explain, but just know, the kids know we used to play some together. I raised my eyebrow and said really? She said yeah. One night, when we were at their house, swimming in their pool, John and Leenie were fucking in one end, and me and Ben doing the same, their daughter came home early from a date because her boyfriend got sick. She saw us and just shook her head and went back inside. I guess she was mad at her parents for a few days until Leenie sat down with her and explained things. Nothing was ever said after that.

We finished the joint, and although I was feeling a good buzz, Debbie was feeling it a bit more, since she already smoked some earlier. She said, come on tiger, take me to bed and fuck me all night. We locked up and damn near ran for the bed. She pushed me down onto the bed and immediately started sucking my cock. My god this woman could suck meat like no other. After ten minutes of that, she said she needed me inside her. She straddled me, and impaled herself on my cock and started rocking back and forth, then moving up and down. She was cumming within a minute or so. We then changed positions so I was on top, with her telling me to fuck her hard.

We fucked for a good 45 minutes, in different positions, really taking no break, and I had not cummed yet. I was inside her, while she was in the doggie position, her chest and head hugging the pillow, and her ass way up in the air. It was a gorgeous sight. As I fucked her, I also had my thumb in her ass, per her request. She the looked back at me and said, lube my ass up and put it in baby. I asked if she was sure, and she said yes. I put some spit on her hole and spread it around, then stuck a finger pretty deep inside her, and then slipped my cock back inside her pussy, to cover it with her juices.

I slow inserted my cock in her ass. I went real slow at first, and heard her gasp as I pushed in. I asked if she was ok, and she said it hurts some, but the pain would go away soon. I was only about half way in, when she gasped again and asked me to pull out. I did not hesitate, and slowly pulled out. She fell to her side and said, damn, I was so hoping to fuck you there tonight. She said it has been at least four years since she did that. I got up and went to the bathroom and washed my cock off, and came back.

I crawled back in bed and laid on my side facing her. She said she was sorry that she couldn’t do it, but said we need to practice more, the next two weeks. I asked why, and she said, because I want to have you and Ben in me that weekend we are with them. She said she really loves that feeling, and wants to do it again. I smiled at her and said, well, guess we’ll just have to work on that.

She kissed me and said, oh honey, you haven’t cummed yet, here, let me take care of that. She moved down and started sucking my cock. She looked up at me and said, god, I love sucking you off. I told her she felt so good doing it and that no woman comes close to her expertise. After a good ten minutes, I came hard, in her mouth and she sucked up all of my juices. When I was finished, she scooted up and kissed me with a mouthful of cum. She pushed a big glob into my mouth, then let her tongue push it all around. My hand went between her legs and started rubbing her clit hard, and in no time, she orgasmed again. We kissed that whole time, until she was done cumming. We then laid in each other’s arms and kissed and said we love each other and fell asleep.

I awoke first for a change, and looked at her sleeping so comfortably. It was already 8am, so I peed and went to her kitchen and made coffee, and also started cooking breakfast for her. When it was ready, I took the food and coffee into the bedroom, softly woke her up. She was shocked that I made breakfast for her. She said she always did that for John, but he sucked at cooking, so he never did that for her. She went to the bathroom then came back and we ate in bed. When we finished, she said, come here, spreading her legs, and said I love you, so make love to me now.

We made love three more times that Sunday. I actually went home that night, tired and pretty much worn out. She wanted me to stay, but I knew I would not get some sleep. The rest of the next two weeks though, I stayed with her, and we did practice anal. By the following weekend, we got her ass used to it and she was like a woman on fire when we were fucking that way.

The Wednesday before the camping trip, she said that Leenie was coming over and asked if I minded not staying that night. I said I was fine with that, more so, to give my cock a break. About 9:30 that evening, I got a call from Debbie. But, it was Leenie doing the talking. She asked what I was doing, so I told her, just reading a book. She said, well, your lovely woman is between my thighs eating the hell out of my pussy. She then told me to get naked, which wasn’t hard, since I was only in boxers. Then she said, take a pic and send it, so they knew I was. So I did, and then I heard Debbie say, damn, I miss that cock. Leenie got back on the phone and told me to stroke it while I listen to those two. Leenie was moaning a great deal, with little yelps, and also talking real dirty to Debbie, telling her to eat that cunt slut.

After about 10 minutes, I could hear Leenie getting ready to cum and she told Debbie to tongue fuck her hard now. I was close to cumming, so I put the camera in movie mode, just before I came, and then shot the video of me cumming. The way my cock was pointing, it was shooting up my chest, but it was a great close up of the cock head shooting cum. The forth spur though, landed on the camera lens, so it blocked any more of the view. I sent that short video to her phone, and about a minute later, Leenie said, holy fuck, look at that cum shooting out. I heard Debbie say in the background, damn honey, get over here and let me have more of that. I just chuckled and said no, I better rest now. Then Deb and I talked a minute, said our “I love you’s” and heard Leenie tell us both, no more sex until Saturday night, she didn’t want us wearing it out. I laughed and said, well, good luck with that, because my lady there just may need some before that. She laughed and said, tough shit.

That Thursday, Deb stayed the night at my house, and then Friday night, I spent with her, at hers. We didn’t listen to Leenie, and made love both nights, with Thursday being the last time for anal practice, which was awesome. I swear, she cum’s the hardest when fucked there. Saturday, Ben and Leenie were going to come to Debbie’s and then ride with us to the camper.

We both got up rather early, around 6am. And although we wanted to do it, we refrained, except she did suck me in the shower for a few minutes. I told her we should wait for later. She laughed and said, oh, ok I guess. I made us breakfast then and we were ready to go by 8am, when Leenie and Ben showed up. I already had the pickup loaded with coolers and provisions, plus an overnight bag for each of us, since I had not been down there in a few weeks. I usually don’t use the truck, except for going down there and when I am doing home projects.

After loading what Ben and Leenie brought, we were on our way by 8:15, and arrived a little past 10am. Pretty good time, since traffic was light that morning. The weather was outstanding, sunny and going to be in the mid 80’s all weekend.

After unloading all of our stuff, and getting some foods into the refrigerator and cabinets, we all went for a walk around the grounds. Now my camper is situated at the end of this road, and instead of pointing longways in, mine gets to sit so it looks like it is sideways, with no one on my right side, and only Bill and Sharon’s camper on my left, and they really can’t see the back part of my camper, which has my grill and table, and lawn chairs, oh and the hammock. Bill and Sharon have been in that lot for years, like me, and are a bit strange, yet wild too. Sharon and Bill are both in their late 40’s, with 2 kids that are grown. Bill like’s his beer and usually is drunk by the evening, if not before. Sharon is ok looking, 5’2, blond, maybe 130 lbs., with big DD tits, that she does like to show off at times. Sharon has come on to me on many occasions, but that is another story.

After coming back, I asked the girls what they wanted to do, and both said let’s go for a boat ride, and then do lunch. We all went inside, so we could change into swimwear. The girls took the main bedroom, and left Ben and I to change up by the sitting area. Neither Ben or I were modest and just stripped down and got our suits out. Both of us are shaved down below, but I could see what Debbie always talked about. Ben is hung pretty good.

After about 10 minutes, the girls finally came out. Ben and I were starting to wonder what the heck was taking them so long. Debbie suit was a blue and black one piece with some design in it. It plunged down to almost her navel, and really accented her breast nicely, and had high cut leg openings. She looked very sexy in it. Leenie’s was something similar, except hers was mostly green, with yellows through it, and was hardly containing her tits.

Debbie came up and gave me a soft kiss and lingered a bit, until I noticed a certain unmistakable taste, the taste of pussy. I grinned at her and looked then at Leenie and said, girl, you taste good. Leenie laughed and said, she girlfriend, I knew he’d know. I then licked Debbie’s up lip, then her chin, and said oh yeah, you do taste fine. Ben kissed and licked Leenie and said, mmmmmmmmmm, I remember this taste. The girls just laughed and said, later boys.

We shoved off, after making the pontoon ready. Since this is an inland lake, only a 10 horsepower motor is allowed, so speeding around is not an option. There was not to many people out on the lake yet, which is fine with me. Ben was standing with me, and the girls were sitting on the aft seats, in the back, soaking in the sun. Ben asked if I used anything, to help with performance, and I said, yeah, the little blue pill, though I haven’t taken it yet. He said, good, because I use Cialis, and I think we are going to need all the help we can get. He said Leenie has been talking all week about today. I said, so has Deb. He asked if I was ok with this, and I said yes, and relayed some stories from my time with this one lady who I swung with. He said cool, because he has been looking forward to being with Debbie again, for a long time now.

As we were shooting the shit, as I drove around, the girls were in some conversation of their own. But then we heard them yell up to us to turn around, so we did, and lo and behold, they dropped their tops on their suits to show us their breasts. It was a fine sight to behold too. The pontoon does have sides to it that come up about 30 inches or so, so they would not be spotted by other boaters, unless the person was standing. I then headed for the area that had all the little coves on the lake, figuring if they are going to tease us, we might as well have some sense of privacy. As I pulled into one cove, the girls yelled back to us again, and this time, they had their feet up on the seat, legs spread, the with their one hand, moved the material, by the crotch, out of the way, to show us their shaved pussies.

I pulled into the cove, and cut the engine, and let it drift in there. No one was around, so we were pretty safe, and if someone did happen up on us, we’d hear them long before they would see anything. I opened a cooled and asked if anyone wanted anything to drink. The girls both wanted wine, so I poured them a glass, and Ben took a beer, and me a pepsi, since I was driving this tug. Park Rangers are always out and about, looking for drunks. Debbie came up to me, after I gave Leenie her wine, and then gave Deb her glass. She kissed me and said, are you comfortable with them, and I said of course. She said good, and asked if she could play around with Ben for a bit. I said honey, you don’t have to ask, just enjoy, that’s what we’re here for.

Debbie went back over to Leenie and said, a little play time now. Then grabbed Ben’s hand, and led him to the back, pull the seat cushions to the floor and they laid down, and started making out. Their hands were all over each other as they kissed like 2 lovers, separated for years. Leenie walked up to me, as I sat in the captain’s chair, and sat in my lap, facing me. I said to everyone that we need to keep the noises down, because our voices will travel across the lake. Leenie laughed and said, shit, you better keep something in my mouth then. Leenie then said, look guys, we need you 2 full strength for later, so no cumming right now. Ben and I just laughed and said we’d try.

Leenie and I started kissing, very passionately, tongues seeking each other out. My hands were holding her ass, and her arms were around my neck. After a bit, I broke our kiss and looked down at the other 2. Debbie was now licking Ben’s cock, which was hard, and like Deb had said, quite long. Leenie then looked too, then back at me and asked, turning you on? I said yeah it is, and she said good, me too. I then started licking her neck, then took a hand and pulled down her top, exposing her ample tits to me. Her nipples were about a good half inch out, and the size of my thumb, round. Her areola’s were pink, not dark like Deb’s.

I started sucking her nipples and licking all around her breast. Her hand went to my cock, and said, mmmmm baby, I think I found something I am going to like a lot. As I kept sucking, she moaned some softly and said, oh yeah baby, suck that tit. After a few minutes, she backed off of me, and bent down and pulled my rigid cock from its restraint. She wasted no time with engulfing my cock into her hungry mouth. Both girls were now giving us blow jobs, and to tell the truth, it was fantastic. Leenie could take me all the way into her throat. After about 5 minutes though,, I told her to stop, or go slower, or I was going to cum. Ben too, was getting close and said the same thing to Debbie.

They switched positions, so Debbie was on her back now, legs spread, and pulled the material away from her snatch, to give Ben access to it. Ben dove right in, and started eating her pussy. Leenie had me stand up, and she sat down on the chair, scooted her ass down on it, and spread her legs, and pulled the material to the side and said, lunch is served.

I, like Ben dove and started licking her gorgeous pussy, like a man starved for days. I got on my knees then to make it easier for me to lick and probed. Leenie was moaning pretty good. She loves talking dirty too. She kept asking Deb how it felt, having Benny sucking on her cunt. Deb just said wonderful, in between moaning and gasping. I was sucking Leenie clit now, and had 2 fingers buried in her snatch. She was holding my head to her pussy, tight now, and said oh shit, baby, I am going to cum soon. I started sucking her clit harder and fingering the hell out of her, and she let loose a muffled gasp, and started cumming. The juice just poured out of her. Leenie said, holy fuck Deb, this man can eat pussy.

Debbie was in the mist of her own orgasm then, and was drenching Ben’s face. Once she was done, Ben moved up, uncovered his hard cock, and slipped into her wet slit. Deb gasped and said, yessssssssss, I have wanted this for such a long time. Leenie and I watched as they started to fuck. Then I stood up, took my cock out, rubbed it all over her pussy, until she said, quit fucking around, and give me that pole. I then just shoved it in all the way, and she said, my god, you do know how to fill a girl up.

We only fucked for may be 10 minutes most, because both Ben and I were in need of cumming, but didn’t want too. I pulled out and Leenie, said, what the fuck. I said I was getting close to cumming, and you girls said no cumming for us guys right now. She said, shit, we did say that. Ben was already out of Debbie, and both laid there panting away. Leenie leaned into me and kissed me and said I better fuck her good later. I said no problem there.

It was already 1:30pm, so we decided to head back in and grab some lunch. I headed right back to the camp site, instead of cruising the rest of the lake, which if you did a full circle around it, it takes close to 3 hours. Debbie this time stood up with me, while Ben and Leenie were sitting in the back, holding hands. As I drove, Deb had her arm around my waist and asked if I was alright with everything so far. I said, yes, it was quite enjoyable, and I was really turned on by watching you 2, together. She said good, because she was super turned on watching me eat and fuck Leenie. We kissed and heaed on in.

Once back, I ran to the bathroom, then into the bedroom to get my bag. I opened the bag and pulled out my bottle of Viagra, and got a pill. Deb was standing in the doorway, and said, oh, now I know why you can keep it up so long. I said, yep, but have only used them a couple of times with you, like the very first time we did it, and then that night after their party. She laughed and said, that is fine with me, because I love you hard, but also, I just plain ass love you.

The girls got out lunch food and we ate, and shot the shit. They told stories of some of their escapades with 2 couples they have played with in the past. One of the couples was a one and done deal. She was to frigid for this type of lifestyle Ben said, and she wasn’t all that good in bed either. As we were finishing up, Bill and Sharon pulled into their lot. Sharon came right over and hugged me, saying it has been so long since they have seen me. I introduced her to my girlfriend Debbie, and our close friends, Ben and Leenie. I figured we were all close now, considering just fucked Leenie. When I introduced Debbie, Sharon gave her a hug and a kiss on the lips, which kind of threw me. She said welcome to the neighborhood and I hope I get to know you better. Debbie smiled and said the same back.

After she left, we cleaned up the table and put stuff away. I asked if they were up for finishing the tour of the lake, they all agreed. As we trolled around the lake, Leenie ask what was up with that board back there. I said that they were ok, but she can be a bit strange. Leenie laughed and said, shit, I think she is Bi. I said no way. Leenie said oh yeah, look how she hugged and then kissed Debbie, she wants in her pants, and laughed. I said those 2 are down here a lot during the summer, but Bill is a drunk, and is usually passed out by the evening. And, if they are not fighting, they are fucking at night, at least since their kids don’t come down anymore. I said you watch and see later, because she is loud, and doesn’t care who hears them. We all laughed and then motored on our way.

It did take us over 3 hours to go around the lake, but we were in no hurry. We would look at some of the houses that were built on the shoreline. I mean some were mansions. The coolest one was this log cabin style home. I knew it was 3500 square feet, but you hardly ever see people there, like today.

It was going on 7pm, by the time we got back in and tied up the boat. The girls said they had to freshen up some, while Ben and I brought back the coolers from the boat. I had splurged for today, and bought filet mignon for dinner. So I got the grill out and got it warming up and went inside and prepared the meat for grilling. The girls heard me and asked what they could do. I said if they didn’t mind getting the potato’s going in the micro ( all the comforts of home) and anything else they wanted. As I got the meat going, Ben asked if I took my little helper, and I said I did. He said he did too, because I think we are in for a hell of a time later.

During dinner, Leenie, who was sitting across from me, would take her foot and run it up my leg and rub my cock, and just smile. Deb was doing the same to Ben too. After dinner, the girls said they’d do the dishes, and I said we would get a bon fire going. Ben and I collected some kindling, to go along with the logs I had for fires. We got a nice one going now, as it was just starting to get dark. We all sat around the fire, looking out over the lake, watching the sun set, which Debbie remarked that this was so nice and something she could get used too, as she hugged me. I said, honey, we can come down all summer if you want too. Leenie said, us too? I said, well, the jury is still out on you, but you may be able to persuade me later. She flipped me the finger, then laughed. The Ranger stopped by to make sure we were doing ok, and had the fire under control. After he left, I said we wont be bothered again by him this weekend, unless we get out of hand. Ben got up and excused himself and went inside. He came out a minute later with a baggie of weed and a pipe.

He asked if it was cool to smoke here and I said yes, but wait a few more minutes, to make sure the Ranger is gone from this area. He lit up about 10 minutes later and we all shared some really good weed. For me, it did not take much, since I wasn’t used to it, but I was feeling a good buzz going on, and so was Debbie. She was getting the giggles too, plus horny as hell, because her one hand kept going to my dick and rubbing it a lot. Not sure why, but it was so peaceful and mellow, none of us were in a hurry to get inside. We even smoke another bowl.

As the fire started going down, we all decided it was time to head inside. Ben and I doused the fire and followed the ladies in. Ben asked if he could shower first. I said fine with me, and Leenie said she would join him. As they went in the bathroom, Debbie leaned into me and started kissing me. She said she is so horny right now and needs some lovin. We were sitting on the bed waiting for our guest, so we could shower then, and as we waited, Deb pulled my cock out and stroked me hard. Then she moved the material covering her pussy to the side, straddled my waist, and sat down on my cock. She said, mmmmmmmmm, I have needed this all day. She said I love you so much. I told her I loved her too. She said I am not going to make you cum now, but please save one good one for me tonight, after we fuck our friends. I said I promise.

Leenie and Ben exited the bathroom, both just having towels wrapped around them. Since we heard them turn off the shower, we quit fucking. Then we went inside and showered real quick, with really no playing, except for some passionate kissing. Before we got out, she asked, are you positive about this, because just know, I am fucking him, and that’s it, I only make love to you. I said Honey, you have to stop worrying. If I did not want us in this situation, I would have never agreed to it. She smiled and kissed me and said damn baby, I love you, but now lets go get some great sex from them.

We exited the bathroom only wearing towels too. I made sure the air was running at a good temp and checked all the windows, so they were shut tight. No need for the campground to hear us. Just before we left the bathroom, Debbie asked if I minded if her and Leenie played a little. I told her do what you want to do, because in the end, we’ll all be having fun, together.

Debbie walked up to Leenie, who was standing by the couch, that was now a bed, and removed her towel, exposing her naked body to us, and for me, the first time I had seen her naked. Leenie, in turn, removed the towel covering Debbie, who was now naked as well. The girls started kissing, and rubbing hands all over the place. Meanwhile, Ben and I looked at each other, shrugged our shoulders, and dropped our towels too. We were both sporting half erections, but knew that would soon change.

The girls climbed onto the bed now, and assumed the 69 position and started licking each others pussies. Ben and I took at seat at the table and just sat back and watched as these two fine ladies ate each other with reckless abandon. We could hear the muffled moans emitting from Leenie, since she was on the bottom, and could easily hear Debbie saying oh fuck, that feels so good. Ben got up and got us each a beer, saying it may be a while before we play.

The girls did not take to long before they both achieved their orgasms, one right after the other, both very strong, with the girls stifling their moans, so it wasn’t too loud. After Debbie rolled off of Leenie, she laid there panting, and said, holy fuck, now that’s the way to get this party going. We all laughed at that.

The girls looked at us then, and asked if we were going to join them now, or just sit there. We both got up, but I suggested we take this to the back bedroom, where we had a lot more room, since it did have a king size bed back there. Debbie got off the bed, and as she walked past me, to grab Ben’s hand, she stopped, and gave me a passionate kiss, and told me she loves me, and to fuck her brains out. I said I love you too, to her and said, enjoy that big cock of his baby.

Debbie grabbed Ben’s hand and led him to the bedroom, with Leenie and I close behind. Ben got on the bed and laid down, with Debbie right behind him, but she went right to the 69 position, and started sucking his hard cock. Leenie and I stood in the doorway and watched for a minute, with her hand firmly gripping my cock. She whispered in my ear that she loves watching these two like this, and that Debbie is an expert at sucking cock. I said, oh I definitely know about that.

After a few minutes of watching, went to the side of the bed that those two were on, leaned into Debbie, pulled her mouth away and kissed her, then licked Ben’s shaft. Debbie and Leenie both moaned loudly as I did this. As I licked him, Debbie’s mouth was over the head sucking him, then she would lick down the opposite side of him, and back up to the tip, and when our tongues met, we would lick each others tongue. Then I took his cock in my mouth and bobbed my head up and down his ridged shaft. Debbie was moaning real loud saying she isn’t sure what has her more turned on, Ben’s tongue which was fucking her pussy, or me, sucking his cock. I released his cock then and licked back down, and Debbie started licking again too. As we did this, Leenie got on the bed and was in position to lick Debbie’s exposed ass. When she did this, Debbie lost it and started cumming. She let out a low gasp and said fuck me, I am cumming from you 3. She was trying her best to keep her mouth in play, but was having a hard time of it. When she was coming back down to earth, I kissed her and told her I loved her. She smile and said the same, but now go take care of my best friend.

I crawled over to the other side and laid down, and Leenie said for me to eat her, while she sucked my cock too. So we got into the 69 position and I drove my tongue deep in to her wet slit. This woman was so wet now, and tasted divine. My tongue explored her pussy, then up to her ass. I could hear her tell Deb, man girlfriend, this man can eat pussy almost as good as you. Her mouth was now engulfing my whole cock now, as I continued to assault her snatch. I looked over at the other two, because I could feel a lot of movement then and saw that Debbie was now starting to ride Ben.

I went back to licking and sucking her pussy, and now sucking her clit, which was engorged and hard. Once I started that, Leenie yelled out, oh yeah baby, that’s it, make me cum fucker. So I sucked harder and her ass was now pressing hard into my face, and she let loose a gusher of cum. I swear she came for over a minute. Debbie was telling Ben that she really missed his bog cock in her and was rocking back and forth.

Leenie then told me to switch around, so my head was down by Ben’s feet, and then Debbie reached over, grabbed my cock, and held it for Leenie to sit down on it. Leenie didn’t waste time either, she came right down on it and sat there. I could feel her pussy muscles gripping it hard too. Leenie leaned over to Deb, and started kissing her, and playing with one tit. Debbie was moaning loud now and starting to fuck faster. Leenie now turned her attention to me and started going up and down on my shaft. God she was tight, considering the pole she is used to fucking.

Leenie looked down at me and said, well sweetie, do you like this pussy too? I could just nod my head yes. She giggled and said, good, because it’s yours all night. Now understand, when couples are together like this, there is a lot of bantering going on too, but mostly its moans and grunts, and gasps, especially when one is getting close to cumming. The four of us fucked like this for a good 10 minutes, with both girl’s cumming, and being loud enough so at least our neighbors knew we were fucking, but who cares.

Ben and I both asked the girl’s to flip over, so we could drive now. Ben was deep inside Deb and I was right next to them, with Leenie’s legs over my shoulder, and I started pounding her pussy hard. Debbie and Ben were lost in their own world, as was Leenie and I. Leenie kept telling me to fuck her harder, so I was really pounding into her now, and you could hear my balls slapping against her ass, with each downward thrust. She was really getting into it too, telling me oh yeah, that’s it lover, fuck that tight ass pussy. Ben was also now banging away at Debbie, and she was just as vocal, calling him a big fucker, and fuck her hard now, she was close. A couple of minutes later, Ben let loose a massive orgasm in Debbie, and she was cumming too. This got me going now and I told Leenie I was about to cum. She said to cum deep inside her, and she started cumming. Her legs came together around my head, and it now felt like a vise grip on my head, and I started shooting ropes of creamy cum inside her tight box.

Ben fell to the opposite side of Debbie, with both of them panting hard. I moved out from between Leenie’s legs and got between Debbie’s, and started licking her cum filled cunt. Leenie looked at us and said, damn, I love this man now. She then straddled Debbie’s head and said, here, lick your man’s juices out of me. She then bent down and helped me lick Ben’s cum her snatch. Ben somehow got back there with Debbie, and was also helping her eat Leenie’s fine pussy.

After a few minutes, we all quit tasting each other, and Leenie and I shared a cum filled kiss, as did Debbie and Ben. All of us were spent for the moment, and Ben and I got up and headed back out to the kitchen area. I grabbed us all some cold waters, and Ben grabbed his bag. He asked if it was cool to light up and I said sure. He packed the pipe and brought it back, with me in tow, with the waters.

All of us were now on the bed, sitting up, and drinking water, when Ben lit up the pipe. We all shared the weed until the pipe no longer was of any use. As we drank then, we all said it was a great time and not one of us had any reservations about this. The 3 of them said they were worried I may not like it, buti assured them I was really good with it.

As we sat and relaxed, the girls started stroking are cocks back to life, which didn’t take long at all. Ben laid back down, and Debbie mounted him again. Then she looked at me and said, Babe, get the lube out, it’s time. I reached for my bag and got out the KY jelly, and then came back. Leenie said, oh my god, you are suck a cock slut. I lubed my cock, and her ass, got into position, and started pressing my cock head in her anal opening.

She was extremely tight now, as I inched my way in. The whole time, she was saying, holy fuck, does this feel so fucking good. Once I was in, Ben and I took over fucking her. I could feel his hard cock rubbing the thin membrane that separated us. Leenie got behind us and started licking mine and Ben’s balls, as we started to fuck Debbie. Debbie was saying how filled she was, and that every woman needs to try this once in their lives. Ben and I had established a good rhythm, and Debbie was going nuts. It only took 5 or 6 minutes before she had an explosive orgasm, and as loud as she was, I am sure the whole campground knew.

After she came, she rolled off of Ben and I popped out. Leenie said she was next, so she mounted Ben, kissed him hard, then looked back at me, and said, come on big boy, put that cock in my ass now. I got up, went in the bathroom, got a wet hot towel, and washed my cock off, came back with another , wet towel for later, and lube us both up, and slowly insert inside her tight ass.

Ben and I got into a great rhythm again and soon had Leenie cumming, and she was just as loud, and yelling out holy fuck numerous times. After everyone disengaged, and relaxed a bit. Both girls said that was awesome and something we need to do the next time too. Debbie mouthed I love you to me, and winked.

I had to pee now and got up, and when I was finished, Leenie was by the door. She said next time, let me help you with that. Of course my mind is racing thinking she might be into a little water play sometime. I waited on her to finish, and when she came out, we both looked back at the bedroom, and saw Ben and Debbie fucking again. Leenie said, oh wow, those two are quite the horny pair tonight. I agreed and said, well, I think we are too, and she said, oh yeah lover, we’re hardly done.

She led me out to the fold out bed, her and Deb used earlier, and laid down on it, spreading her legs. She crooked her finger at me and said, come here, and fill me up. Never one to say no to a lady, I got between her legs, and slipped into her waiting cunt. She gasped and said, mmmmmmmm, this is nice, just you and me alone.

As we started to fuck, she said that she loved when John and Debbie used to play with them, but feels I am so much more open and have a lot more stamina for this play. She said don’t get me wrong, I loved John, but he was a lot smaller than me, and cock size really does matter, plus he could only go 2 times and that was it. She made me promise not to tell Deb this stuff, its our pillow talk.

We then started fucking slowly, and kissing. She said this feels so right being with us like this. I told her I thought she was an awesome lover, and very tight, considering the cock she is used to getting. She said she does keggle exercises to keep that 20 something feel in her pussy. We rolled over now so she was on top and said that she would be so pissed if I didn’t make a very long term commitment to Debbie. She said, you know, she is head over heels, in love with you, and I can see how you look at her, you are the same way. Ben and I only want the best for her, so treat her great, and you may enjoy lots of this pussy.

I smiled at her, and I said I promise to keep her happy, in bed and out. She leaned down and kissed me and said, you better, now shut up and lets fuck. And fuck we did. For the next 20 to 25 minutes, we tried a bunch of positions, with Leenie cumming twice. I was having a hard time cumming again, so I did not want her to think I wasn’t getting into it, so I faked the orgasm I had. When we were done, I got between her legs and ate her for a bit. She said, god, John never did that when he was done, and Ben only does it once in a while. She said that Deb told her, I usually do it every time we fuck. As we laid there, we could hear Debbie and Ben letting us know they were cumming again too.

After resting a few, we got up, stopped at the fridge and got more water, and padded back to the room, turning off lights as we went. It was now well past midnight, and we were all spent. I went over to the side Debbie was on, and crawled in besides her. Leenie said to Ben, come on lover, let’s get some shut eye. They got up and padded out to the other bed, that Leenie and I just fucked in. Leenie blew us kisses and said good night and thanks for a wonderful time today.

Debbie snuggled up to me, after I turned out the light. She kissed me n=and said, oh babe, I do love you so, and thank you for making this weekend so special. She started caressing my cock, then, and it started to grow. She giggled and said, mmmmmmm good, I really need you in me now. I got on top and slipped inside. Her pussy was so hot and extremely wet from Ben’s cum, which felt really good, and quite erotic. She said no fucking now honey, just make love to me. And so we did, and for the next 15 minutes or so, we slowly made love, with both of us cumming one last time.

The next morning, I awoke about 7:30, went and peed, but not flush, since the other 3 were still sleeping. I put on my swim trunks and went outside, to pick up after ourselves from the night before. After about 15 minutes of cleaning up, I had a bag of garbage and took it down to the dumpster, that was by a community shower and bathroom. They have this for people who don’t have campers that tent camp as well, which is at the other end of this road.

As I was walking down, Sharon, my neighbor, was coming out of the shower and saw me. She smiled at me and said good morning. She was wearing this bright pink silk robe, and could easily see, no bra under it, since her nipples were straining to get set free. She asked how I was feeling today, and I said great. She said you should be, with all the noises coming from the camper last night. I kind of blushed at that remark. She giggled and said, oh stop, we are all adults, and she is glad we are into swinging. She said they used too as well. But anymore, all Bill wants to do is drink.

She asked if the girl’s are bi and I said yes. She smiled and said cool, so is she. She then said may be some time when we are down again, her and Debbie can get together, after Bill passes out, and if you are a good boy, I’ll let you fuck me too. I chuckled and said, that would be up to Debbie, not me. She said of course, but she would love a 3some sometime.

After getting back to the camper, the door opened and out came Debbie. She was wearing a pair of black silk boxers, which were mine, and one of my t-shirts I keep here. She looked great in them. She brought me out coffee and we went down to the dock and sat down. I relayed what Sharon had told me and Debbie said, you’re kidding right? I said, no, that’s what she said. Debbie said, well who knows, it may happen, but I have to see how I connect with her. But, please promise me, you wont force that issue. I said never dear. When it comes to playing, you make all decisions.

I asked if our guests were up yet, and she said yeah, they are fucking right now. She giggled and said that Leenie wanted her to join them, but she told her no, to just enjoy some alone time. I said damn, that girl is insatiable. Debbie laughed and said oh yeah, good thing she has a man who can keep up with her. She leaned into me and said that after breakfast, she wouldn’t mind another round with me, or all 3 of us, before we leave today.

After 20 minutes, or so, we headed in and started making breakfast. Those two were just laying there, resting after a pleasant round of sex. After breakfast, we all helped clean up. Ben and Leenie were still naked, and Leenie said that if they are naked, we should be too, and came over and pulled my shorts down. She then got on her knees and started sucking me hard. Debbie grabbed Ben’s hand and led him to the bedroom, where she got naked and started sucking him off.

After a bit, Leenie got off of her knees and came up and kissed me. We could hear the other two fucking away in the back. Leenie said she needs a hot load of cum in her, since Ben said she was saving his load, from before, for Debbie. Leenie said, now I want yours deep inside me.

She sat up on the dinette, spread her legs, and I walked right into her. She looked at me, once I was deep inside her, and said, damn Tom, I do enjoy your cock. We fucked in that position for like 5 minutes, until she wrapped her legs around me, and her arms around my neck. She said take me to the bed over there, so you can properly fuck me good.

I picked her up and walked us over to the bed, and slowly laid us down, without pulling out of her. We could hear the other two, really banging away, but just moaning, no dirty talk. I started fucking Leenie now and she said, damn, 2 morning fucks, what a great way to start a day off. We fucked hard for the next 15 minutes, until my balls could not take it anymore, and shot a huge load of cum in her already cummed filled pussy. When we were done, she said she’ll have cum dripping all day from her cunt.

We all then took showers, Leenie and Ben together, then Deb and I. After dressing, we decided to take a cruise again around the lake. We didn’t circumvent the whole lake this time, because we were all starting to show signs of tiredness. It was about 2pm when we got back to the camper, and docked the boat. Ben and I covered it, while the girl’s fixed some sandwiches. After eating, and clean up, we headed home.

All three of them took a cat nap while I drove, and awakened when we were about 10 minutes out from Debbie’s house. Once there, we unloaded the truck, and Leenie and Ben loaded up their car. Every one said what a fabulous time they had, and I offered to do this again, in the next couple of weeks, but this time, go down Friday evening. Deb said she would make arrangements at work, so she could be off. Ben and I shook hands, while the girl’s kissed and hugged, and then Leenie hugged me and gave me a kiss on the lips, and said, anytime big boy, you were marvelous.

Debbie and I went in to her house, and once inside, we both crashed onto the couch. She laid in my arms, and we both took a nap. About an hour later, her phone rang, so that woke us up. It was Katie, just seeing how the weekend was. Debbie told her about the camper and the boating. Katie asked when we were taking them down. I said any time they want too.

Debbie asked if I was going to spend the night with her, and I said, I could, if she wanted me tonight. She said, oh yes, I want you in my bed any time I can get you there. I laughed and said, honey, I am not sure I’ll be up for satisfying you tonight. She said she doesn’t care about that, she just loves the feeling of having me next to her. I have to admit, I am growing quite fond of waking besides her. I told her let me scoot home, change into some different clothes, and bring some others for tomorrow morning, and when I get back, we’ll go do dinner.

When I got back, her daughter Jan was there, with Debbie’s grandson. They stopped by because her husband had to leave for work out of town. I said, good, you can join us too for dinner. We all went to the Outback for dinner. I was starving, so this would hit the spot.

Dinner was fun and entertaining. Jan wanted to know all about our weekend, and she too asked when we were taking her. I said let’s set something up for a few weekends from now. Jan asked if there is enough sleeping room, with 5 of us there. I said not a problem. It sleeps 6, may be even more if you arrange it right. Jan looked at her mom and asked, where do you sleep. Deb just smiled at her and said, where do you think silly. Jan looked at her, grinned and said, oh mom, you shameless hussy. We all laughed. I told Jan that is you guys like camping, you guys can use it too, you know, with out mom and me there. Debbie then said, yeah, we’ll even baby sit for you, so you two can have a weekend away, and it wont cost you much, just food and gas. Jan thought that was a wonderful idea.

After getting back to Deb’s, Jan then left, wanting to get the baby to bed. Debbie asked if it was ok that she volunteered to watch her grandson, and said that I was cool with it, but it has been a long time since I had to watch a three year old. We snuggled on the couch the rest of the evening, until about 10pm. We were both worn out and said let’s get to bed. In bed we talked about the weekend. She was so happy that it went as well as it did. She admitted at first, she was a little apprehensive, since it used to be John and her doing what we did, with Ben and Leenie. But, she said, they have accepted you as part of the family now, so get used to this. I chuckled and said, honey, we have along life ahead of us, and having great friends to share with, makes it so much better.

Next, the coming campground stories involving Deb and I.